The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
THE- M E RCH AN TS’ MAGAZINE, E sta b lish ed J u l y , 1 8 3 9 , BY FREE HIS 1IUXT, EDITOR AND PROPRIETOR. V O LUM E X IX . SEPTEMBER, CONTENTS OF 1848. N U M B E R III. N O . III., V O L . X I X . A R T I C LE S. ARf. PAGE I. THE HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF ANCIENT COMMERCE.—L e c t u r e II.—THE COMMERCE OF ANCIENT GREECE. Origin of Civilization—Early History of Greece —Security of Private Property—Attica—Sparta—Administration of .Justice—Laws referring to Trade—Courts of Law—Establishment of Cities—Advantages of Cities—Proper Situations for Commercial Cities—Athens—Corinth—Syracuse—Markets and Fairs—Festivals—Ancient Legislation with regard to Fairs—Monetary and Banking Institutions—Coin and Banks of Athens—Commercial Character of the Greeks. By J a m e s W i l l i a m G i l b a r t , F. R. S., General Manager of the London and Westminster Bank............................................................ 243 II. E G Y PT : THE CRADLE OF TH E GRECIAN ARTS.......................................................... 261 III. COMMERCIAL CITIES OF EUROPE.—No. VII.—ROUEN. Rouen—Its Situation-Com merce—Imports and Exports—Entrepot—Manufacturing Industry—Cotton Spinning—Wool Spinning—Dyeing—Weaving and Printing of Cotton—Manufacture of Woollen Cloths— Bleaching—Chemical Products—Other Manufactures—Fairs and Markets.—TOULOUSE. Its Situation—Commerce— Manufacturing Industry— Commercial Institutions— Navigation.. 265 IV. LAW REFORM IN NEW YORK, AND ITS MERCANTILE ASPECT.......................... 271 V. STATISTICS AND HISTORY OF THE BRITISH COTTON TR A D E: a n d o f t h e ^ M a n u f a c t u r e o f C o t t o n G o o d s .—C h a p t e r IY.—Value of each description of goods J exported from 1832 to 1846—Average price of each description of manufactured cotton goods exported in each year from 1831 to 1816—Cotton manufactures and yarn exported from Great Britain from 1697 to 1830—Quantity of cotton wool imported and exported from the year 1697 to 1846, etc....................................................................................................................... '275-281 VI. THE CAUSE O F COMMERCIAL PANIC3. F rom a P a p e r r e a d b e f o r e T nE D u b l in S t a t is t ic a l S o c ie t y . By J a m e s A. L a w s o n , Esq................................................................ 282 VII. COMMERCIAL CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE UNITED STATES.—No. X I . - S an d u sky C it y , O h io . . . . ' . . .................................................................................................................................... 287 VIII. THE LACKAWANNA AND WYOMING COAL REGION. B y J a m e s H. L anm an , Esq. 290 MERCANTI LE LAW CASES. Lockwood’s Reversed Cases—Fraudulent Trust.......................................................................................... 294 The Law of Patents—Improvement in the Machine for pressing Palm Leaf Ilats................................. 296 Action of Assumpsit to recover Money paid to the city of Boston...........................................................298 Suits to recover back Usurious Interest........................................................................................................ 299 Questions of Liabilities of Trustees—Contracts made on Sunday void, unless for Works of Necessity or Charity............ .......................................................................................................................................300 C O M M E R C I A L C H R O N I C L E AND R E V I E W , EMBRACING A FINANCIAL AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW OF TIIE UNITED STATES, E TC ., ILLUSTRATED W IT H TABLES, ETC., AS FOLLOWS \ Influence of Political Affairs on Commerce—Indirect Taxes of France—Imports into France in 1847-8 —Rates of Foreign Bills in New York—A pro form s, of Mexican dollars to France—American gold in London—Imports into the port of New York—Customs revenue at Boston, Philadelphia, and New York—Money markets—United States Revenue and Expenditure for the fiscal year 1848—Ac counts from Europe—Production of Breadstuff’s in England—Average price of Wheat in England for the last four years—Grain taken out of bond in the United Kingdom for the last twenty years— Land sold in Western States in each year from 1832—Exports of Leading articles of United States produce at different periods—Acres of Land sold in South-western States—Cotton crops of South western States from 1833 to 1848, etc., etc........................................................................................ 301-309 16 VOL. X IX .---- N O. I I I . 242 CO NTEN TS OF N O. I I I . , VO L. XIX, PAGE J O U R N A L OP B A N K I N G , C U R R E N C Y AND F I N A N C E . Finances of B“azil—Expenses, Debt, and Revenue of Brazil from 1842 to 1847..................................... 309 Banks applying for Charters in Pennsylvania............................................................................................. 309 Banks of the State of New York, their Location and Names of Agents................................................. 310 New Monetary Organization in Holland.................................................................................................... 312 Statistics fif Banks and Banking in Ireland................................................................................................. 313 Condition of the Banks in Ireland from 104G to 1847................................................................................. 315 Condition of all the Banks in Maine on the 1st of May, 1848................................................................... 316 Bank of England rates of interest from 1694 to 1848................................................................................. 318 Chinese Currency—Bank notes invented by the Chinese.................................................... .*.................... 319 Coinage of the Dutch Mint in 1847.............................................................................................................. 320 Legacy Duties paid in Great Britain—British Stamp Duty.........................................................................320 COMMERCIAL STATISTICS. Commerce and Navigation of Brazil—Principal Imports and Exports from 1843 to 1845...................... Value of the Exports and Imports of Brazil to each Country in 1844 and 1845 ....................................... Imports and Exports, and Duties on both, of Brazil in 1844 and 1845....................................................... Navigation of Brazil from 1843 to 1845...................................................................................................... Brazilian shipping registered at the port of Rio Janeiro............................................................................. Wool Trader f the United States from 1842 to 1847.................................................................................. Prices of Wool in New York from 1843 to 1848........................................................................................ Produce received at New Orleans from the Interior................................................................................... Trade of the United Kingdom with the United States from 182G to 1846................................................ 321 322 322 323 323 323 324 325 325 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. Act of Congress to prevent the Importation of adulterated and spurious Drugs and Medicines into the United States................................................ 326 Eastern Boundary of Texas extended by an Act of Congress................................................................... 328 Change of Duties upon Imports into Peru...................................................................................................329 Regulations adopted by the Massachusetts Mackerel Inspectors................................................................ 329 Act in Relation to the Mutual Insurance Companies in New York...........................................................330 Weight of Salt Regulated by an Act of the New York State Legislature................................................330 Yacht Navigation Regulated by an Act of Congress.................................................................................. 331 Liquidation of Claims against Mexico...........................................................................................................331 Belgian Commercial Regulations—Collection District of Brunswick, Georgia........................................ 331 RAI LROAD, CANAL, AND S T E A M B O A T S T A T I S T I C S . Statistical account of the Railroads cf Ireland........................................................................................... 332 Rate of Freight and Fares on sixty-eight Railroads in the United States................................................. 333 NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. Steamers Lights—to Prevent Collision............................................................................................................ 337 Light house on Lake Superior—Lantern on Cape Espichel....................................................................... 337 Quarantine Regulations at St. Petersburgh....................................................................................................337 J O U R N A L OF M I N I N G A N D M A N U F A C T U R E S . Statistics of Mines and Mining in Ireland................................................................ ................................... 338 Singular Discovery in the Copi er Region of Lake Superior..................................................................... 340 A New Clasp Counting Joint for Joining Steam and other Pij es.............................................................. 340 Morocco Dressing in Brooklyn—Broadcloth Factories in America........................................................... 341 Manufacture of American Parchments—Brooms made from White Ash.................................................341 Song of the Gold Workers—Improvements in Paper Making.................................................................... 342 Important Improvement in the Chick—Improvement in the Nail Manufacture....................................... 342 MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. Jealousy of Trade......................................................................................................................................... Effects of the Cotton Culture and Trade...................................................................................................... American Provisions in England—Mercantile Acquisitiveness................................................................. Commercial Education—The Amber Trade................................................................................................ 343 344 345 346 THE BOOK T R A D E . Comprehensive Notices of New Works, or New Editions. 347-352 HU N T’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW. S E P T E M B E R , 1 8 48. Art. I.— THE HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF ANCIENT COMMERCE. LECTURE II. T H E COMMERCE O F A N C IE N T GREECE. O R IG IN or C IV IL IZ A T IO N — E A R L Y H IS T O R Y OP G R E E C E — 8 E C D R IT Y OF P R IV A T E P R O P E R T Y — A T T IC A — S P A R T A — A D M IN IS T R A T IO N O F J U S T IC E — LA W S R E F E R R IN G T O T R A D E — C O U R T S OF LA W — E S T A B L IS H ' M E N T OF C IT IE S — ADVANTAGES OF C IT IE S — P R O P E R S IT U A T IO N S FO R CO M M ERCIA L C IT IE S — A T H E N S ---- C O R IN T H — S Y R A C U SE — M A R K E T S AND F A IR S — F E S T IV A L S — A N C IE N T L E G IS L A T IO N W IT H TO F A IR S — M O N ETA R Y AND B A N K IN G REGARD IN S T IT U T IO N S — COIN AND BA N K S O F A T H E N S — CO M M ERCIA L C H A R A C T E R OF T H E G R E E K S . T he early history of Greece, like that of all other countries, is involved in fable and obscurity. The aborigines were found in a state of savage life, and the civilization which had spread in Egypt and Babylon was to them totally unknown. We should not, however, infer from this and oth er similar cases, that the savage state is the natural state of man. If men had been created savages, they would have remained savages for ever. It is the property of ignorance to be contented with itself. It is impossi ble for men to desire those acquisitions of the existence of which they have no knowledge. The history of the world does not present us with a single instance of a nation of savages having become civilized by their own spontaneous exertions. Wherever barbarous nations have become civilized, civilization has been imported, and has been acquired by an in tercourse with civilized nations. There is abundant evidence that pre vious to the Deluge mankind were in a state of civilization. The individu als who were preserved from that Deluge were in a state of civilization. The first exertion of Noah was to plant a vineyard, a circumstance which shows an acquaintance with an advanced state of civilized life. The arts and sciences with which he was acquainted, he would, of course, commu nicate to his descendants, and thus civilization would be perpetuated. Those families who settled in the plains of Babylon and in Egypt never appear to have lost their acquaintance with the arts of civilized life. Sev eral reasons may be assigned for this. In the first place, their lands were 244 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: so fertile that it did not require the labor of the whole community to raise food, and hence those whose labor was not applied to the cultivation of the earth, devoted themselves to the practice of the mechanical arts, and to the study of the sciences. Secondly, as food was so abundant the popu lation of these countries increased very rapidly ; hence there was a great er subdivision of labor, and a consequently greater production of the com forts and conveniences of life. Thirdly. These countries were extensive plains, and, consequently, as the inhabitants multiplied they did not take their journey to distant lands in search of new settlements, but cultivated the neighboring districts. Hence, the intercourse of the different tribes, or families, was maintained. Any new discovery in the social arts was quickly known to the whole community, and thus civilization was ad vanced. On the other hand, those families ,of men who had travelled to countries intersected by mountains, soon lost their intercourse with each other. When a nation became too populous, a part of them, under the guidance of some chosen leader, crossed the mountains, or the rivers, in search of a new habitation. Their intercourse with the country they had left was forever renounced ; and, as their numbers were few, and the exertions of the whole tribe necessary for the raising of food, they had no leisure to cultivate the arts of luxury; nor even any of those mechanical arts which were not essential to existence. Hence, in the course of a few genera tions, many of those arts became forgotten, and those tribes who again branched from them became increasingly ignorant, and ultimately fell into a state of savage barbarity, Such, we think, was the process by which some families of mankind, originally civilized, fell into barbarism. In this barbarous state was ancient Greece. After the lapse of some centuries, various colonies of Egyptians and Phoenicians who were civili zed nations, settled on the coasts, and introduced the arts of civilization among the inhabitants of the country. They established the rights of property, the form of civil government, and taught the people many useful arts with which they were previously unacquainted. The original inhabi tants of the country having abundance of fertile land which they knew not how to cultivate, and finding the advantage they received from the supe rior knowledge of the colonists, invited such settlers, and submitted to their government. These colonists were not, however, settlers sent out by their countries to which they belonged, but were independent tribes, who, from various causes, had gone in search of new habitations, under the guidance of some favorite leader. Attica, the capital of which was Athens, is said to have been colonized by Cecrops, an Egyptian, in the year 1556, before the Christian era. Greece was thus necessarily divided into a great many small states. Though the boundaries between these states were sufficient for defence against aggression, they did not prevent a free intercourse between the respective inhabitants. There was a commercial traffic carried on between them. The corn, or the wine, or the wool, or the olives of some states, were exchanged against the metals or the manufactures of the oth ers. At first, nearly the whole commerce of Greece was confined to that carried on between the respective states. Their foreign commerce was very limited. The only civilized nations then known to them were the Persians, the Egyptians, and the Phoenicians. The whole of Europe, with the exception of Greece herself, was in the same state as Tartary, The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 245 or the uncultivated parts of America at the present day. Neither the Per sians nor the Egyptians were commercial nations. But the Greeks traded with the Phoenicians, and obtained, through them, the productions of India, of Africa, and of other parts of the world. , Afterwards the Greeks planted colonies on some of the islands of the Mediterranean Sea, and on the coasts of Asia Minor ; and considerable traffic was carried on between these colonies and the parent states. This commercial intercourse, carried on between the continent of Greece and the colonies, would serve to keep up a maritime force, and promote the art of ship-building and navigation. At a later period, when the whole naval force of Greece was placed under the command of Athens, her pow er and commerce considerably increased. By means of her shipping, she not only traded directly with all the colonies, but even conducted the car rying trade between the colonies themselves. In time, many of the colo nies became distinguished for their commercial prosperity, and most of them possessed an independent government. As a whole, Greece, from the variety of her productions— the ingenuity and activity of her people— the number of her islands—the great extent of sea-coast, and the excel lence of her harbors,—had many commercial advantages, which contribu ted vastly to her wealth. Athens, from the superiority of her fleet, ex tended her commerce more widely, and in her markets might be found the produce of all the other parts of Greece. The facts connected with the history of Greece suggest a few commer cial propositions, which I will now endeavor to illustrate. I. Commerce is promoted by the security of private property. No man loves labor for its own sake. If any man be industrious, it is in hopes of obtaining a future good,— and if the rewards of successful in dustry may be suddenly snatched away, no man will labor to acquire them. Hence a state of savage life can never be a commercial state. Before » commerce can exist, a nation must be sufficiently strong to protect itself against the attacks of other nations-; and a government must be establish- ed to protect the property of one citizen from the rapacity of another. In the original state of Greece, no commerce could exist; but, as the rights of property became respected, and industry became sure of reaping the fruits of its exertion, then commerce became gradually extended. But, for the purposes of commerce, not only should there be a security of property, but there must also be a right of private property. This ob servation arises from a view of the Social Institutions of Sparta. The laws of Lycurgus abolished private property. The citizens fared all alike —they feasted together at public tables, and wore the same attire. The highest man in the state could not be distinguished by his dress from the meanest. Luxury was abolished—the coarsest food was provided—gold and silver wore prohibited, and money made of iron only was allowed. The citizens were all soldiers, who lived together in a common camp, bound together by a romantic attachment towards their country, but ex hibiting no humanity towards their slaves, nor any social feelings of regard for each other. Here was a nation of soldiers, without even that taste for luxuries in which soldiers usually indulge. No individual could acquire wealth, for what he possessed belonged to the nation, and the nation had no motive to accumulate wealth, because their laws prohibited those com forts which wealth procures. Here was savage life reduced to a system —a system which required the sacrifice of all the social feelings of our 5346 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: nature. A Spartan mother asked a soldier, returning from the army, “ Is our army victorious?” The soldier replied,—“ Your son is killed.” “ Fool,” replied she, “ I did not ask about him ; I asked if our army was victorious.” No institution could possibly be more anti.commercial. II. Commerce is promoted by an impartial administration of public justice. The right of private property can be secured only by law ; and the laws affecting property are more numerous in commercial than in other coun tries ; because the modes of acquiring and conveying property are more numerous, and the rights of different claimants cannot be so easily defined. Commerce is affected by all laws relating to the production of commercial commodities—the mode of transferring property—the facility of transport —the laying on of taxes, or the punishment of crimes. Besides these general laws, which affect all branches of commerce, there are in many countries laws affecting particular trades, or the export or import of par ticular commodities. The Athenians had laws which restricted exports. They prohibited the export of all things which their land did not produce in greater abun dance than was required for home consumption. Thus figs, and all other kinds of fruit, except olives, were prohibited, as were also wool and pitch. The land of Attica was barren, neither tillage nor pasturage prospered, but it produced abundance of olives. The olive was considered sacred to Minerva. According to the legend, w'hen the city of Athens was first built, Neptune and Minerva contended which should give a name to the city, and they agreed that which of them should make the most useful present to man, should be entitled to name the new city. Neptune struck the ground and produced a horse. Minerva produced the olive. All the gods decided in favor of Minerva, alleging that the olive, which is the emblem of peace, is more useful than the horse, which is the emblem of war. And here it may be observed, that among the ancients, horses were used only in w a r; the operations of agriculture were performed by oxen ; and for riding mules were employed. Athens was then an export er of olives, and an importer of corn. Besides olives, Athens had for ex port honey, and marble, and the produce of her copper and silver mines ; and in later times, a variety of elegant works of art. We may observe here, that olives were not eaten as an article of food, but the olive oil was used in a variety of ways,—in anointing the person—in burning in lamps —in the making of bread, and other ways where we are accustomed to use butter. Honey was of very extensile use, as the ancients had no su gar. The description given of Canaan—a land flowing with milk and honey—must have been very attractive to a people unacquainted with either tea or sugar. The laws of Athens also regulated imports. It was an object to en, courage the importation of corn, of timber and other materials for ship building. If any Athenian factor or merchant conveyed corn to any other place than to Athens, an action was to be brought against him, and the informer might claim half the corn ; and to prevent forestalling, no inhabi tant of Athens was allowed more than a certain quantity, fixed by law. There were also laws at Athens for the regulation of particular trades. Fishmongers were not allowed to put their fish in water, to render them more saleable. A fishmonger, who overrated his fish, and afterwards took less. The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 247 than he had first asked for them, was to suffer imprisonment. No seller of seals was to retain the impression of one he had sold. There was also general laws referring to trade. No man was to exer cise two trades. No foreigner was allowed to sell wares in the market, or to exercise any trade. He who obtained great repute, and was es teemed the most ingenious in his profession, was to receive a mark of honor. Any one might bring an' action of slander against him who re viled or ridiculed another on account of his trade. At Athens, theft was punished by fine, imprisonment, or death, according to the nature of the offence ; but at Sparta, theft was never punished, unless the thief was caught in the act. Whoever lived an idle life, squandered his father’s property, or refused to support his parents when in want, was declared in famous. But if the father had neglected to bring up his son to some trade, the son was not bound to maintain his father, although in want. It was incumbent on the members of the Areopagus to inquire by what means every person subsisted—a regulation supposed to have been borrowed from the ancient Egyptians. There were several courts of law in Athens. In most of them the judges were taken from the citizens at large, by lot, and the number of judges varied from 50 to 2,000. When the judges were so numerous, it followed necessarily that some of them were not qualified to fill the office. Every citizen was eligible to be a judge, and was paid a certain sum for every cause he tried. From the judges being so numerous, and changing, possibly, at every trial, there was often a want of uniformity in their deci sions, and the strict letter of the law was not always observed. Hence Aristotle, in his “ Rhetoric,” thus addresses young pleaders:— “ If,” says he, “ the law is in your favor, you must contend for the sanctity of law. You may state that the only difference between a savage and a civilized state is, that one has laws and the other has none. But we may as well be without laws, if they are not to be observed. But if,” adds he, “ the law is against you, then say that law is mere convention—that what is law in one state is not law in another—and what is law to-day may not be law to-morrow ; and hence we should always be guided by principles of equity, which being natural and universal, must be superior to law.’* At Athens, the parties might plead their own cause, or employ advo cates. In case advocates were employed, they were allowed a certain time to speak, according to the importance of the case. An equal quanti ty of water was given to each advocate. When one commenced speaking the water was set running through a vessel like an hour-glass, and when the water stopped running the advocate must stop speaking. The highest court in Athens was the Areopagus. The archons, or chief magistrates, became judges in this court, after their year of office had expired. The meetings of the court were held in the open air, partly because it was considered unlawful that the criminal and accuser should be under the same roof, and partly that the judges, whose persons were esteemed sacred, should contract no pollution from conversing with pro fane and wicked men. They also heard and determined all causes at night, and in darkness, that they might not be influenced in favor of the criminal or the accuser, and that no one might know the number, or dis cern the countenances of the judges. This court took cognizance of al most all crimes, vices, and abuses. All matters connec\ed with religion were referred to the judgment of this court. You will recollect that the 248 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: Apostle Paul was brought before it upon a charge of being a setter forth of strange gods. The reputation of this court was at one time so high, that even foreign states, when any differences happened among them, vo luntarily submitted to its decisions. III. Commerce is promoted by the formation of towns and cities. We may form a tolerably correct estimate of the degree of civilization and knowledge that may exist in a country, by the proportion of the popu lation that live in towns and cities. Men who are scattered over a wide surface have not the same means of improving their knowledge as .when they are assembled in a smaller compass. In cities there is a great di vision of labor, and hence each branch of industry is improved. In ci ties, too, there are many persons carrying on the same branch of trade, and hence there is a perpetual rivalry, which tends to improvement. In cities, too, there are associations for various purposes, and means of acquir ing literary and other information, which has the effect of enlightening the population, and consequently of improving the arts. . Commerce tends to the formation of cities. The place of imports and exports soon becomes densely populated. The seat of manufactures must always be a place where a number of workmen can be assembled to gether. The high wages which are given for labor induces laborers to leave the country districts, and resort to commercial cities. As the arts and sciences are found in greater perfection in cities, people who wish to pursue them resort thither. Young men commencing life go to cities, be cause all kinds of labor are better rewarded, and because the demand for it is more regular and constant. Hence, as the commerce of any place increases, its population increases also—the demand for labor is greater, and it furnishes more of the comforts and luxuries of life. Commercial cities are usually found on the coasts of the sea, or on the banks of rivers. In cases where the source of the river is in the same country, a city is usually built at the place where the river ceases to be navigable for large ships. Such is the case with London, and also with Waterford. W ere the city built lower down the stream, part of the ad vantages of the river would be lo st; and were it built higher up, larger ships could not approach it, and their cargoes would have to be discharged into barges, and thus conveyed to the city. The cities of Greece were not formed for purposes of commerce. Many of them were built at a distance from the sea, in order to avoid sur prise from pirates, who, in the earlier periods of Greece, were in the habit of visiting their coasts. The chief commercial cities were Athens, and Corinth, and Syracuse, and the capitals of the islands of Crete and Rhodes. Athens, the Capital of the State of Attica, was about two miles from the sea, but had fortified walls passing from the city to the coast, so that it had always a free access to the harbors. The soil of Attica was barren, but Athens acquired commerce by her fleet and her manufactures, and her power over some of the other states of Greece. Athens, in its most flour ishing state, was one of the largest and most beautiful cities in Greece, and was above twenty-two miles in circumference. The citadel was built upon a high rock in the middle of a plain ; but as the inhabitants increased, buildings were erected over the whole plain, and these, in distinction from the citadel, were called the lower city. Every city in Greece had its temple, its theatre, its gymnasium, or place for public exercise, and its The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 249 forum or market-place. In Athens all these were numerous. A gymna sium was a large edifice, consisting of various parts, and capable of hold ing several thousand people. It contained places for the youth to perform their exercises, and apartments for the philosophers to deliver their lec tures. It also contained baths for the refreshment of the citizens, and the whole was surrounded by a garden and a sacred grove. Athens, too, had halls in which companies of tradesmen met, and deliberated on mat ters relating to their trade. To show that trade was not considered an ignoble employment, it is stated that Solon engaged in merchandise, and Plato sold oil in Egypt. Corinth owed its commerce to its sifuation. It stood on the Isthmus of Corinth ; and when navigation was so imperfect, mariners preferred land ing their goods on one side of the isthmus, and passing them by land to the other, rather than sail round the peninsula. Corinth became remarkable for her manufactures, especially those formed of metals, and her earthen ware. Corinth, also, became celebrated for her wealth, and her attain, ments in the arts. She owed her greatness entirely to commerce. Athens was the capital of the chief state in the Greek confederacy. She was the place of fashionable resort. She was the school of science. She was the place where men of wealth chose to reside ; and besides, she re ceived the revenues of several tributary states. But Corinth had none of these advantages. It was to commerce, and to commerce alone, that she stood indebted for her greatness. And yet, in the splendor of her edifices —in the wealth and luxury of her citizens, she was one of the most con siderable cities in Greece. The beautiful order of architecture which bears her name was here invented, and may be considered as a standing illustration of the influence of commerce in promoting the cultivation of the fine arts. It is true that here, as at Athens, the fine arts were asso ciated with laxity of manners. But if we are called upon to abandon the fine arts because they have ministered to voluptuousness, may we not, with equal propriety, be asked to renounce the abstract and physical sciences, because they have been employed in the service of infidelity ? To the Christian church at Corinth the Apostle Paul addressed two epistles, in which are allusions to the exercises practised at the Isthmian games, which were celebrated every third year, in the immediate neighborhood of the city. Syracuse was the capital of the island of Sicily. It was originally founded by a colony from Corinth. The colonists, after the example of the parent state, applied themselves to commerce, and so successfully, that Syracuse was considered to rival even Carthage in wealth. In its best estate it was twenty-two miles in circuit, and was remarkable for its con venient port, its elegant buildings, and splendid public edifices. It long maintained its power as an independent state, and withstood attacks from both the Athenians and the Carthagenians, but was ultimately taken by the Romans. The siege, however, was protracted for three years, by the mechanical contrivances of Archimedes. Crete, the largest of the Greek Islands, is said to have contained a hun dred cities. At one time it possessed considerable maritime power, but its power and its character afterwards declined. Both sacred and profane writers state that the “ Cretans were always liars and in later times, their conduct added but little to the fame of Greece. Rhodes was remarkable for the purity of its climate and the excellence 250 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: of its wines. It was also famous for its Colossus of brass, that bestrode the harbor, so that the largest ships could sail between its legs ; it was 70 cu bits or 105 feet high, and was supposed to contain 720,000 lbs. weight of brass. It stood for 85 years, and was then thrown down by an earth quake. IV. Commerce is promoted by the establishment of markets and fairs. A fair is a large market, and a market is a small fair. The word fair is derived from the French word foire, which is derived from the Latin word forum, which signifies a market. The word market is derived from the Latin word mercatus, and is of the same derivation as mercantile. Markets are held more frequently than fairs, and are established chiefly for the sale of the produce of their neighborhood. At Athens, the forums, or market places, were numerous. The old, or principal one, was a large square, where the people used to assemble, and where commodities were exposed to sale. Collectors attended in the forum, to receive the duties laid on everything that was sold, and magistrates to superintend what passed. There each trade had a separate market, as the baker’s market, the fish market, the oil market, and many others ; and different hours were appointed for the sale of different commodities. As this was the most frequented part of the city, workmen of all kinds endeavored to reside near it, and in it houses let at a higher price than anywhere else. The Scy thians kept in pay by the republic to maintain order, were encamped in the middle of the forum. In the early ages of the world, nearly all the traffic between nations, and even between districts of the same country, was carried on by peri odical fairs. The foundation of a city was always commemorated by the institution of a festival. As the city was usually dedicated to some deity, this festival was considered a religious festival. Whenever a large con course of people assemble, a degree of traffic is necessarily produced. The merchants attended to supply the multitudes with such articles as they required ; hence, these periodical seasons of festivity became seasons of traffic. In those times, all merchants were retailers. A merchant went to a distant fair, and purchased goods. He brought those goods to another fair, where there was a demand for them, and sold them to those who had occasion to consume them. The import merchant and the retailer were the same person. It is not until nations have become highly civilized and wealthy, that the retail business is carried on as a distinct branch of trade. To buy at once a large stock of goods, and to sell them in small quanti ties, as they may be required, is a branch of business that can be carried on only in a settled and populous country. A few centuries ago, even in England, if a man wanted to buy a piece of cloth or of silk, he must have waited till the next fair-day ; at present, shopkeepers can supply the pub lic immediately with most of the commodities that were formerly obtained at fairs. Annual fairs are still, however, kept up in some places, chiefly for the sale of live stock, and agricultural produce. It was an object of all ancient legislators, to establish markets and fairs. Moses required that all the males in the country should appear three times in the year at Jerusalem. Though the chief object of this regula tion was, no doubt, to keep up in the minds of the people a sense of reli gion, yet a secondary object was to facilitate the internal trade and comjnerce of the country. These religious festivals were public fairs, and wo find, from the history of the New Testament, that traffic was sometimes The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 251 .carried on even in the temple itself. On this subject, we quote the lan guage of Michaelis, in his 4Commentaries on the Laws of Moses.’ “ When we speak of commerce, we must distinguish between the inter nal commerce of the people with one another, and that which is carried on with other nations, especially by sea. For the former, with which no state can dispense without great disadvantage, provision was made by the three festivals, to the celebration of which all the Israelites were assem bled thrice every year. Conventions of this nature, instituted for religious purposes, have generally, withal, been made instrumental to the purposes of commerce. Our Messen (fairs) have their names from (Missce,) masses which were sung at particular seasons, and to which, in catholic times, people from all countries resorted. As here there were buyers, of course there came, also, merchants with their commodities, and thus arose yearly fairs. The holy pilgrimages to Mecca gave, in like manner, an impulse to the trade of Arabia. Hence, we see, that although in the Mosaic in stitutions, the interests of internal commerce were indirectly consulted, it was only in such a manner that the carrying it on could not become a dis tinct employment, but could merely occupy the weeks of leisure from the toils of agriculture,— before harvest, at the feast of the Passover,—after harvest, at the feast of Pentecost,—and on the conclusion of the vintage, at the feast of Tabernacles.” In the same way public festivals were established in all the cities of Greece. Each city had its festivals, as parishes in some parts of E ng land have their feasts and their wakes. Each state had its festivals in honor of its founder, or to commemorate important events. And besides these local festivals, there were other festivals of still more dignity common to all Greece. These were the Olympic games, celebrated every fourth year at Olympia ; the Pythian games, celebrated every fifth year at Del phi, in honor of Apollo ; the Nemean games, celebrated every third year at N em ea; and the Isthmian games, celebrated every third year near Corinth. These games produced good effects. First. They gratified the social feelings. The games consisted of contests between runners, wrestlers, boxers, horse racing and chariot racing, and in some places of regattas. Frequently, too, those philosophers who had written books, read them at the games, for the art of printing being then unknown, this was the most effectual way of circulating knowledge among the people. Secondly. These festivals being all sacred to the gods, and accompanied by sacrifi ces, served to keep up in the minds of the people sentiments of religion. This probably was the chief reason why all the legislators of antiquity es tablished seasons of festivity ; for they all seemed to-be aware that senti ments of religion were essential to the existence of civil society. Thirdly, They secured the purposes of commerce. Here merchants and manufac turers brought their goods, and persons who wished to purchase came to buy. Every motive induced the Greeks to attend these public festivals. The man of piety went to pay his homage to the immortal gods ; the man of literature and science went to converse with the philosophers, and to lis. ten to their lectures ; the man of pleasure went to see the horse racing, and the chariot racing, and the wrestling, and the theatrical exhibitions ; and the man of business went to buy and to sell, and to get gain. Here, in her most splendid temples, Religion received the costly offerings of the 252 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: crowds who thronged to do her homage. While, in the groves of Science, beneath a sky as pure and serene as ever soothed the passions, or as nur tured thought, the philosopher poured into the ears of his auditors, who were seated around him, those instructions which his own travels, or his own reflection had supplied. While on the neighboring plain, Pleasure in a variety of forms, gladdened the hearts and softened the manners of all her votaries. During the middle ages, to establish a fair was the prerogative of our kings ; and all persons holding a fair without a charter, were liable to a penalty. The privilege was usually granted to a corporate town, or to a favprite nobleman, or to a religious establishment. Persons frequenting the fairs were exempt from arrest for debt during the fair, and during the time of going and returning. The parties to whom the privilege was granted, were usually allowed to impose tolls or customs upon the goods which were sold. These fairs, too, were often regarded as sacred to some particular saint. The only fair of this kind now remaining in London, is, as you know, dedicated to St. Bartholomew. Whenever a market is established, there are regulations appointed by the magistrates with reference to the weights and measures. Most of our measures of length appear to have been derived from parts of the human body. Thus, carpenter’s work is measured by the foot. We speak of a horse being so many hands high. In measuring cloth, we have a nail, the sixteenth part of a yard; the ell, which means the arm ; the yard is half a fathom. When a person stretches out both his hands, the distance from the finger of one hand to the middle finger of the other is styled a fathom, and half that distance is a yard ; a cubit is the distance from the elbow to the finger, the word cubit means elbow. The present yard, consisting of thirty-six inches, was fixed by Henry I., who fixed it at that measure, as that was the length of his own arm. A pace is another mea sure, signifying as far as we can step. With regard to the ancient mea sures, we are not aware of any connexion between the measures of length, the measures of weight, and the measures of capacity. This connexion has been fixed in our own country by the Act of Parliament establishing the imperial measure. A cubic foot of distilled water contains a thousand ounces avoirdupoise, and sixteen of these ounces make a pound. If, there fore, all our pound weights were to be lost, or the standard become un known, we could easily ascertain the right weight by filling a cubic vessel with water, and taking 16-1000ths for the pound. By the same act, the gallon measure is to contain ten pounds of distilled or rain water. So that, if the gallon should be lost, we could ascertain the standard gallon by weighing out ten pounds weight of water, and the vessel which would hold exactly that quantity would be a gallon. Thus, all our weights and measures depend upon linear measures ; the foot mea sures the pound, the pound measures the gallon. It is of importance that there should be only one weight and one mea sure throughout the country, and also that articles sold by weight in one part of the kingdom, should not be sold by measure in another part. Corn is sold by weight in Ireland, and by measure in England. A barrel of wheat, in Ireland, does not mean as much wheat as will fill a barrel ; it means a weight of twenty stone, of fourteen pounds to the stone ; a barrel of barley is sixteen stone, and a barrel of oats fourteen stone. - The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 253 V. Commerce is promoted by institutions which facilitate the circula tion of money. There are two institutions which tend to the circulation of money—a mint and a bank. In my former lecture, I mentioned that the Egyptians used as money, gold and silver bullion. The Greeks, however, were, at a very early pe riod, acquainted with the art of coining. In every nation, the coining of money has been considered a prerogative of the government, and each nation has adopted some peculiar device to place upon the coin. Kings have usually placed their heads on one side of the coin, and the national emblem on the other. The coin of most nations is of a circular form, though there are some exceptions. W ere we to form what we should call “ a Pence Table ” for Grecian money, we should say,— 6 oboles make one drachma. 100 drachmas make one mina. 60 minas make one talent An obolus was a silver coin, worth about three-halfpence of our money. There was also a silver coin, called a semi-obolus or half obolus, worth three farthings. And there were also silver pieces of two oboles, three oboles, four oboles, and five oboles. Then came the drachm, a silver coin, worth six oboles, or about ninepence of our m oney; and there were also two-drachm pieces, and four-drachm pieces^—all these were of silver. Although the Athenians had mines of copper, they seemed to have a great aversion to a copper coinage. And hence, to express low values, they made their silver coins so small that they are said to have resembled the scales of fishes. Ultimately they were persuaded to the use of copper coins, though the orator who advocated the measure was afterwards nick named “ the man of brass.” The smallest copper coin was the eighth of an obolus-—equal to three-fourtbs of a farthing. Gold was not abundant in Greece, and gold coins were not numerous. The chief, if not the only one, was the didrachm, or two-drachm piece, called a stater, equal in value to twenty silver drachms, and worth above fifteen shillings of our money. The Athenian coins had a figure of Minerva on one side, and the figure of an owl, the bird sacred to Minerva, on the other. But the coins of dif ferent states, and of different ages, differ very much from each other ; and hence some of our learned men have been abundantly puzzled upon mat ters connected with the coins of Greece. We may observe, that in a point or two the coinage of Greece resem bled that of England. At one time all our coins were of silver ; gold was not coined till the year 1344, nor copper till the year 1609 ; and to denote small values the silver penny was cut into halves and quarters, called half pennies and fourthings or farthings. When copper was coined this prac tice was prohibited, and the small leaden tokens previously issued by pri vate individuals were suppressed.* The Greeks had no coin for the mina (3Z. 15s.), nor for the talent (2251.) These were “ monies of account,” in the same way as we reck oned all our money by “ pounds sterling,” although for centuries we had no coin exactly equal to a pound. * See Gilbart’s History and Principles of Banking. \ 254 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: Banking institutions cannot flourish in any society in which property is insecure, whether that insecurity arises from the tyranny of the govern ment, the turbulence of the people, or the incursions of foreign enemies. In oriental countries, where the possession of wealth invites the rapacity of the government, people conceal their wealth by burying it in the earth, and hence we read in Scripture of “ treasures hid in the field.” A similar practice prevailed in Europe during the times of the feudal system ; and treasure-trove was a source of royal revenue, as all the concealed treasure, when found, belonged to the king. In the early ages of Greece property was very insecure ; partly from the turbulence of the people, partly from the incursions of the neighboring states. In this state of society, the tem ples were employed as banks. People who had got money lodged it with the priests, and the sanctity of the place preserved it from violation.' Even hostile tribes would not take this treasure, lest they should incur the vengeance of the deity to whom the temple was consecrated. But though the temples served one purpose of banks, that of being a safe place for the deposit of treasure, they did not supersede banks formed for other purposes; and when society became more advanced, the trade of banking was carried on by individuals. The operations of oriental banking are thus referred to in the parable of the slothful servant who had hid his talent in the earth—-a very common practice in the East—instead of placing it with a banker :— “ Thou oughtest to have put my money to the exchangers, and then at my coming, I should have received my own with usury.” These bankers were money-changers, money-borrowers, and money-lenders. They exchanged small coins for large ones, and the money of their own country for that of strangers. They also borrowed money. They received and paid out money at their tables in the same way as bankers now keep current accounts with their customers. They also received large sums— “ talents ”—on which they allowed interest— “ usury.” The rate of Athens was usually 12 per cent per annum, or rather 1 per cent for every new moon. People who were about to go a journey left their money with their bankers upon interest, to receive it “ on their return.” In most of these bargains there were no witnesses, and sometimes a banker would deny having received the money; but if he did this more than once, he lost the confidence of the public. These bank ers were, of course, money-lenders, otherwise they would have no use for the money they had borrowed. The business of a banker consists in bor rowing of one party and lending to another; and the difference in the rate of interest which he gives and receives forms the source of his profit. The bankers of Greece did not lend their money by discounting bills of exchange, as bills did not then ex ist; but they lent it chiefly on personal security to persons who were engaged in trade, or who wanted it for other purposes. They often lent to merchants who were fitting out a cargo for a foreign port. In this case, the banker would send a person in the ship to receive payment of the loan, as soon as the cargo was sold. At other times the banker would wait for payment until the return of the ship. As the banker thus shared in the risks of the voyage, the rate of interest paid to him was sometimes so high as 30 per cent. But though a banker might lend to a merchant for the purpose of fitting out a cargo, neither he nor any other citizen could send his money abroad, except in exchange for corn, or for some commodity allowable by law. He who suffered his money to be exported for other purposes was to bo prosecuted—to have no The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 255 writs or warrants issued against the persons to whom he had lent the money—and the archons were not to permit him to institute any trial in the judicial courts. There were no usury laws at Athens. Every banker could charge or allow what rate of interest he pleased ; but if he agreed to one rate, he could not afterwards charge a higher rate. Among individuals usury was practised io a great extent. The failure of a banker always caused a great sensation, and sometimes he was obliged to hide himself, in order to escape the popular indignation. A similar feeling appears in after times to be excited on such occasions in the Italian states. You are aware that the word bank-rupt arises from the practice of breaking the benches or seats in the market-place of those Italian bankers who were unable to discharge their obligations. Thus we find that the commercial principles suggested to us by the his tory of Greece are, that commerce is promoted—-by the security of private property—by the impartial administration of public justice— by the forma tion of towns and cities—by the establishment of markets and fairs—and by institutions that facilitate the circulation of money. We shall now consider the commercial character of the Greeks. 1. The Greeks were superstitious. “ Ye men of Athens,” said St. Paul to the Athenians, “ I perceive that in all things ye are too superstitious;” and at that time the city was “ wholly given to idolatry.” A merchant should not be “ superstitious.” He should not be a devotee, nor allow the ceremonial observances of religion to interfere with the duties of the counting house. But he ought at all times to remember that there is a Su perior Power, who “ giveth to all life and breath, and all things, and who hath made of one blood all nations who dwell'on the face of the earth,” who “ giveth us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with joy and gladness,” who “ commands the winds and the seas, and they obey him,” and who “ giveth the power to get wealth.” When a merchant of Greece was about to take a voyage, he went to the Temple of Minerva, or of Neptune, or of Mercury, or of some god that was presumed to preside over his particular calling, and implored a benediction on the enterprise he was about to undertake, and on his return he placed a portion of his gains, as a thank-offering, on the altar of the deity whose assistance he had invoked. Athens, who owed her greatness mainly to her fleet, and Corinth, who gained her wealth by her manufactures, were remarkable for the number of their temples. A portion of the wealth obtained by commerce was thus consecrated to the service of religion. Ye Christian merchants, and manufacturers, and ship-owners, go to Athens, to Corinth, to the other maritime cities of Greece, and amid the, ruins of temples, reared in part by the commerce of a former age, see if ye cannot gather lessons for your own instruction. If their religion was superstitious, and existed apart from morality, will not your condemnation be the greater, i£ with a more enlightened faith, and a purer code of morals, you exhibit less devotion ? 2. The Greeks are accused of having been regardless of their oaths. The inhabitants of every state in Greece have been subject to this accu sation. When a Greek appeared as witness in a Roman court of justice, his evidence was received with suspicion. If they were regardless of their oaths, it may be inferred that they were still more regardless of their word. We cannot imagine a greater defect in the commercial character. 256 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce: If a merchant wishes to maintain his respectability, he must punctually perform all his agreements, and all his promises. Tell me not that the matter in which you have failed is of no importance. Be assured that it is of importance. However trifling the matter may be in itself, your hav ing promised to perform it has made it of importance. It is of importance to your own character that you keep your word. If you are regardless of your word in matters of little importance, you will soon become equally regardless in matters of greater moment. “ He that is unfaithful in little is unfaithful also in much.” 3. The Greeks were very litigious. Men of a strong imagination, and of a great subtlety of genius, are prone to become litigious ; their imagination misleads their judgment, and their subtlety finds arguments to support their erroneous opinions. There is no profession more respectable—none more essential to the existence of civil society, than that of the la w ; but fondness for litigation shows a corrupt taste and a depraved heart. It is best for a merchant to have no dealings with such people ; for, however cautious he may be, some point may be raised which will involve him in a law suit, and should he even gain the Gause, the success will not com pensate for'the anxiety and the delay it will occasion. “ Law,” says Mr. Stephens, in his *Lecture on Heads,’ “ is like a new fashion, people are glad to get into i t ; and law is like a shower of rain, people are glgd to get out of it.” One bad effect of a fondness for litigation is, that it has a tendency to produce a disposition to take the law of the land as the stand ard of morality. This is a great error. The law sanctioned the African slave trade, but that did not make it innocent. The law allows you to give to your laborers any wages they may be willing to accept, and to em ploy them for as many hours a day as they are willing to work ; but if you take advantage of their necessities to exact from them hard bargains, you shall not be morally guiltless. If you have been a bankrupt, and have obtained your certificate, the law will not allow your creditors to enforce payment of your debts ; but you are, nevertheless, morally bound to pay them should you ever have the power. Beware of supposing that what is not illegal is, therefore, not immoral. There are many vices and crimes which human laws cannot reach. You may, in various ways, act unjustly and dishonorably without violating the letter of the law. You must, there fore, learn to distinguish between law and justice, and not take advantage of legal quibbles, either to enforce claims to which you have no right, or to exonerate yourselves from responsibilities to which you are justly liable. 4. The Greeks were deficient in habits of business. W e are told in the Acts of the Apostles that, “ All the Athenians and strangers which were there, spent their time in nothing else but either to tell or to hear some new thing.” A newsmonger is seldom a good man of business. Habits of business is a phrase which includes a variety of qualities—in dustry, arrangement, calculation, prudence, punctuality and perseverance ; and these virtues are exercised, not from the impulse of particular motives, but from habit. If you hear a man boast of being industrious, you may safely infer that he does not possess the habit of industry; for what a man does from habit, he does mechanically, without thinking of the merits of his actions, though they may be highly meritorious. The Greeks were inquisitive and active, capable of immense exertion when under the stimu lus of powerful motives, but when the stimulus was removed, they sunk into frivolity. They were eccentric, capricious, fickle, and possessed none The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 257 of that steady uniformity of character necessary to men of business. Those who are fond of drawing paralleis between ancient and modern nations, have fancied that there is a resemblance between the ancient Egyptians and the modern Spaniards—the ancient Greeks and the modern French —the ancient Romans and the modern English. Perhaps, in some points, these parallels may hold good, but in others they are defective. However that may be, it is certain that habits of business are essential to a mer chant. But though essential to a merchant, they are not peculiar to him. They are as necessary to a professional man as to a m erchant; as neces sary to ladies as to gentlemen ; as necessary for the government of a fami ly as for the government of a commercial establishment. The greater the intellectual talents of the individual, the more necessary are habits of bu siness to keep him steady in his course. The more canvass he spreads, the more ballast he requires. If we examine the history of those illustri ous characters who have risen to eminence, as the masters, the legisla tors, or the instructors of mankind, we shall find they have been as much distinguished by their habits of business as by the superiority of their intel lect. While, on the other hand, we could easily point out, in every science and in every path of life, some young men who, though of tower ing genius, have become lost to themselves, and have disappointed the hopes of all their friends through a want of habits of business. They have burst upon the world with more than noontide splendor ; they have attract, ed universal notice ; they have excited big expectations, and suddenly they have darted into an oblique course and passed into oblivion. 5. The Greeks were fond of amusement, and kept many holidays. • The ancient nations were chiefly agricultural, and in all agricultural nations holidays are numerous in the intervals between the seasons of agricultural labor. As nations became commercial the number of holidays was re duced. The operations of commerce are more uniform throughout the year, and time at all seasons is valuable, and hence the annual amount of labor is considerably increased. Too many holidays are a national evil. They consume time that might be usefully employed,—they destroy the habit of industry, so that even the labor of the working days is less productive,—and they often lead to im moral practices. On the other hand, incessant labor has a tendency to impair the faculties of both body and mind. Intervals of recreation are essential to health. It is perhaps essential to healthy and vigorous exist ence that a portion of every day should be passed in amusement, or at least in some kind of exercise different from that required by our profes sional calling. And he who employs a portion of the day in improving his mental powers, or in acquiring knowledge, even when that knowledge has no immediate reference to his profession, is more likely to acquire professional distinction than he who blunts his powers by a course of mo notonous exertion. The amusements of a merchant should correspond with his character. He should never engage in those recreations which partake of the nature of gambling, and but seldom in those of a frivolous description. A judge is not always on the bench, a clergyman is not always in the pulpit, nor is a merchant always on ’change ; but each is expected to abstain at all times from any amusements which are not consistent with his professional character. The credit of a merchant depends not merely on his wealth, but upon the opinion generally entertained of his personal qualities ; and . 17 VOX,. X IX .---- N O. I I I . 258 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce : he should cultivate a reputation for prudence and propriety of conduct as part of his stock in trade. There is one holiday which a merchant should always observe—he should always observe the Sabbath day. The design of the Sabbath is to ensure an interval of bodily repose, more especially for the humbler classes of society ; to change the current of thought, and thus to preserve the mental powers in a state of vigor and freshness ; to give leisure for reflection, and thus enable man to look above him, and around him, and within him, and consider his own character and destiny; and to furnish opportunity for the discharge of those duties of piety, of kindness, and of benevolence, which devolve upon him as a moral and religious being. The institution of the Sabbath day must not be regarded as diminishing the sum of annual labor. By improving the habits and invigorating the mental powers, it increases the annual produce of labor, both in regard to nations and individuals. The labor of Sunday tends not to wealth. It is not the man who “ adds Sunday to the week ” of toil, who employs that holy day in attending to his ordinary business or in making up his books—no, it is not he who is in the surest road to riches. It is the man who when the Sunday dawns, feels his mind expand with new and exhilarating and ennobling associa tions ; who, accompanied by his fh-mily, appropriately attired, pays his morning homage in the temple of religion, and passes the remainder of the day in works of charity or piety, or in innocent relaxations corresponding with'the sanctity of the day—that is the man who, by improving the intel lectual, the moral, and the social faculties of his mind, is adopting the surest means of acquiring wealth and respectability in the world. They greatly err who imagine they are pleading the cause of the poor when they endeavor to remove the religious sanctions of the Sabbath day. Should the mass of the population once entertain the impression that the observance of Sunday is not required by religion, but is merely a matter of convenience or expediency, the poor will then have no security for ces sation from toil. Reasons will soon be found, based apparently upon a re gard for the poor, for increasing their labor. Let the Sunday be regarded no longer as a day of devotion, but merely as a day of pleasure, and it will soon become a day of toil. Were the Sunday abolished, the poor man would receive no more w a ges for his seven days labor than he now does for his six. His scale of comforts would be reduced, as he would have no occasion for a Sunday’s attire. His opportunities of social intercourse and of moral improvement would be abolished. In this and in other cases it is shown that religion, while she is the guide and solace of the wealthy, is pre-eminently the friend and guardian of the poor. 6. The Greeks were proficients in knowledge. They excelled, not only in those sciences which depend on taste and imagination, such as the fine arts, bpt also in those which depend on the abstract powers of the in tellect, such as logic and geometry. In some others they were inferior to the moderns. In the various branches of natural philosophy they were much inferior, especially in chemistry. Electricity and galvanism were wholly unknown. In natural history, botany, and mineralogy, their knowledge was limited. In mathematics, they understood algebra and The Commerce o f Ancient Greece. 259 geometry, but were unacquainted with logarithms and fluxions. In as tronomy and navigation they were unequal to the moderns, and also in the mechanical arts. Though Archimedes had machines by which he could raise a ship out of water, yet the Greeks were ignorant of the power of steam, and seem never to have applied the pressure of the atmosphere, the force of the wind, or of a current of water to any of their mechanical engines. The various philosophical instruments we possess, such as tel escopes, microscopes, barometers, thermometers, and others, though they have names derived from the Greek language, are the invention of mod ern times. But though unacquainted with recent discoveries, the Greeks manifested in the sciences they studied the highest flegree of intellectual strength. Nothing shows more strongly the power of m i n d than the influ ence which, after^he lapse of thousands of years, the Greeks still possess in our own days. The demonstrations of Euclid still bear sway in our schools. Aristotle still regulates our mode of thinking and of reasoning. Homer is still regarded as the. first of poets, and Demosthenes as the first of orators ; while our architects and our sculptors are not the rivals, but only the imitators of those of ancient Greece. Knowledge is necessary to a merchant. The same kind of knowledge which is necessary to a statesman is necessary to a merchant. To carry on extensive commerce he must be acquainted with the productions of every part of the world. He should know where any commodity is found in abundance, and where it is deficient;—what are the habits and opin ions of all the nations of the earth ; and what will be the effect of any pro posed measure or of passing events upon different branches of trade. Such is now the rapidity of communication, that the events of a distant part of the world may affect the price of an article even of home growth. The price of whiskey, for instance, in Waterford, may be affected by the produce of the sugar crops in the West Indies—the harvest of Russia— the vineyards of Portugal or of France. Ignorance of other countries may involve the merchant in serious loss. It would be a bad speculation to send a cargo of wine to Turkey, for the Mahometans are forbjdden to drink wine. Soon after the independence of the South American colo nies, some merchants sent out a large quantity of machinery to work the mines of Peru, but they were so unacquainted with the country that they did not know that there were no roads leading to the mining districts, and the people had no wheel.carriages, hence'the steam-engines were left to rust on the coast. I have been told by a provision merchant that the price of bacon in Waterford is affected by the price of cabbages in London. The English people are in the habit of eating bacon and cabbage togeth er ; and, when there is an abundant crop of cabbages in England, there is a greater demand for Irish bacon. But a merchant should not only have an extensive knowledge of facts, but also of principles. Not only should he be acquainted with the natural history of the commodities in which he deals, and the various processes they undergo before they become articles of merchandise—not only should he know the habits, tastes, characters, and mercantile laws of the various nations of the earth, he ought also to study the various circumstances which influence the rate of wages, the fluctuations of prices, the scale of profit, and the value of money, and also the effects of the imposition and abolition of taxes, and the general princi ples of national finance. 260 The History and Principles o f Ancient Commerce. In conclusion, we may remark, that commerce has been in our time the chief means of extending the knowledge of the arts and sciences. No new discovery can be made in the sciences, or any new invention in the arts, but by means of our extensive commerce it is quickly known through out the world. The winds of commerce have wafted the seeds of science to every land ; they have fallen and taken root, and in every country they have visited we now see the trees of knowledge stretching wide their branches, adorned with blossoms and laden with fruit. Our extended commerce furnishes one of the surest guarantees for the permanence of modern science. Greece and Rome were overthrown, and the sciences were buried beneath their ruins. But modern science depends not upon the conquest of a city or the subversion of an empire. If the present seats of science should again be deluged with barbarism, commerce would receive into her ark the germ of every science, and per petuate in distant regions every species of intellectual excellence. N ot only may we expect that modern civilization will be permanent, but we may expect that it will increase. W hen we see what a spirit of daring enterprize is diffused by commerce throughout the whole popula tion.—when we see what mighty powers are daily engaged in endeavor ing to enlarge the boundaries of science—when we see what exertions are making to extend education throughout all classes of the community— who can tell what will be the result 1— who can tell but that the lower classes will be raised as high in knowledge as the higher classes, and the knowledge of the higher classes be proportionably advanced—that this will be the case not only in one nation, but in every nation— and that the whole world, in this high state of improvement, shall go on to make fur ther and still further discoveries, until human society shall attain a degree of perfection of which we have no conception 1 Who can tell but the hu man mind, thus placed in new circumstances, shall exhibit powers which it is not now known to possess, and society shall be advanced as far above its present state of civilization as its present state is superior to that of the savage ? Who can say to the human mind—Thus far shalt thou advance, but no farther ? Go, arrest the motion of the winds— stop the diurnal revo lution of the earth, or stay the planets in their course. Do this, and then — but not till then—hope to arrest the progress of the human mind. Great is truth, and shall prevail. As certain as the laws of nature— as certain as the appearance of Aurora foretells the rising sun—so sure shall the present twilight of knowledge be succeeded by the blazing splendors of meridian day. E g y p t: the Cradle o f the Grecian Arts. 261 Art, II.— E G Y P T : T H E C R A D L E OF T IIE G R E C I A N A R T S.* I t has been the general belief that we are indebted to the Grecians and Romans for most, if not all the arts existing at the present era. There are various causes for this belief: first, historians and other writers, in treating of these countries, continually laud them for what they have done in inventing the arts and sciences. Another reason is, that students, in passing through college, devote the greater part of their time in acquir ing a knowledge of the Greek and Latin, or Roman languages, and they thus imbibe, almost imperceptibly, the opinion that the Grecians and Ro mans were the inventors of all that is beautiful and classic. It is true that Greece deserves great credit for the advances made in the arts, sciences, and trades, introduced from Egypt ,; for it is to the Egyptians that Greece is indebted for all that which has rendered her so justly celebra ted ; or, to employ the language of him to whom we are indebted for a knowledge of the very facts we are asserting, namely, Champolleon :— “ Egypt owes only to itself all that which it has produced of the great, the pure, and the beautiful; and the arts commenced in Greece by a servile imitation of those in Egypt, which were much more advanced than is com monly believed, at the epoch when the first Egyptian colonies were in contact with the savage inhabitants of Attica, or of Peloponnesus. An cient Egypt taught the arts to Greece, and this last gave them the highest development; but without Egypt, Greece would never have become the classic land of the fine arts.” To show that I am not speaking at random, I will proceed to rqention some of the arts that were practised in Egypt about three thousand five hundred years ago, while Greece was either uninhabited, or in a state of barbarism. First, Architecture —although it is the prevailing opinion that the different orders of architecture had a spontaneous generation in Greece, as will be seen by the following passage from Mitford’s History of Greece, one of our standard works. This author says, “ they (the Grecians) not only improved and ennobled the arts derived from the Lydians and Phry gians, but invented others, long peculiar to themselves, particularly paint ing, and sculpture in marble, together with the Grecian and Ionic orders of architecture.” Iff order to prove the fallacy of Mitford’s assertions, in which received histories generally agree, in relation to architecture, (I shall speak of painting and sculpture hereafter,) I quote both Champolleon and Rees. The first writer remarks, “ that one of the most beautiful of all the tombs at Beni Hassen carries its date to the reign of Osortasen II., king of * F r e e m a n H u n t , Esq— D e a r S i r :— In the winter of 1842, having considerable lei sure titne, I was induced, at the solicitations of a learned friend, to read a work published in Paris entitled “ Letters written from Egypt, by M. Champolleon.” I became so much interested iu it, that I translated a number of the letters, and compared them with our generally received opinions of that country. My attention once arrested, I bestowed much attention to the subject, and finally, at the suggestion of the same person who advised me to read the work, I wrote the accompanying manuscript, with the intention of having it published at some future day. Now, sir, being one of the class your Magazine is specially 'intended to benefit, having been a subscriber some time, and always an attentive and in structed reader, it W'ould afford me the greatest possible gratification to see the enclosed printed there. Yours, truly, D. T . j. 262 E g y p t: the Cradle o f the Grecian Arts. the twenty-third dynasty, and is consequently as remote as the ninth cen tury before the Christian era.” “ This tomb,” says Champolleon, “ is sustained by Doric columns, without a base, as in the Pastern, and all the fine Grecian Doric temples.” The latter author, Rees, remarks that “ both pillars and entablature have been produced from the ancient tombs at Beni Hassen ; and that peculiar ornament, the Greek Scroll, is found here in as great variety and richness in the temples and tombs of the Pharaohs, as in the noble structures of Pericles.” Writers, generally, in treating upon the subject of architecture, have supposed that it had its origin in Greece, and was transferred from that country to Egypt; and this is now the prevailing opinion. Whereas the beautiful temples of Thebes were constructed immediately after the ex pulsion of the shepherd kings, and long before the first shades of civili zation were visible in Greece. P ainting , which Mitford says “ is a Greek invention, was practised in ancient E g y p t;” although other writers upon this subject have said the Egyptians painted, but were incapable of giving their subjects expression, or action. Champolleon, during his researches in the tombs at Beni Hassen, discovered a great number of paintings, in water colors, all rela ting to civil and military life ; and he caused exact drawings to be made of the entire collection, and by this means has enlightened us upon many points of which we were previously ignorant. The trades, of which I shall presently speak, are represented in these drawings with the greatest fidelity. M. Champolleon, in his work, says, “ the paintings of the tomb of Nepthop are true water colors, of a fineness and beauty of design truly remarkable. They are the most beautiful I have seen here in E g y p t: the animals, the quadrupeds, birds and fishes are all painted with such fineness and truth, that the colored copies I have made resemble the col ored engravings of our finest works of natural history.” By this, it may be seen the Egyptians were not only able to paint, but to blend colors. Tytler, in his History of the World, under the head of Egypt, remarks, “ that the artists were only able to exhibit figures in profile, with their feet together, their legs straight, and their arms hanging close to the body.” The London Encyclopaedia, a work which I have used for reference, re marks upon the same subiect, “ that little action was given to figures, and no attempt made at expression.” Now, among the drawings copied by Champolleon are a series representing one of the three classes of Egypt, namely, the military caste, and one of these drawings exhibits two able wrestlers attacking, defending, retiring, advancing, standing, lying pros trate, & c .; also, one entire series of his drawings consisted of the portraits of kings, and other great personages. We may, then, imagine to what extent the art of painting was carried, when we reflect that the Egyptian artists were competent to paint portraits; and we see by these drawings that the two authorities previously cited were in error. S culpture in Marble. This is another of the arts which Mitford has bestowed upon Greece the honor of inventing, and is one of the many arts transferred from Egypt to Greece. There are still remaining, at Thebes, a number of statues, more or less dilapidated, of the great king Sesostris, who reigned about one thousand five hundred years before the Christian era. These statues are all of exquisite workmanship, and bear a strik ing analogy to each other, showing the artist was not only able to execute t E g y p t: the Cradle o f the Grecian Arts. 263 the workmanship in a masterly manner, but was enabled to transfer the features and expression to marble. Some of the higher branches of the sciences were practised here with some success. Among them may be mentipned Astronomy, Astrology, and Algebra. I believe, however, the Egyptians were here but imitators, as all the sciences just named were introduced from India. Algebra was an invention of the Hindoos, although the credit of its invention is bestowed, generally, upon the Arabians, which is one of the popular errors of the day. We may judge something of the chemical skill of the Egyptians by their embalming the dead, and their preparation of colors for painting, which now, more than three thousand years after they were used, are still as fresh as iflaid on but yesterday! This skill none of our artists can pre tend to possess. The alphabet, it is supposed, was an invention of Thoth, an Egyptian king. This king, it is believed, is the Hermes, or Mercury of the Greeks. The credit of this invention has been given to different nations and per sons. Some historians unhesitatingly bestow the entire credit upon Cad mus, who, I have every reason to believe, was a native of Thebes ; some bestow the credit upon Phoenicia ; and one writer, although I regret I can not recollect his name, in a work miscalled history, remarks that little was known of Greece until the alphabet was invented there, and since that pe riod everything is authentic. This is certainly one of the most ridiculous errors that could possibly be imagined, as the alphabet had been in use long prior to the existence of the Greeks, as a nation ; although I dare not venture an opinion respecting its origin, as all the various works I have examined, relating to the subject, differ very materially, but all unite in bestowing upon Cadmus the honor of introducing the same into Greece. I have every reason to think that this Cadmus was an Egyptian, and we can therefore draw our own conclusions upon the subject. In the Rhamesseion of Thebes, Champolleon discovered, at the entrance of a room, the demonstrative proofs that this apartment was once a library. At the entrance were sculptured two Egyptian divinities, the one on the left was the god of the Science and the Arts, and the inventor of letters— the god Thoth, with the head of the Ibis, a sacred Egyptian bird ; and upon the right stood the goddess Saf, bearing the remarkable title o( god dess o f the boohs, or library, sculptured upon the stone beside her. The god has a colossal eye upon his head, and the goddess a like ear—thus indicating that these two are the senses of sight and hearing, personified. The goddess, furthermore, holds in her hand all the implements of writing. It was by these figures that Champolleon was enabled to form his opinion resperAing the former use of the apartment, as, of course, nothing more re mains to throw farther light upon this subject; but we must conclude that books were used, even in Ancient-Egypt, and I have no doubt that some of them were much more valuable than many published at the present day. I shall now proceed to speak of a number of the trades which flourished in this country, as exhibited by Champolleon in the drawings before re ferred to. First, the spinning and weaving cloths and stuffs. The Egyp tian workmen in this trade excelled, in some respects, those of the present d a y ; for instance, the manufacture of the linen in which we find wrapped She embalmed bodies, and which was fabricated in that country of so fine 264 E g y p t: the Cradle o f the Grecian Arts. and beautiful a texture, that some experienced manufacturers of this arti cle in England were of the opinion it was impossible to spin linen of such fineness. The French Academy of Sciences, however, set this question at rest in the following manner :—They first took a piece of the material that had been used to wrap an embalmed body and extracted the gum from it, and then, by the aid of the microscope, (for the fibre of cotton and of linen are different,) determined it was linen, and of a much finer texture than can be fabricated at this day. Silk and cotton stuffs were also pro duced here, of great fineness and beauty. Glass-blowing, too, was car ried to great perfection, employing great numbers of workmen, and large factories. C asting. This is another of the trades, and was carried to a high de gree of perfection, for most if not all the chariots Were brazen, a circum stance proved not only by their green colors, but by the lightness and neatness of their wheels, and their beautiful ornaments, too elaborate to have been carved. There is also represented in these drawings carpet-making, upholstery, and the art of the potter, in all its branches ; the painter with his easel, the shoemaker, the colorers of leather, the weaving of cloths of different kinds, the goldsmith, the jeweller, the blacksmith, the cabinet-maker, and the carpenter. Among the tools of the carpenter is the axe, the adze, the* saw, and the chisel, which do not differ very materially from those used at the present day. W e also find here the center bit, or drill, which could not have been invented until the arts bad made considerable pro gress. Agriculture formed a prominent feature of Egyptian civilization, and this branch is beautifully represented in Champolleon’s drawings. Among them are seen the ploughing with oxen, the furrowing of the earth by goats, instead of swine, as Herodotus states. There are five kinds o f ploughs shown. The planting and harvesting of wheat and flax, the culture of the vine, the pressing of grapes, the culture of vegetables ; also* designs representing all kinds of cattle ; cows, calves, the milking of cows, the making of butter and cheese ; also designs showing the different methods of taking fish with lines, nets, and by spearing. Hunting was also among their amusements, and the dogs used were of the present grey hound species. It may appear singular that there exists at Thebes, and other parts o f Egypt, monuments in so great a state of preservation, but probably the climate has produced very little effect upon them ; for although rain and frost are not unknown in that country, still they are of very rare occur rence. It was during the reign of Sesostris, or Rhamses the Great, about fif teen hundred years before Christ, that the arts and sciences attained their highest state of perfection in Egypt. This great monarch, the existence of whom is doubted by some historians, was one of the most extensive conquerors, as well as one of the best of men. He extended his conquests into Ethiopia, Asia Minor, Persia, Arabia, and to India ; and to this daymay be seen, in different parts of Asia, monuments bearing this hiero glyphic inscription :— “ Sesostris, king of kings, has conquered this terri tory.” After his return from his conquests he devoted his entire attention to the encouragement of the arts, and endeavored, by every means im his power, to render his people happy. This king bestowed upon his sub Commercial Cities o f Europe: Rouen. 265 jects the privilege of holding landed property, a privilege previously unen joyed by this people. When we consider this monarch was a man of no ordinary character, any inventions or trades he may have observed in his conquests, he certainly would avail himself of for the benefit of his people on his return ; and we have every reason to believe that the arts were much advanced in India when this country was conquered by Sesostris. There is certainly a vast field for conjecture. May not India have been to Egypt, what Egypt was to Greece ? Champolleon, in his letters from Egypt and Nubia, remarks upon this subject, “ there existed regular com munications between the two empires, Egypt and India-. Commerce had displayed great activity between them ; and the daily discoveries made in the tombs of Thebes, of cloths of Indian fabric, of furniture of Indian wood, of cut precious stones, certainly pertaining to India, all leave no kind of doubt respecting the commerce of Ancient Egypt with India at an epoch when all Europe, and a great part of Asia were barbarous. It is impos sible, furthermore, to explain the number and magnificence of the ancient monuments of Egypt, without finding in the ancient commercial prosperity of the country the principal source of the enormous riches expended for their erection. Thus it is plainly demonstrated that Memphis and Thebes were the first centre of commerce, before Babylon, Tyre, Sidon, Alexan dria, Palmyra, and Bagdad, enjoyed this fine and important privilege.” The temples of India bear a striking analogy to those of Ancient Egypt, and that many of the arts of Egypt were Indian discoveries does not admit of a doubt. To what extent, however, they were introduced from India will probably ever remain unknown. An opinion, says a distinguished author, is now rapidly gaining credit among the learned, that arts and letters took their rise in Asia, and that they were cultivated in those parts long before they were practised in Phoenicia and Egypt. , d. t . j . Art. III.— C O M M E R C IA L C I T I E S OP E U R O P E . No. VII.—ROUEN. TOULOUSE. R O U E N — I T S S IT U A T IO N — C O M M E R C E — IM P O R T S AND E X P O R T S — E N T R E P O T — M A N U FA C TU R IN G IN D U S T R Y — C O T T O N SP IN N IN G — W O O L S PIN N IN G — D Y E IN G — W E A V IN G AND P R IN T IN G O F C O TTO N — M A N U FA CTU RE OF W OOLLEN C L O T H S — B L E A C H IN G — C H E M IC A L P R O D U C T S— O T H E R M A N U F A C T U R E S — F A IR S AND M ARKETS. R ouen is the principal seat of the cotton manufactures of France. It is situated in latitude 49° 26' 27" North ; longitude 1° 14' 16" West from Paris. Its distance from Paris is 31 leagues in a north-westerly direction. Its distance from Havre in a right line is 16 leagues, and about 28 leagues following the course of the Seine. The population of the city is about 92,000. Rouen, the fifth city of the republic in importance, is very favorably situated upon the river Seine, between the capital and Havre, which is, in fact, the port of Paris. The depth of water in the river is sufficient to al low vessels of 300 tons to come up to the city. Three small rivers, the Robec, the Aubette, and the Renelle, which unite with the Seine at Rouen, are of the greatest importance to the industry of the city. Their 266 Commercial Cities o f Europe: Rouen. waters move the works of not less than 250 factories. Few cities pre sent a more animated appearance than Rouen, or have a busier popula tion. The environs of the city are fertile and highly cultivated. C ommerce. The Seine, the railroad between Havre and Paris, and many excellent roads stretching into the interior, afford an easy commu nication between Rouen and the principal cities of the north and west of France. Hence, Rouen has become the depot of an extensive commerce of transit, especially with America, the Levant, Italy, Spain, Portugal, and the North of Europe. The principal powers of Europe have consuls at this city. Foreign commerce, and the coasting trade with the countries of E u rope, are of very recent date at Rouen. The dangerous passage of Quillebceuf was for a long time an obstacle to any enterprise in this direction. In 1762, Dambourney, a merchant, took the first step in maritime com merce by having a ship built for the grand coasting trade. This ship made its first voyage to Cadiz. The example thus given was so rapidly followed, that in 1790, almost all the merchants of the city who were en gaged in foreign trade, had become ship-owmers. At the close of 1837, the port possessed 82 vessels of large size, measuring some 13,000 tons, and 5 steamboats, measuring 379 tons. During the same year the num ber of vessels arriving at and sailing from Rouen, with cargoes, was as follows:— A r r i v a l s ........French Foreign D e p a r t u r e s . . .F rench Foreign vessels, “ “ “ 185, measuring (( 295, ft 23, it 53, 17,000 tons. 22,000 3,500 4,000 The number of coasters arriving with cargoes during the same year was 3,084 ; their tonnage, 270,000 ; the number sailing, 1,943, measur ing 133,000 tons. I mports and E xports. The annual value of the imports of Rouen is about 9,000,000 francs ; that of its exports about 25,000,000 francs. Be sides the products of its manufacturing industry, of which we shall speak hereafter, its exports consist chiefly of salt provisions, fish, oils, skins, drugs, tar, pitch, cloths, wool, jewelry, wood for building, metals, wines, brandy, and books. The cotton which is consumed in the numerous factories of Rouen, comes from Guadaloupe, Martinique, Cayenne, Senegal, Hayti, Cuba, the United States, Brazil, and the East Indies. E ntrep&t . In 1837, the entrepot at Rouen received merchandise amounting, in value, to 15,000,000 francs. The value of merchandise warehoused at the time of its importation, comprised 8,000,000 francs of that sum. The value taken from the entrepot during the year, was 10,000,000 francs,— 8,000,000 francs of which was for consumption, and the remainder for re-export. Manufacturing I ndustry. From the remotest periods, Rouen has been celebrated for its manufacturing industry. Weaving and dyeing were carried on here in the earliest times of the French monarchy, and, at pre sent, this city stands first in the Republic in the manufacture of cotton. The products of its industry have generally been articles of common use among all classes. This, doubtless, is one of the most powerful causes of its success. C otton S pinning . Till within the last sixty years, hand labor alone Commercial Cities o f Europe: Rouen. 26 " was employed in spinning at Rouen and in its neighborhood. In 1787, about 19,000 women were employed in this branch of industry. At. that time, attempts were made to bring into use some spinning machines im ported from England, and the sum of 100,000 francs was appropriated by the government for the encouragement of the manufacture of machinery. But, in 1789, an insurrection occurred among the working cldsses, and, in a few hours, the machines imported and manufactured during the preceding fifteen months were destroyed. However, the advantages resulting from the use of machinery had now become manifest. Machines moved by water or horse power were constructed in great numbers, and constantly brought nearer to perfection. The former have proved the most success ful. The latter, less economical, have always been few in num ber; and, since the introduction of steam power, have nearly gone out of use. But little fine cotton thread is manufactured at Rouen. The quality usually made is between No. 20 and No. 60. Some, however, has been produced as fine as No. 90, 137, and even 184. W ool S pinning . The Aubette moves a large number of wool spinning mills. In the little town of Darnetal, during some years, 700 workmen have been employed in this manufacture, and 180,000 kilograms of wool have been spun. D yeing . Until 1747, the art of dyeing had made but little progress at Rouen. In this year, two factories were built in France, one at Darne tal, near this city, and the other in the province of Languedoc, in both of which Grecian dyers were employed. At these factories, cotton was dyed with the red called rouge des Indes. The process used by the dyers at these establishments was at first kept secret, but it became known by de grees, and, in 1765, the government caused it to be made public. Since then, the number of factories has greatly increased, and the art has made astonishing progress both at Rouen and in other parts of France. The method brought from Greece has received many improvements, most of which are to be attributed to the establishment of a school of chemistry at Rouen. In Rouen and the neighboring valleys, there are more than 80 dyeing establishments, which produce annually about 2,500,000 kilograms of col ored cotton. About, thirty years since, the manufacturers at Rouen began to dye cot ton wool. The process was very expensive at first, but it was found that the. dye was more perfectly absorbed by the cotton while in (his state, than after it was woven. In many factories calicoes are still printed, but black appears to be the only color which is well retained by the cloth. The first factories established in Normandy for dyeing wool, were at Rouen. Most of the wool manufactured at filbceuf, Louviers, &c., was colored here. But, since the establishment of dye factories at those places, this branch of industry has been nearly abandoned at Rouen. W eaving and P kinting o r C otton. For a long time, only linen and hempen cloths were woven in this part of France. But, towards 1700, a merchant of Rouen named Delarue having purchased a large quantity of cotton wool and not being able to dispose of it otherwise, conceived the idea of having it spun. The undertaking was successful. Some members of the company of weavers took part in the enterprise, and manufactured some stuffs called siamoises, of which the warp was silk and the woof cot ton. Soon after, linen was substituted for silk in the warp. This was 268 Commercial Cities o f Europe: Rouen. found to give more solidity to the fabric, and to increase the sale of the ar ticle. From that time to the present, this branch of manufacture has made constant progress. The kind of cotton cloth manufactured to the greatest extent at Rouen, is that called rouenneries. These are cloths colored in stripes and squares, the predominant color usually being red. The cotton is dyed before being woven. The great demand for articles of this manufacture has made it necessary to employ a large number of workmen residing out of the city. The art of manufacturing prints similar to those of India, was unknown at Rouen till the year 1756, when it was introduced by Abraham Frey, a Genevese. The progress of the new enterprise was greatly hindered by the privileges o f the Indian Company ; but, in 1765, it had so far ad vanced that one manufacturer, Pierre Roger, employed 300 workmen. Another difficulty was the want of native and stationary workmen. The only skillful operatives to be obtained, were the Genevese, the Germans, and the Dutch, who demanded high prices, and combined to prevent others from learning their art. To escape the servitude to which they were thus subjected, the manufacturers gradually introduced intelligent children into their factories, as assistants. These insensibly acquired skill and knowl edge sufficient to enable them to take the place of the foreign workmen, and from that time, the manufacture advanced rapidly. A new impulse was given to its progress by the decree of 1806, prohibiting the importa tion of cotton fabrics. One of the most fortunate improvements in this department of industry, was the introduction, some forty years ago, of the art of printing by cylin ders. These ingenious machines are now in almost universal use. Not withstanding the extent of their manufacture, the prints of Rouen are infe rior in quality to those of Bolbec, Jony, and Mulhouse. Perhaps the most interesting product of the industry of Rouen, is its nankin. The attempt to imitate the nankin of the East, was first made in 1810. At present, the article manufactured at Rouen can scarcely be distinguished from the original. It has the same hue and texture, and even the same odor. The very paper in which the nankin of Asia is en veloped is imitated. For some years, cassimeres of wool and cotton have been manufactured at Rouen with considerable success. The manufacture of linen and hemp en cloths has been almost abandoned in the city. The neighboring towns, however, produce large quantities, which are sold at Rouen. Manufacture of W oollen C loths. But little woollen cloth is manu factured in the city. Darnetal, in the neighborhood, is very favorably situated upon two small rivers, and is celebrated for its black and scarlet cloths, its ratteens and flannels. The manufacture began in this place in the fifteenth century. v Bleaching . In the neighborhood of the city, there are many establish ments for bleaching, where cloths receive a whiteness finer than even at Paris, Saint Denis, or Saint Quentin. The most celebrated of these, are in the hamlet of Lescure. The process in general use is that of Berthollet. Not only cloths, but also cotton and linen thread, are whitened at these yards. C hemical P roducts. A large part of the industry of Rouen is em ployed in the manufacture of chemical agents. A number of manufacto Commercial Cities o f Europe: Toulouse. 269 ries of sulphuric acid are situated in the city, in the hamlet of Lescure, and at Deville. At Sotteville, there are various factories for the manu facture of nitric acid, of sulphate of copper, of soap to be used in cleaning .cloths, &c. Among other articles of this kind manufactured in the city apd its neighborhood, are hydrochlorate of pewter, (used in dyeing the rouge des Indes,) artificial soda, (in great demand on account of its low price,) sulphur, and potash soap. Other Manufactures. Rouen is celebrated for its apple jelly and ap ple sugar, and for confectionary of all kinds. It has also manufactories of porcelain, of woollen bonnets and ribbons, of hats, muslins, bone-laces, toys, steel and copper combs, cards, glue, colors, oils and cat-gut, sugar refineries, wax refineries, candle factories, tanneries, rope-walks and breweries, a copper foundry for the manufacture of articles used in its in dustry, and a manufactory of lead shot of all kinds. Steam-engines are also made at Rouen, as well as all kinds of spinning and weaving ma chines, agricultural implements, and household utensils. Besides these, we may mention the glass house at Amfreville, and the paper mills of Maromme, both near the city. F airs and M arkets. Fairs are held at Rouen on four days in the year. Two superb market halls— one for the sale of cotton and linen thread, and the other for that of all kinds of cloth—are open every Friday. Formerly nearly all the cotton manufactured in the neighborhood was sold at these halls, but now, most of the large spinning factories have dep&ts in the city whence their cottons go to the interior of the country. How ever, the halle aux colons is always frequented, and its prices regulate the market. The halle aux grains is open Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. Rouen is one of the principal corn markets of France. TO ULO USE. IT S S IT U A T IO N — C O M M E R C E — M A N U FA C TU R IN G \ IN D U S T R Y — C O M M ER C IA L IN S T IT U T IO N S — NA V IG A TIO N . # T oulouse, the seventh city of France in size and population, is situated in the ancient province of Languedoc, about 150 leagues south south-west from Paris. It lies on the Garonne, where that river is met by-the canal of the south, or of Languedoc, in latitude 43a 35' 46" North, longitude 0° 53' 45" W est from Paris. Its population in 1836 was 77,000, and is constantly increasing. The position of Toulouse is such as to warrant an extensive commerce. By the Garonne, it communicates with Bordeaux on the Bay of Biscay. The canal of the south connects it with the Mediterranean, with Mar seilles, and the Rhone. Its nearness to Spain renders it the entrepot of all the merchandise passing to that country, through France, from the north of Europe. It is the natural centre of all the inland trade and transporta tion of the large and well peopled country lying between the Gulf of Ly ons and the Gulf of Gascony, the Pyrenees and the mountains of Au vergne. And, although its commerce has not yet become so important as might well be expected from its position, it is constantly and steadily in creasing with the increase of population and the advancement of the arts of industry. C ommerce. Toulouse carries on an active commerce in salt, oils, soap, 270 Commercial Cities o f Europe: Toulouse. colonial products, skins and fars, wool, cotton, woollen and linen cloths, iron ware, glass, wine, and brandy. It is the entrepbt of the iron of the department of the Arriege, and of the marble of Italy and the south of France. Into the interior of the country, it sends great quantities of the celebrated patts de foie des canards and of salted geese and bacon. The most valuable products of the countiy around Toulouse, are grain and flour. Most of these articles which enter into commei'ce are sent from Toulouse, and its exports of this kind amount to about a million hec tolitres yearly. There is a national entrepftt at Toulouse, at which the principal articles stored are fish, grain, coffee, olive oil, cabinet wood, cloths, lace, and scythes. Manufacturing I ndustry. The manufacturing industry of Toulouse is not like that of Rouen and Lyons, confined to the production of a single class of articles. It seeks to satisfy the various wants of the people of the neighboi'ing districts, and is, therefore, divided into many branches, but few of which present very important results. A prominent department of the industry of Toulouse, is the preparation of grainfor sale and consumption. T he quantity of grain annually ground and packed there, is about 140,000 hectolitres. Toulouse has the largest manufactory of swords, scythes, and files, in the Republic. The annual product of this factory, is about 800,000 kilograms, in weight, of swords, 80,000 kilograms of scythes, and (in number) 160,000 files—all of the best quality. Toulouse has copper and iron foundries, mills for beating iron, bell foundries, a manufactory of polished iron plates, a national foundry of cannon, which, together with several copper foundries producing copper sheathing, boilers, basins, &c., is attached to a school of artillery. H ar ness, iron ware, vices, and wine-presses of wrought iron, are also manu factured here. Besides these manufactures, this city produces Italian pastry, colored • paper, morocco, waxed and varnished cloths, the strings of musical instru ments, resin and varnish, bed clothes of wool and cotton, hats of straw and fur, starch, pasteboard, candles, marble work, machinery, chemical agents, brushes, pencils, rope, &c. It has a factory of porcelain, crockery, and pipe clay, which employs 300 workmen. To these may be added, a wax refinery, wax candle and taper factories, a manufactory of indiennes, sev eral mills moved by water, for spinning wool and cotton, dyeing estab lishments, tanneries, breweries, and distilleries of spirits of turpentine and of brandy. It was in the province of Languedoc that the culture of letters first flourished after the daikness of the middle ages, and printing and the book trade have ever since been of importance at Toulouse. C ommercial I nstitutions, &c. Toulouse has a chamber and a tribunal of commerce, and a mint. It has a school of geometry, and of the ap plication of mechanics to the useful arts. Every two years there is a pub lic exhibition of the products of its industry, which continues from the 15th of June to the 15th of July. Many fairs are held at this place, the most important of which is that of the 28th of June, for the sale of wool and woollen cloths. The hotel of Saint John, where the fairs for the sale of woollen cloths, thread, cotton, and silk of southern manufacture are held, has storehouses for receiving Law Reform in New YorJc, and its Mercantile Aspect. 271 the various products of the industry of Rouen. Elboeuf, Louviers, Lille, and other cities of the north-east of France. N avigation. The canal of the south, or of Languedoc, so important to Toulouse, passes a little to the north and east of the city, and joins the Garonne only about a quarter of a league below its walls. The cana-l of Brienne, (about a mile in length,) connects the river at the point where it leaves the city, with the canal of the south. Unfortunately for Tou louse, the Garonne is not easy of navigation for some distance below the city. In many places, its bed is encumbered with banks of rocks and with sunken timber. Art. IV.— LAW REFORM IN NEW YORK, AND ITS MERCANTILE ASPECT. T he close relation between Law and Trade is too obvious to require re mark, and yet is so obvious as to repeatedly suggest itself and compel re mark. The relation is one of mutual action and reaction. Trade fur nishes the great leading branch of modern Jurisprudence ; and we read in the history of English Law, that some of the first, nay, the very first re laxations of the feudal rules, were made in favor of Commerce, and under the exigency of its growing wants. Hence the statutes allowing the alien ation of real estate by deed and by will. Hence the laws making real property liable in execution, and the statutes merchant and staple, by which mercantile debts were secured by a species of mortgage. And hence another great change, although not precisely a relaxation of the law, by which, in order to establish mercantile credit, debtors were made liable to arrest on civil process. In many of the United States the law has, in this respect, gone back to its early common law rule, which held a freeman too good to be arrested, except for a crime. A glance, even, at the causes of this change, and of the abolition of imprisonment for debt, by which our law, after departing from the old rule of liberty for several hundred years, has gone round the circle, as it were, and made, literally, a revolu tion to the point which it left, would carry us too deep into the philosophy of trade and credit, (which seems the modem substitute for legal sanction,) and into the, philosophy of politics too, and would lead us away from our purpose in mentioning these instances, which is merely to illustrate the influence of trade upon law. On the other hand, Law acts upon Commerce. Mercantile affairs are sensitively alive to changes in legislation, even to such as do not directly bear upon them. The French revolution of 1848, from which industry in all its branches looks for so much good ultimately, has had for its imme diate effect the utter prostration of trade. But Commerce feels legislative changes far less violent than revolutions. Legislation on the subject of contracts, and affecting the remedies upon contract, have of course a direct bearing and effect. We hardly know w'hether to call the late radical changes brought about in the State of New York, in the entire system of Pleading and Practice there, by the code of procedure passed in April, 1848, an innovation, re form, or revolution. The term applied will depend upon the view one is disposed to take of the measure. Of its importance there can be no doubt. Of its interest to all students of Law, and especially to all inquirers into 272 Lam Reform, in New York, and ils Mercantile Aspect. the subject of Law Reform, we need say nothing. W e have to do with its mercantile bearings; and these, both direct and indirect, not only on the. law of remedy but of contracts also, are so numerous as to claim some notice in our pages. We shall avail ourselves of an article on the New York Code in the July number of the Monthly Law Reporter of Boston, by one of our own contributors, David R. Jaques, Esq., of New York, in which the history oi this great change is briefly given, some of the principal changes affecting general principles*are detailed, and an outline presented of the new sys tem, now in full force. The Law Reporter, by the way, has lately completed its tenth volume, and on passing into the hands of other publishers, Messrs. Little & Brown, enters upon a new series. Stephen H. Phillips, Esq., of the Boston Bar, is now its able and efficient, editor. In one respect the Law Reporter is unique in its character. Although it always devotes some space to the discussion of legal topics of general interest, it is mainly, in contents as in name, a magazine of reports of adjudicated cases. It is, we think, the only periodical of the kind, unless we except the New York Legal Obser ver, published in this country. But the peculiar value of the Law R e porter is owing to the liberal spirit in which its selection of cases is made. It confines itself to no one State or district, but ranges from Maine to Tex as, giving the decisions of the State courts of the North, South, and West. It thus furnishes, in a convenient form, what we can find no where else, neither in the Reports of the United States’ Supreme Court, nor in the R e ports of the separate States, a general view of American Equity and Com mon Law, as it prevails throughout the Union. It exhibits the English system of Jurisprudence as it prevails in all the States, modified in some respects, but in the main the same in all, harmonized by no external rule of uniformity, but by the same internal spirit. New York is the first State to make a great departure from the old law in its new code, to swing out of the line of Common Law, in which all have hitherto remained, from our earliest colonial era, two hundred years ago. Whether others will follow her example, or she be brought to acknowledge that via anti que via est tuta, and return to the old way, we must leave to the lawyers to prognosticate. In the following extracts from the Reporter’s article, a history of the new Code, and a sketch of the new system of pleading established by it, are given, and some of the more important alterations affecting the law of contracts and remedies on contracts pointed o u t:— THE NEW YORK CODE OF PROCEDURE. On and after the first day of July, 1848, the only system of pleading and practice, the only forms of remedial law, or what, after French usage, is called procedure, in force in the State of New York, will be a system of equity procedure. Such, in a few words, is the general positive result of late changes. Another result, of a negative kind, is, that on the same day, that other system of remedial law, so well known, as the system of plead ings and practice at common law, ceases to exist in that State. And on the same day, the court of chancery of N ew York, some of the powers of which had been kept alive, by the constitution, for the purpose of hearing and disposing of pending suits, comes to an ab solute and final close, with all its imposing array of officers, chancellor, vice-chancellors, examiners, and masters. The only trace left in the constitution of November, 1846, of the - submerged world of chancery, the only peak above the waters, is the word “ equity,” oc curring four of five times in article six. The twenty-fourth section of article six of the constitution, provides for the appointment, by the legislature, of three commissioners, and makes it their duty “ to revise, reform, Law Reform in New York , and its Mercantile Aspect. 273 simplify and abridge the rules and practice, pleadings, forms, and proceedings of the courts of record of this State, and to report thereon to the legislature.” A n act of April, 1847, purporting to be in pursuance of this provision, appointed the commissioners, and made it their duty “ to provide for the abolition of the present forms of actions and pleadings, in cases at common law, for a uniform course of proceedings in all cases, whether of legal or equitable cognizance, and for the abandonment of all Latin and other foreign tongues, so far as the same shall by them be deemed practicable, and of any form and proceeding not necessary to ascertain, or preserve the rights of the parties.” The commissioners, Messrs. Arphaxad Loomis, David Graham, and David Dudley Field, made their first report in February last. They submitted an act, which, after some amendment, was passed April 12, 1848. The preamble recites, that “ it is expedient that the present forms of actions and pleadings, in cases at common law, should be abolished, that the distinction between legal and equitable remedies should no longer continue, and that an uniform course of proceedings, in all cases, should be established.” § 62. “ The distinction between actions at law and suits in equity, and the forms of all such actions and suits, heretofore existing, are abolished, and there shall be, in this State, hereafter, but one form of action, for the enforcement, or protection of private rights, and the redress of private wrongs, which shall be denominated a civil action.” § 118. “ All the forms of pleading heretofore existing are abolished ; and hereafter the forms of pleading in civil actions, and the rules by which the sufficiency of the pleadings is to be determined, shall be those which are prescribed by this act.” One-half, or rather the first part of their twofold duty, having been thus summarily dis posed of, by the commissioners, in two sections, they devote the rest of the act to a more difficult task than abolishing old forms, that of providing new and better ones. The act consists of 391 sections in all, numbered continuously to the end, and as published by the legislature, with the reviser’s elaborate notes, introductory and explanatory, makes a vol ume of 260 pages. It is divided into two parts, to which are prefixed certain general defi nitions and divisions of actions. But these parts are not the whole, they are only the first tw o of the series of laws, which the commissioners call a “ code of procedure.” In addi tion to the regulation of civil actions, to which the present act is confined, future parts will embrace, criminal procedure, new provisions respecting the jurisdiction of courts, the rules of evidence, all proceedings not actions, classed by § 3 as special; in short, the remainder of “ the law o f the State concerning remedies in the courts of justice.” Part first, as adopted, contains an enumeration of all the courts of the State, a sort of re-enactment of the sections of the constitution establishing courts, and also of the present laws, regulating their jurisdiction. Part second treats of civil actions, and in twelve titles regulates their form, the time of commencing them, the parties, the place of trial, the man ner of commencing them, the pleadings, arrest, and bail, and other proceedings, termed provisional remedies ; trial and judgment, execution, costs, appeals, and certain miscella neous proceedings, such as motions and orders, the examination of witnesses and of parties. Before attempting a sketch of the new system of pleading, we shall briefly state some o f the most important of the many alterations of the existing law, mainly affecting prac tice, but by no means confined to that subject, nor yet falling strictly under the head of pleading, which occur in every part of the code. It enacts that the civil remedy for a wrong shall, in no case, be merged in the criminal, (§ 7 ;) it abolishes actions on judgments, (§ 64;) it makes the lapse of twenty years an abso lute bar to an action on a sealed instrument, and not a mere defence, by way of presump tion of payment, (§ 96;) it makes a written acknowledgement subscribed by the party to be charged, necessary to revive a debt, barred by the statute of limitations, (§ 90;) it ex tends exemption from arrest and imprisonment to cases of tort, except where the defend ant is a non-resident, or is about to remove from the State, (§§ 154, 156 ;) it requires the plaintiff to give security for the defendant’s costs and damages, on applying for “ an order of arrest,” which is the substitute for the capias, (§ 157 ;) it allows a deposit of money in stead of bail, (§ 172;) it provides for one undertaking of bail, instead of bail alone, and bail to the sheriff, (§ 162 ;) it allows arrest at any time during the action, before judgment, (§ 158;) it permits the defendant, in replevin, to retain the property, pending the suit, on giving security, (§ 186 ;) abolishes the writ of injunction, substituting proceedings, similar in effect, by order, (§ 191 ;) and provides that no suit shall abate, by the death, marriage, or other disability of a party, (§ 101.) The provisions of the code, relating to t( trial by referees,” are striking, and may lead to important results, (§ 225.) A ny of the issues in an action, may be referred, by consent, issues o f law , as well as issues of fact. In other words, parties are at liberty to select VOL. X IX .----NO. I I I . 18 274 Law Reform in New York , and its Mercantile Aspect. from the community at large, the judges of their controversies, and every citizen, layman, and lawyer, becomes a kind of auxiliary judge, an assessor to the bench. The code also abolishes all existing laws relating to fees, and restricting and regulating agreements between attorney, or counsel and client, as to compensation, but allows the successful party certain specified sums, by way of indemnity, from his opponent, (§ 258.) N ot only may parties to an action choose their judges, but parties to any question in difference may, under the code of procedure, submit a case, containing the facts, and ac companied by affidavit of the good faith of the proceeding, upon which the court is au thorized to hear and determine the matter, and judgment (without costs) is to be entered up as in action, (§§ 325-7.) And provision is made for the compromise of suits, by al lowing the defendant to make a writtep offer, at any time before judgment, to consent to a judgment for a specified sum. If the plaintiff do not accept the offer, and fail to recover more than the sum specified, he is liable for all the costs incurred by the defendant after making the offer. If he accept, he may have judgment entered up by the clerk, (§ 338.) No part of the code is more calculated to startle those of a staid turn of mind, than the provisions relating to testimony. The result of these provisions seems to be, that all in competency of witnesses is done away, except in one instance. A party may not put him self on the stand. And even as thus stated, the rule requires modification. All proceed ings by action to obtain discovery, being abolished, the code provides that any party may be called, as a witness, to the stand, by the adverse party, and examined, in the same manner, and under the same rules, as any other witness. A party, however, who has been thus called and examined, is allowed to testify, on his own behalf, “ to any matter pertinent to the issue,” (§§ 343, 344, 349.) Incapacity, from in terest, is expressly abol ished, with the qualification mentioned. A s to this provision, however, it may quiet the minds of some, to know that it is but a tardy imitation of the reform introduced in E ng land five years ago, by Lord Denman. The system of pleading presented in the code is short and simple. But do the commis sioners think it will always remain thus short and simple, and, like the prince of codifiers, Justinian, who, on publishing the Digest, issued a constitution forbidding all note and comment for all time to come, imagine that the ingenuity of human wit, the complexity of human affairs, and the certain accretions which the wave of time aloue is sure to bring with it, will not add to the bulk and mar somewhat the symmetry of their plan ? I f they share Justinian’s delusion, they must look for his fate. He came out the next year after his Digest was issued with comments of his own! But the New York commissioners have given ample proof of a spirit of wiser and more reasonable reform. They have not been in hot haste to make “ all things new,” but rather disposed to make new applications of old forms and modes. In every nation in which there is a true political life, institutions are not a mere structure of men’s hands, but a growth of time. The course of events makes changes necessary. But the wise reformer modifies rather than abolishes. The old may thus become mixed with the new. Old forms of the past may cramp somewhat the business of the present; a sort of incongruity may result; but it is such incongruity as must always exist in life and affairs. The theorist will find perfect symmetry only in theories, and the people whose legislators are at liberty to pull down and build up at will are the subjects of despots. Only one form of action being allowed by the code, it provides but one mode of com mencing it— by service of a summons, which is a notice of the action subscribed by the plaintiff or his attorney, and requires the defendant to serve a copy of his answer on the plaintiff within twenty days. The parties are termed plaintiffs and defendants. “ All persons having an interest in the subject of the action and in obtaining the relief demanded, may be joined as plaintiffs, (§ 97;) and any person may be made a party defendant who has any interest adverse to the plaintiff. The only pleadings are the complaint by the plaintiff; the defendant’s answer or demur rer to the eomplaint, and plaintiff’s replication to the answer. No demurrer is allowed to the plaintiff An issue is effected by either an answer, demurrer, or replication. The general rule is laid down that every allegation not controverted by the opposite party, by a denial either of fact or of knowdedge of the fact, shall be taken as admitted as to the fact, but not as to the legal effect. The pleading, therefore, need not go farther than the an swer or demurrer. It cannot go farther than the replication. The replication is allowed, not so much for the advantage of the plaintiff in alleging new matter, as for the advan tage of the defendant, in having the allegations of his answer distinctly admitted or denied. This rule of equity pleading, which makes the allegations end with the replication, is, we think, a wise one. Logically, there m ay be no end to counter-statements of new facts, J Statistics and History o f the British Cotton Trade* 275 and,the practical question is, whether the substantial facts are not as likely to be brought out in three as in seven allegations, and whether it is not as well to stop at the replication as to allow an imaginary surrebutter which is hardly ever reached. The complaint (which is not required to be filed in the first instance, but a copy of which must be served on the defendant with the summons,) must contain the title of the cause, name of the court, and name of the county (by way of venue) in which trial is de sired, names of parties, “ a statement of the facts constituting the cause of action,” “ a de mand of the relief to which the plaintiff supposes himself entitled,” and if a money demand, a statement of the amount, (§ 120.) The provisions of this section are very similar to those o f the French Code de Procedure Civile respecting the exploit (V ajournement, correspond ing to the complaint, which must contain dates, names, and occupation of parties, “ object o f demand, and summary expose of the grounds,” and the name of the tribunal, (Code § 61.) The answer of the defendant and the plaintiff’s replication to the answer, may contain a denial of any fact or of knowledge of any fact alleged in the pleading answered, or al legations of new matter. All pleadings, except the demurrer, must be verified by the party, his agent or attorney, (§ 133.) Allegations are to be liberally construed, with a view to substantial justice, not protiu s contra proferentem. Irrelevant or redundant matter may be struck out on motion, (§§ 136, 137.) These provisions, with the general one that allegations must be “ in ordinary and concise language, without repetition, and in such a manner as to enable a person of com mon understanding to know what is intended, are absolutely the only important rules of pleading in the code, (§§ 120, 131.) N o such things as forms of pleading are recognized, and the most liberal statute of jeofails that ever was enacted is contained in §§ 145, 149. N o variance is to be deemed material unless the opposite party make affidavit that he has been misled. And the court may, a t any time, amend any pleading by inserting, striking out, and “ conforming the pleading to the facts proved !” There are no set phrases of assertion and denial, like the propositions afjirmans et negans of the schools of logic in the middle ages, required to produce an issue. Issues which are of law or of fact (§ 203) arise, the former on a demurrer or an allegation not controverted. Every allegation controverted and every new allegation in a replication is an issue of fact. All issues are tried ; those of law by argument, those of fact by testimo n y ; before a single judge, in the first instance, in both cases. Trial is either by court, by jury, or by referees. By consent all issues may be tried by referees, (§ 225.) Reference may be ordered in cases of account, and of questions of fact other than those arising on the pleadings. The constitutional right of trial by jury in cases heretofore accustomed re mains, of course, untouched. The commissioners inform us that § 208, which provides that “ whenever, in an action for the recovery of money only, or of specific real or person al property, there shall be an issue of fact, it must be tried by a jury,” is intended to extend the right to other cases. What new issues are included under these general terms is not very clear. Would an action for common foreclosure of a mortgage be triable by jury, under the first clause, being for the recovery of money only ; or an action for strict fore closure, being for specific real property under the second ? All issues of law, and all issues of fact, other than those triable by jury, or referees, are to be tried by the court. And all issues may be tried by the court, by consent, (§ 221 .) The verdict of the jury may be general or special, in actions triable, of right, by a jury. In all other cases the verdict must be special, if the court so direct, or it may directa spe cial verdict, on particular questions of fact, in addition to the general verdict. Where there are both, the special is to control the general verdict, (§§216, 217.) Judgment may determine the ultimate rights of parties, and may be given for or against plaintiffs, and for or against defendants, in the same action, (§ 230.) Art, V.— STATISTICS AND HISTORY OF TIIE BRITISH COTTON TRADE: AND OP T H E M ANUFACTURE OP COTTON GOODS. CHAPTER IV. our last chapter we gave tabular statements of the quantity of cam brics and muslins exported from Great Britain, in each of the years from 1831 to 1846, to each of the foreign countries with which she has com mercial intercourse, together with a statement of the quantity of yarn, In 276 Statistics and History o f the British Cotton Trade : thread, calicoes, cambrics, damasks, dimities, lawns, counterpanes, ging hams, cords, velveteens, nankeens, handkerchiefs, lace, tapes, &c., ex ported in each year from 1816 to 1846, a period of thirty years ; closing the chapter with a chronological history of cotton goods. The following table shows the actual value of each description of cot ton goods shipped from Great Britain in the years 1832 to 1846, calcula ted from the average market price in each year :— TABLE SHOWING THE MONEY VALUE, IN £ , OF EACH DESCRIPTION OF GOODS EXPORTED IN THE FOLLOWING YEARS. DESCRIPTION. 1832. 1833. 1834. 1835. 1836. Calicoes, printed............. . £2,448,353 £3,065,901 £4,812,610 £5,538,239 £5,914,385 Calicoes, plain................. . 2,040,293 2,629,031 3,834,929 4,390,566 5,362,968 Cambrics......................... 381,084 332,145 324,676 153,709 306,514 Cotton and linen............ 30,519 40,244 51,963 52,745 49,699 Dim ities........................... 4,235 3,294 1,458 2,964 3,532 Damasks......................... 576 780 1,123 1,065 1,525 Ginghams......................... 25,649 54,164 45,160 73,737 35,000 Lawns.......... ' . ................. 11,556 212 191 580 348 Lace ............................................ 918,951 780,542 1,302,894 1,072,412 1,214,914 Nankeens......................... 34,517 53,817 193,010 41,820 317,608 Quiltings......................... 25,402 20,775 11,206 24,411 12,887 Ticks................................ 20,375 8,700 10,972 2,718 5,844 Velveteens........................ 309,645 343,975 368,127 290,733 357,128 Counterpanes........................ 9,398 16,466 35,548 81,770 14,387 H osiery............................ 234,561 257,931 194,081 216,894 236,991 Shawls.............................. 74,860 224,374 231,316 240,022 273,969 T apes............................... 3,672 10,188 8,108 5,673 4,189 Unenumerated............... 154,151 68,854 144,577 131,446 167,440 Y arn................................. . 4,479,053 4,235,051 5,616,369 6,012,554 6,567,154 Thread............................. 104,127 121,234 235,783 225,540 214,914 1 Y am exported in mix- j ed goods................... j1 Total...... ................. . 11,330,277 12,829,538 17,311,253 18,506,605 20,646,077 TABLE SHOWING THE MONEY VALUE, IN £ , OF EACH DESCRIPTION OF GOODS----CONTINUED. D E S C R IP T IO N . 1837. 1838. 1839. 1840. 1841. C alicoes, p rin te d ............. . £4,141,755 £5,121,160 £5,213,716 £4,699,710 £4,479,883 C alicoes, p la in ................... . 4,287,429 4,714,129 5,156,963 4,716,251 4,586,831 C am b rics............................. 158,725 147,964 129,218 114,873 89,670 25,068 C o tto n a n d lin e n ............... 22,551 16,117 17,104 22,690 D im ities............................... 1,458 1,535 1,564 914 1,280 385 522 D a m a s k s ............................ 662 399 199 G in g h am s........................... 50,172 65,011 58,163 67,035 40,453 336 410 L a w n s ................................. 1,076 6,045 154 857,615 1,001,121 922,358 1,176,126 L a c e ...................................... 1,180,841 6,036 6,461 N a n k e e n s........................... 2,031 10,436 12,690 8,270 15,729 Q u iltin g s............................ 6,909 2,816 3,930 2,557 4,073 3,021 T ic k s .................................... 6,158 1,641 154,624 V elveteens......................... 152,363 142,894 103,887 64,383 C o u n terp an es................... 26,105 24,077 16,936 35,677 14,209 34,123 H o s ie ry ............................... 219,967 251,626 218,007 197,091 182,292 204,895 S h aw ls................................. 166,623 120,495 101,937 3,395 4,080 7,125 4,752 0,110 T a p e s ................................................. U n e n u m e ra te d ................. 106,340 119,190 159,341 136,251 116,823 5,912,224 6,043,138 4,900,596 4,981,060 6,024,661 Y a m .................................... . 174,932 177,224 189,261 191,781 307,194 T h re a d ................................ Y a rn exported in m ix- ) ed g o o d s .................... ) Total........................ . 16,133,841 17,966,837 17,462,286 16,578,040 17,247,084 And o f the Manufacture o f Cotton Goods. 277 D K S C R IP T IO N . 1 8 4 !. 1843. GO K . TABLE SHOWING THE MONET VALUE, IN £ , OF EACH DESCRIPTION OF GOODS— CONTINUED. 1844. 1846. Calicoes, printed.............. £3,687,646 £4,104,345 .£6,311,712 .£5,273,360 .£ 4,672,024 Calicoes, plain.................. . 4,575,506 6,692,652 7,714,386 8,302,919 8,702,430 Cambrics........................... 42,166 53,672 54,023 78,045 77,967 Cotton and linen............ 19,659 14,112 19,383 14,072 16,196 Dimities............................ 781 6,061 608 509 289 Damasks........................... 196 349 86 270 295 Ginghams...... . ................ 34,676 53,831 11,249 26,826 13,531 Lawns.............................. 143 393 542 202 157 Lace.................................. 714,335 795,392 878,475 766,469 495,487 Nankeens......................... 4,768 1,466 4,555 894 2,213 Quiltings.......................... 2,816 3,132 2,392 3,380 4,862 Ticks................................. 1,223 3,420 2,525 2,158 2,844 70,126 60,025 Velveteens...................................... 58,371 64,960 61,258 19,598 Counterpanes.................. 15,583 18,263 24,496 32,897 140,366 144,753 172,538 Hosiery............................................... 238,689 163,583 109,060 Shawls.............................. 72,305 106,819 133,130 102,341 Tapes............................... 4,621 2,448 1,902 1,588 1,213 73,222 87,374 82,325 Unenumerated................ 85,443 54,161 Y a rn ................................. . 5,488,345 6,373,737 5,963,004 6,596,89.7 8,183,772 Thread............................. 116,088 162,174 182,069 184,554 171,666 Yarn exported in m ix. j1 614,622 599,564 ed goods.................... i Total........................ . 15,068,586 18,768,257 20,500,949 22,419,988 23,352,295 W e now proceed to give a table showing the average price of each description of manufactured cotton goods, exported in the years 1831 to 1846 :— TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE PRICE OF EACH DESCRIPTION OF MANUFACTURED COTTON GOODS, EXPORTED IN THE FOLLOWING YEARS. D K S C R IP T IO N . Length o f Weight o f pieces. pieces. Yards. Calicoes, printed............... Calicoes, plain................... Cambrics............................ Cotton and linen.............. Dimities............................. Dam asks............................ Ginghams.......................... Lawns.................................. Lace.................................... Nankeens........................... Quiltings............................ Ticks.................................. Velveteens......................... Counterpanes..................... Hosiery............................... Shawls............................... Tapes, &c........................... 28 24 20 40 20 20 50 60 50 60 1811. 185!. O l. S. d. S. d. s. 4 4 5 12 3 0 8 0 12 0 10 0 3 8 2 8 0 8 8 8 18 8 20 0 22 12 7 8 2 8 2 8 1 0 12 3 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 11 7 10 10 25 24 10 10 10 16 75 25 50 5 10 6 1 8 11 7 10 11 26 24 10 10 10 17 52 25 52 6 11 6 1 lbs. 7 10 10 25 24 10 10 10 16 75 25 50 0 8 0 10 0 6 0 1 9 1813. 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 9 d. 114 4 5 4 3 9 5 10 10 8J 6 5 6 0 0 3 9 1814. S. d. 13 8 8 6 11 3 13 4 28 9 27 0 11 3 11 8 11 8 18 9 56 6 28 2 55 0 7 0 11 0 6 6 0 2 TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE PRICE OF MANUFACTURED COTTON GOODS— CONTINUED. C alicoes, p rin te d ................ C alicoes, p la in ................... C am b rics.............................. C otton an d lin e n ............... D im ities................................ D a m a s k s .............................. G in g h a m s ............... : .......... Length of Weight of pieces. pieces. Yards. lbs. O l. 28 24 20 40 60 36 4 5 3 8 12 10 3 4 20 12 0 0 0 0 8 ©a oo rH D K S C R IP T IO N . S. 1816. d. 14 0 9 0 11 8 13 4 28 9 27 0 11 8 S. d. 14 0 9 0 11 8 13 4 28 9 27 0 11 8 1817. d. 11 0 S. 8 3 10 3 10 0 21 0 20 0 10 6 1838. S. d. 10 10 8 0 10 14 9 8 20 6 19 6 10 4 278 Statistics and History o f the British Cotton Trade: TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE PRICE OP MANUFACTURED COTTON GOODS— CONTINUED. Length of Weight of pieces. pieces. DESCRIPTION. Y ards. Lawns............................... Lace.................................. N ankeens........................ Quiltings................ ......... Ticks................................ Velveteens........................ Counterpanes.................... Hosiery............................. Shawls.............................. Tapes, & c........................ lb s . OZ. 2 0 8 8 8 8 0 50 50 60 8 18 60 20 22 12 7 2 2 1 8 8 8 0 1837. 1838- s. d. s. d. 8. d. 8. 11 11 18 56 28 60 7 11 1815. 8 8 9 11 11 18 56 28 60 7 11 8 8 0 9 10 17 '39 2 0 0 0 6 2 0 6 2 6 2 0 0 0 6 0 1816. 6 2 6 20 • 40 5 10 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 9 d, 9 0 9 0 16 10 38 9 19 2 39 0 5 0 9 10 5 0 1 9 TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE PRICE OF !MANUFACTURED COTTON GOODS— CONTINUED. Length of Weight of pieces. pieces. DESCRIPTION. Y ards. Calicoes, printed............. Calicoes, plain.................. Cambrics........................... Cotton and linen............. Dimities........................ J.......... Damasks.......................... Ginghams........................ Lawns............................... L ace.................................. Nankeens........................ Quiltings........................... Ticks................................. Velveteens........................ Counterpanes................... ....... Hosiery.............................. Shawls.............................. Tapes, &c............................... 28 20 40 60 36 20 20 50 60 No. 1819. d. lb s . Ol. 8. 4 4 5 12 3 0 8 0 12 0 10 0 3 8 2 8 0 8 8 8 18 8 20 0 22 12 7 8 2 8 2 8 1 0 10 6 7 10 10 0 9 6 20 4 19 6 10 0 9 0 8 9 16 9 38 6 18 10 39 0 5 0 9 9 4 10 1 9 1840. S. d. 10 7. 9 9 20 19 9 9 8 15 38 18 38 44 4 9 4 1 6 0 44 14 0 6 0 9 11 14 9 3 10 9 9 9 1841. 1848. S. s. d. 8 6 6 9 20 19 8 9 8 15 38 18 38 4 8 3 1 9 0 3 3 9 6 6 9 20 19 8 9 8 15 38 18 38 4 9 3 1 d. 0 0 6 44 14 0 6 0 6 0 14 9 3 0 0 9 9 0 0 3 0 3 0 0 3 0 0 6 3 9 TABLE SHOWING THE AVERAGE PRICE OF MANUFACTURED COTTONr GOODS— CONTINUED. Length of Weight of pieces. pieces. DESCRIPTION. Calicoes, printed................. Calicoes, plain ....................... Cambrics................................... Cotton and linen ................. Dimities .......................... . . . . . Damasks................................... Ginghams......................... Lawns............................... Lace................................... Nankeens.......................... Quiltings.......................... T icks................................ Velveteens........................ Counterpanes................... ....... Hosiery...................................... . Shawls ....................................... Tapes, &c................................ 1841. 1844. Y ards. lb s. Ol. 8. d. 8. d. 28 24 20 4 4 5 12 3 0 8 0 12 0 10 0 3 8 2 8 0 8 8 8 18 8 20 0 22 12 7 8 8 6 6 9 20 19 8 9 8 15 38 18 38 ii 0 4 3 0 9 6 6 9 21 19 8 9 8 16 39 19 39 4 6 6 9 9 0 11 10 8 9 0 11 3 11 8 8 9 60 36 20 20 50 60 50 60 No. 4 2 4 4 0 0 5 2 4 2 2 8 2 8 3 5 3 1 1 10 1 0 2 1 7 11 1845. s. d. 9 5 6 44 6 8 9 <4 19 94 19 10 8 94 9 7 8 8 15 9 38 6 18 9 38 7 4 2 9 3 1 0 7 104 1846. s. d. 9 6 7 10 9 9 0 0 6 5 1 0 0 4 0 8 0 21 20 9 10 9 16 41 19 41 4 9 4 3 4 9 2 0 The following table exhibits the declared and official annual value of all descriptions of cotton goods exported from the year 1697 to 1830. The “ official value ” is from a list formed by the British custom-house many years since ; the declared, or real value, as it is called, is accord ing ’ the declaration of the exporters, and, like the description of goods entered for export, cannot always be depended upon. i And o f the Manufacture o f Cotton Goods. COTTON MANUFACTURES AND YARN EXTORTED FROM GREAT BRITAIN FROM British manufactured cotton goods. Years. Official val. Declared val. Twist and yarn. Official val. Declared val. 279 1697 TO 1830. Total cotton exports. Official val. D eclared val. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . £5,915 1697.......... 23,253 1701.......... 1710.......... 5,698 1720.......... 16,200 13,524 1730.......... 1741.......... 20,709 1751.......... 45,986 1764 200,354 1765 248,348 1766 220,759 1780.......... 355,060 1785.......... 864,710 1 7 8 6 ......... 915,046 1787 1,101,457 1788 1,252,240 1789 1,231,537 1790 1,662,369 1791 1,875,046 1792 2,024,368 1793 1,733,807 1794 2,376,077 1795 .......... 2,433,331 1796 3,214,020 1797 2,580,568 1798 3,572,217 £3,602,488 £30,271 204,602 5,808,009 1799 5,593,407 447,556 5,854,057 1 8 0 0 .. . . . . . 5,406,501 7,050,809 6,606,368 1801 444,441 7,624,505 1802 7,195,900 428,605 7,081,441 1 8 0 3 .. . . . . . 6,442,037 639,404 8,746,772 7,834,564 1804 902,208 9,534,465 1805 8,619,990 914,475 736,225 10,489,049 1806 9,753,824 10,309,765 1807 9,708,046 601,719 12,986,096 472,078 1 8 0 8 .. . . . . . 12,503,918 19,445,966 1,020,352 1809 .................... 18,425,614 1,053,375 18,951,994 1810 .................... 17,898,519 12,013,149 483,598 1811 .................... 11,529,551 794,465 16,517,690 1812 .................... 15,723,225 1813 .................... N o record... 1814 .................... 16,535,528 £17,241,884 1,1 i 9,850 £2,791,248 17^655,378 £20,033,132 808,853 1,674,021 22,289,645 20,620,956 1815 .......... 21,480,792 18,946,835 1,380,486 2,628,448 17,564,461 15,577,392 1816 .................... 16,183,975 12,948,944 1,125,258 2,014,181 21,259,224 16,012,001 .................... 20,133,966 13,997.820 1817 1818 .......... 21,292,354 16,372,212 1,296,776 2,395,305 22,589,130 18,767,517 1,585,753 2,519,783 18,282,292 14,699,912 .................... 16,696,539 12,180,129 1819 2,022,153 2,826,643 22,531,079 16,516,758 1820 .................... 20,509,926 13,690,115 1,898,679 2,305,830 23,541,615 16,094,807 1821 .................... 21,642,936 13,788,977 2,351,771 2,697,590 26,911,043 17,218,801 1822 .................... 24,559,272 14,521,211 2,425,411 2,625,947 26,544,770 16,276,843 1823 .................... 24,119,359 13,650,896 2,984,345 3,135,396 30,155,901 18,376,515 1824 .................... 27,171,556 15,241,119 2,897,706 3,206,729 29,495,281 18,253,631 1825 .................... .................... 26,597,575 15,046,902 1826 .......... 21,445,743 10,522,407 3,748,527 2,491,268 25,194,270 14,013,675 3,979,760 3,545,568 33,182,898 17,502,394 .................... 29,203,138 13,956,826 1827 4,485,842 3,594,926 33,467,417 17,140,114 1828 .................... 28,981,575 13,545,188 5,458,958 3,974,039 37,269,432 17,394,575 1829 .................... 31,810,474 13,420,536 5,655,569 4,132,258 41,050,969 19,335,971 1830 .................... 35,395,400 15,203,713 The following table shows the quantity of cotton wool imported and ex ported in each year from 1697 to 1846 ; those previous to the year 1829 •280 Statistics and History o f the British Cotton Trade: were published in pounds, but Mr. Burn, of the Commercial Glance, has reduced them, from the commencement up to that period, into bales of the present average weight, so that, by deducting the quantity of an early date from a later, the exact amount of increase will be exhibited. TABLE SHOWING THE QUANTITY OF COTTON WOOL IMPORTED AND EXPORTED, IN BALES AND POUNDS, FROM THE YEAR 1697. CO TTO N W O O L IM P O R T E D . Years. 1697............................ 1701............................ 1702 i 5*578 Lbs. 1,976,359 1,985',868 3,289 1,170,881 2,008 5,541 4'341 4,621 3*180 5,288 6,249 13^632 4,658 8^361 10^872 715,008 1,972^805 1,545^471 lj645,031 M 32,288 l|882,873 1,469^523 2,264^808 2,224,869 4^852^966 1,658^365 2'976j610 3^870^392 13,102 4,764,589 19,007 6,766,613 Bales. 1705 ) 1710............................ 1720............................ 1730............................ 1741............................ 1743............................ 1744............................ 1745............................ 1746............................ 1747............................ 1748............................ 1749............................ 1751............................ 1764......... ;................. 1771 i to >........................ 1775 ) 1776 ) to >...................... 1780 ) 1781............................ 1782............................ 1783............................ 1784............................ 24,538 32,253 1785................................ 1786................................ 1787................................ 1788................................ 1789................................ 1790................................ ........... 1791................................ 1792................................ 65,309 57,493 91,505 88,335 80,636 98,054 1793................................ 1794................................ 1795................................. 1796................................ 1797................................ 1798................................. 1799................................ 1800................... ............ 1801....................... .-....... 1802................................ 1803.:.............................. 1804................................ . 74,161 C O TTO N W O O L E X P O R T E D . Price of cotton in lbs. Bales. Lbs. 115 513 205 206 85 819 929 40,870 182,765 73,172 73,279 29,438 291J17 330^998 5,198,778 *West India. 11,828,039 20 d . 42 d . 9,735,663 13 36 272 1,186 499 96,788 421,229 177,626 11,482,083 18,400,384 19,475,020 23,250,268 20,467,436 32,576,023 31,447,605 28,706,675 34,907,497 567 1,144 908 3,015 2,396 836 2,371 1,021 4,172 201,845 407,496 323,153 1,073,381 852,146 297,837 844,154 363,442 1,485,465 3,291 3,792 3,348 1,952 1,710 1,688 2,372 12,406 5,227 10,478 4,385 1,413 1,171,566 1,349,950 1,193,737 694,962 609,058 601,139 844,671 4,416,610 1,860,872 3,730,480 1,561,053 503,171 19,040,929 24,358,567 26,401,340 32,126,357 23,354,371 31,880,641 43,379,278 56,010,732 56,004,305 60,345,600 53,812,284 61,867,329 12 25 14 28 22 42 19 34 14 33 12 22 12 21 13 30 20 30 tUplands. 13 22 12 18 15 27 12 29 12 37 22 45 17 60 16 36 17 38 12 38 8 15 10 18 * Previous to the year 1793, our imports of cotton were almost exclusively from the, W est Indies. t First importations of moment from America. And o f the Manufacture o f Cotton Goods. 281 TJABLE SHOWING THE QUANTITY OF COTTON WOOL IMPORTED AND EXPORTED— CONTINUED. Years. 1 8 0 5 ........................ ................. 1 8 0 6 ........................ 1 8 0 7 ........................ ................. 1 8 0 8 ........................ 1 8 0 9 ........................ ................. 1 8 1 0 ........................ ................. 1 8 1 1 ........................ ................. 1 8 1 2 ........................ 1 8 1 3........................ ................. 1 8 1 4 ........................ 1 8 1 5 ........................ 1816*...................... 1 8 1 7 ........................ 1818........................ 1 8 1 9 ....................... 1 8 2 0 ........................ ................. 1 8 2 1 ........................ 1 8 2 2 ........................ 1 8 2 3 ........................ ................. 1 8 2 4 ........................ 1 8 2 5 ........................ 1 8 2 6 ........................ 1 8 2 7 ........................ ........................ 1828 1 8 2 9 ...... ................. 1 8 3 0 ........................ 1 8 3 1 ........................ 1 8 3 2 ........................ 1 8 3 3 ........................ 1 8 3 4 ........................ 1 8 3 5 ........................ 1 8 3 6 ........................ 1 8 3 7 ............. .......... 1 8 3 8 ........................ 1 8 3 9 ........................ 1 8 4 0 ........................ 1 8 4 1 ........................ 1842........................ ................. 1 8 4 3 ........................ 1 8 4 4 ........................ 1845........................ ................. 1846........................ COTTON WOOL IMPORTED. COTTON WOOL EXPORTED. Price of cotton Lbs. in lbs. Bales. Lbs. 804,243 5 9 ,682,406 lid. 19d. 2,259 58,176,283 651,867 15 2 14 l . 831 2 1 0 ,464 74,925,306 2,176 ,9 4 3 1 5 J 19 6,115 4 3 ,605,982 1,644,867 154 36 4,6 2 0 260,711 92,812,282 14 3 4 12,222 4 ,3 5 1 ,1 0 5 132,488,935 144 2 2 i 24,683 8,787,109 3 7 2 ,160 1,266,867 257,237 9 1 ,576,535 124 16 3,558 1,740,912 63,025,936 13 23 £ 4,890 77,039 21 30 ........... 5 0 ,966,000 6 0 ,060,239 23 37 17,647 6,282,437 6,780,392 99,306,343 18 254 19,046 93,920,055 7,105,034 15 21 19,958 124,912,968 8,155,442 164 234 22,908 177,282.158 164 2 2 42,582 15,158,453 149,739,820 10 194 4 6 ,694 16,622,969 151,672,655 426,046 6,024,038 8 134 16,921 132.536,620 7 114 40,982 14,589,497 142,837,628 5 | 11 51,319 18,269,776 9.318,402 191,402,503 64 1 0 | 26,175 5 3 7 ,647 149,380,122 7 104 37,358 13,299,505 2 2 8 ,0 0 5 ^ 9 1 6 194 50,576 18,004,953 177,607,401 54 8 | 68,741 2 4 ,479,920 2 7 2 ,448,909 4 | 7 | 50,938 18,134,170 22 7 ,7 6 0 ,7 4 2 5 7 f 48,867 17,396,776 20 4 ,3 7 1 ,1 2 0 4 g 7 118,104 32,360,496 9,889,200 23 8 ,5 8 5 ,5 0 0 5 f 7 f 35,800 28 8 ,6 7 4 ,8 5 3 4 4 74 80,699 22,304,555 28 6 ,8 3 2 ,5 2 5 5 8 65,100 18,027,940 29 5 ,8 0 8 ,7 6 5 64 124 79,066 25,151,665 326,719,586 8 4 104 90.895 31,034,589 368,698,544 9 | 124 107,240 37,868,710 4 0 3 ,914,578 7 f 11 100,853 36,050,595 402,997,973 7 8 | 128,535 4 6 ,269,777 4 9 7 ,681,405 6 | 9 102,370 36,797,060 3 8 7 ,902,349 5 | 7 | 121,659 42,836,451 572,644,461 54 7 126,045 45 ,6 3 8 ,1 8 5 474,063,453 4 f 64 117,330 42,473,540 4 9 2 ,091,907 4 6 141,457 51,330,937 1,384,894 621,346,697 4 f 6 121,410 4 3 ,598,690 3 § 4 | 134,882 4 8 ,443,996 5 9 1 ,753,837 1,855,660 659,584,477 3 f_ 44 120,595 4 4 ,363,355 4 4 2 ,759,336 6 7 4 194,246 69,151,576 Bales. 167,804 In a Parliamentary document issued lately, accounts are given of British manufactures of cotton, including twist and yarn, exported from the United Kingdom to all parts of the world, and also accounts of the ex portation in America for the last 33 years, (1815 to 1847.) In the peri od mentioned, £14,293,752 was the smallest sum, as the declared value to all parts of the world in one year, 1826 ; and £26,119,331 the high est, 1845. The lowest in one year to America was £487,276, in 1842, and the highest £4,675,339, in 1815. In the same document an account is given of the duty chargeable on cotton wool from 1815. The duty was repealed on the 19th March, 1845. In the year 1844, the duty charge able was £628,342. * Yam trade opened with the continent. t Previous to the publication of the Glance the import and export of cotton have been kept in lbs., which are given in the above table ; Mr. Burn has also reduced the quantity for each year into bales of the present average weight of 356 lbs. per bale. The prices since that period are for the last week, in each year. 282 The Cause o f Commercial Panics. Art. VI.— T H E C A U SE OF C O M M E R C IA L P A N IC S .* panics are diseases to which the body politic is subject— not chronic diseases, but epidemics as regular in their recurrence as in fluenza itself, though at longer intervals. The existence of these and oth er evils incident to the body politic has been one of the powerful means of drawing attention to political economy, just as human ailments called medicine into existence : as long as the natural functions go on with their usual regularity, either in the individual or social state, there is not much to attract attention to the laws which govern them. Thus we ate, and drank, and breathed, without knowing anything of our heart, lungs, or other organs,'until some injury or derangement took place, and directed our attention to it. And so we produced, consumed, and distributed wealth, and coined money, and bought and sold, without knowing that there were any principles or laws which regulated operations apparently so simple, until some interference, either from government or ourselves, deranged the usual course of things, and set the mind of man upon inqui ry ; so apt are we to be anxious about matters of comparatively remote concern, and to be contentedly ignorant of what is nearest home. I shall now briefly call attention to some leading facts connected with commercial panics, and make some suggestions as to their causes and proposed remedies. I observe, in the first place, that these are diseases which exhibit themselves only in a very civilized state of society, where trade and commerce flourish—where there is commercial enterprize and sp irit; they occur in England, France, Holland, and the United States of America ; but I do not find any account of such in Spain or Portugal. If we look at the case of England, we shall find these periods of commercial distress regularly and periodically recurring in cycles of from five to seven years ; and I will call your attention to the facts connected with some of them, because it will show that similar symptoms have always preceded and accompanied these periods of depression and panic. The earliest to which I shall advert took place in 1793. In that year we find great com mercial discredit, and many failures, especially among country bankers. It had been preceded, as Mr. Tooke observes, and as we shall find in al most all similar cases, by a great extension of the system of credit and pa per circulation, not only in the internal trade and banking of the country, but in the commercial transactions of the principal cities of the continent of Europe, and in the United States of America. W e find also a great fall in price to have taken place in 1792 and 1793, (a remarkable contrast with a rise of prices for two or three years before,) in consequence of speculations, produced partly by paper circulation, and partly by an appre hended scarcity of issue and staple articles; and, superadded to all these, we have the breaking out of the w ar in 1793, which was the proximate cause of the pressure. The next remarkable period of commercial distress occurred in 1809-10, and we shall see that it was preceded by similar ones. In consequence of our exclusion from intercourse with nearly all Europe, there was a per fect scarcity of most articles, which gave rise to a spirit of speculation, and a great rise of prices took place ; for instance, hemp advanced within a short time from £ 58 to £118 per ton, flax from £68 to £142 per ton, C o m m e r c ia l * From a paper read before the Dublin Statistical Society, by J ames A. L awson , Esq. The Cause o f Commercial Panics. 283 wool from 6s. to 26s. per lb. There was also a new field opened for our exports to Brazil, which were of a most extravagant nature— China estates. We also find that this was a favorable period for new projects in slaves— so that in one year 42 public companies were set on foot, with a capital of many millions. I will not enumerate them, but amongst them I find a United Public Dairy, for the sale of milk, and a new Medical Laboratory, for the sale of genuine medicines, with a capital of £50,000—and during all this period the amount of the circulation was moderate and equable. In 1809 the depression commenced. Prices became ruinously low, and failures of half the traders in the kingdom followed. In one month there were 273 bankruptcies. In 1811 trade became brisk again, and from 1814 to 1816 commercial distress again prevailed. I find the number of bankruptcies to have been :—in 1809, 1,089 ; in 1810, 2,314 ; in 1811, 2,500. We generally find the mercantile failures after the banks. W e now come to the mercantile panic of 1825. Toward the close of the year 1824 it was observed that the rate of consumption of some of the leading articles was outrunning the supply—and thus an incentive was afforded to the spirit of speculation. Cotton, silk, wool, flax, became the subjects of speculation, and the price advanced beyond all reasonable bounds. Coffee, though the stock was increased compared with former years, advanced 70 to 80 per cent, and spices in some instances 100 to 200 per cen t: in fact there was scarcely any article of merchandise which did not participate in the general rise—every one bought; prices current of brokers, speculations in foreign loans and shares took place to an extent never before known—joint-stock companies were formed for every con ceivable project— three companies were formed for working the Mexican mines, and similar companies for working the mines of Chili, Brazil, Peru, and the provinces of the Rio de la Plata, and for prosecuting the pearl fishery on the coast of Columbia. In the month of March, 1825, thirty bills were brought before the House of Commons for establishing compa nies. A writer of the day describes the mania in words which might be stereotyped as applicable to all similar occasions—“ In all these specula tions, only a small instalment, seldom exceeding 5 per cent, was paid at first, so that a very moderate rise in the prices of the shares produced a large profit in the sum actually invested.” This possibility of enormous profit, by risking a small sum, was a bait too tempting to be resisted ; all the gambling propensities of human nature were constantly solicited into action, and crowds of individuals of every description—the credulous and suspicious, the crafty and the bold, the raw and the experienced, the in telligent and the ignorant, princes, nobles, politicians, place-men, patriots, lawyers, physicians, divines, philosophers, poets, intermingled with women of all ranks and degrees, spinsters, wives, and widows, hastened to ven ture some portion of their property in schemes of which scarcely anything was known but the name. Commercial discredit and pressure followed in the month of December, 1825, to an extent never known after that time. Five London and seventy country banks stopped payment. It be came impossible to raise money upon any security ; and the mercantile embarrassments began to display themselves shortly after. I should only weary you were I to specify the other instances of commercial panic from that time down to the memorable one of the last year, recurring as they did at intervals of from 5 to 7 years. Suffice it to say, that all will be 284 The Cause o f Commercial Panics. found to possess the same features, and to have been preceded by similar events. Now, what strikes me at looking at all these panics is this, that the cir cumstance which immediately gave rise to the pressure is almost wholly inadequate to account for its long continuance, and for the loss sustained by it. For instance, the breaking out of the war in 1793, that alone never could have occasioned commercial embarrassment if commercial affairs had been in a sound state up to that time—it might have limited the future operations of trade, or checked its advance, but it could not entail the uni versal ruin which ensued. In like manner the fall of the prices of lead ing articles, which immediately preceded the panic of 1809, never alone could have caused it, nor could the circumstance of a deficient harvest alone ; that would only entail a loss at most of one million ; but where the panic takes place, failures to many times more than that amount ensues; for instance, the general deficiency of food in 1846 never could have oc casioned the panic which ensued. We must therefore look beyond the proximate cause or the occasion of the panic to find its true cause ; and I think from the details I have given you, you will be prepared to anticipate the conclusion to which I have arrived, namely, that it is not attributed to a sudden check given to an extensive and long continued trading upon credit—this check may proceed from the various causes which We have seen gave occasion to the panic, or by any other circumstances which cause a revulsion in the public mind, or cause a disinclination to continue to give credit; and it will be found that when this system of trading on credit has been extensively pursued, a very slight obstacle is sufficient to overturn the entire system. Let us see, now, how this system of trading on credit is carried out, and how it accounts for these disastrous reverses in the commercial world. If there was no credit^the transactions of a country would be strictly limited by the amount of its capital, just as the purchases of an individual who had no credit would be by the quantity of money he had ; and if we follow out this comparison between the individual and the whole mercantile com munity, we shall find that it throws light upon the subject. The individual case is generally easy of solution, and yet that of the community is only an agglomeration of individual results. If an individual deals on credit, it is obvious that he cannot go on for any time incurring liabilities beyond the amount of his annual income without ruin. Sup pose he merely anticipates his yearly income, and does not spend at a greater rate, the only result is, that his creditors are kept out of their mo ney for a year ; but if he goes beyond this, he must ultimately break down —this is the limit in the case of unproductive expenditure. But it is dif ferent if the money obtained on credit is employed productively; he /nay borrow to any amount that he can procure ; and if his speculations turn out to be successful, he will be able to repay his creditors, and have a profit, and this is trading upon credit. A man who has no capital is able, we will say, to get credit for £10,000 for six months or a year ; with it he buys cotton : if the market is a rising one, he is sure to be able to re-sell it at a profit, and thus meet his engagement at the end of six or twelve months, and if he is able to turn the money two or three times within that period, his profits will be doubled or trebled. On the contrary, if he has miscalculated, and the market turns against him, the speculation fails, and his creditor loses, he, himself, having nothing to lose. Now, this is al The Came o f Commercial Panics. 285 ways carried on to a great extent, not by persons having no capital as I have supposed, but by capitalists trading beyond their capital, They find no difficulty in doing this, but, on the contrary, great facility and a con stant temptation to do so—the money market is easy, a merchant with a large capital then finds it easy to get discount, no one knows whether his trading is speculative or not, and he is constantly in the way of seeing op portunities for a profitable speculation, which he is not able to resist; the probability, therefore, is that almost every merchant, under ordinary cir cumstances, trades somewhat beyond his capital—to what an extent, and for what time, a person with good credit may carry on trade though actu ally possessing no capital, nor assets enough to meet his liabilities, has been shown by an exposure of the affairs of many mercantile houses of high repute —and even to banks, after their failure, we find appended this note (in Sir R. Peel’s speech)— “ have been insolvent for many years.” Now, if there be such a tendency to trading on credit under ordinary circumstances, what must it be when the spirit of speculation is afloat, leading men head long ? When the prices begin to rise under its influence, the early pur chasers are sure to realize a profit, they sell to another who sells again, producing additional rise of price, and so the torch, passed from hand to hand, is sure to burn the last holder. This spirit of speculation soon ex tends itself to every sphere of commodity, and as if nature did not produce food enough for the supply of the gambling mania, new commodities are invented for trafficking in, denominated shares in confidence ; and thus it draws into its vortex, not the mercantile classes merely, but all those of every class who have either money or credit. When this system of fictitious trading has been extensively carried on, we can appreciate the results of any check to it—a general rise of price is produced, affecting the bona fide dealer, and concerns all interested ; the shares and other articles purchased, as soon as the bubble bursts, become utterly worthless, and the capital which has been advanced upon them is lost—goods fall so rapidly in price that they are unsaleable save at a ruin ous sacrifice, and credit receives such a shock that no man trusts his neighbor. Even the least speculative houses are liable to be involved in the common calamity, because they have bills with the names of parties on them who have failed. The assignment of goods, on the faith of which they have accepted bills in the usual course of business, fail to realize the freight and charges; and they cannot procure the discount of bona fide bills, except at a ruinous rate of interest. Thus the ramifications of mercantile dealings are so great, and the credit of houses so much depending on each other, that if one suffers, the shock is felt by many, while those whose trading has been fictitious at once fall to the ground ; just as in a house of cards, if one is removed all the rest tumble. Thus it is, that a loss, in itself insignificant, when it supervenes upon over-trading and spec ulation, produces failures to an enormous amount. The last panic, which followed upon the failure of the potato crop, and of food generally, and was ushered in by a railroad mania, was occasioned by a loss more ex tensive than any other which we have a record o f; but the amount of the failures far exceeded even that loss, while the loss itself was not repre sented by those failures, but was sustained by the non-trading public in their diminished consumption of food stnd every other article. Such I conceive to be the true explanation of these periodically recur ring calamities which visit our mercantile world ; and we find here some 286 The Cause o f Commercial Panics. thing like the law in physics, that action and reaction are equal and in opposite directions. This subject of commercial distress is so generally connected in men’s minds with the currency that I cannot conclude without saying a few words with respect to the theory, that it is caused by a defect in the currency system, and by the want of liberality in the Bank in not giving discounts. If our circulating medium were purely metallic, the commercial transac tions of the country would be nearly limited by its capital; it is true that credit might be obtained by bills of exchange; but unless there were the facility of getting those bills discounted— that is, of getting notes that will circulate for them, it would check operations very m uch; but when there is a paper currency, the Bank can discount these bills and issue their notes, for the interest gives a great assistance to credit. Now, in the pe riod of speculation antecedent to the panic credit is high, the value of mo ney is low, and discount is procured on ready terms ; and this gives the means of carrying on these speculations, because, as long as trade is in that state, the notes will not be returned to the Bank for gold. As soon, however, as the reaction comes, the Bank must begin to protect itself, for a drain of a million will immediately take place to meet foreign and other engagements ; the Bank must, therefore, raise its rate of discount, or all its gold will be drained away, because there is a general fall in the value of all commodities except gold ; everything else is unsaleable, and therefore the gold will go out. Now, this operation of raising the rate of discount on all bills, and declining to discount many, is what is called the Bank putting on the screw, and the distress is often attributed to this very harsh and unnecessary proceeding ; but it is, in truth, a measure of necessity, as long as the Bank is bound to give gold for their notes, and it is rendered necessary by the previous liberality or imprudence of the Bank in dis counting too largely. It is said that it is a pity that the Bank should be tied down by this inconvenient restriction of paying in gold—in other words, that any such limit should be put to their speculations. Now let us see what effect the removal of the convertibility would have upon spec ulation, and whether this result is desirable. There would then be no motive of prudence to check these speculations on the part of the mer chant, or to limit its discounts on the part of the Bank ; and a redundant issue of paper, and consequent depreciation, would be the consequence ; so that the merchant who had entered into these engagements would be able to discharge them in the depreciated currency, and all the creditors in the country and all the non-productive classes would be losers to the extent of that depreciation ; and therefore, what is sought by the merchant is, to make the public partners in the losses that arise from his specula tion, although they derive, and can derive, no gain from them. For I as sert that the public derives no benefit from speculative trading ; the specu lator does not call any new capital into existence, but merely borrows some of that already existing, and applies it in purchasing what he thinks will rise in price ; if the price does rise, the public lose by having to pay the higher price, if the price has been raised by this speculative dealing; if the price falls, the public do not lose, only the person who has given the speculator credit. In all these cases the capital was in existence before, and we have every reason to think it would have been applied as much for the public benefit by the person who had it as by the speculator who has borrowed it. W e have seen what disasters the spirit of speculation Commercial Cities and Towns o f the United States. 287 entails, without any solid advantage ; and yet these men claim the credit of being public benefactors, and ask the public to become sharers in their losses ; but they have no more right to the title than those individuals who deal on credit have to be considered portions of the tradesmen or manu facturers, whose goods they condescend to take without paying for them. Credit is very good, but speculative dealing is not to be encouraged, and those who embark in the trade expect to meet the usual reverse which attend those whose expenditure exceeds their means. Art. VII.— COMMERCIAL CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE UNITED STATES. NUMBER XI. SANDUSK Y C IT Y . S andusky city , the capital of E rie county, in the State of Ohio, is situa ted on the south side of Sandusky bay, fronting the opening into Lake Erie, three miles distant, of which it affords a delightful view. The en tire village is based on an inexhaustible quarry of the finest building stone, of which many of its edifices have been erected. It is a port of entry, and, excepting for three winter months, its wharves are thronged with steamboats and other lake vessels, whose arrival and departure enliven the view. In 1840, Sandusky contained 26 stores, besides groceries and pro vision houses, a ship-yard, where steamboats and other vessels are built, 300 dwellings, and about 2,000 inhabitants. The present population is estimated at 2,700. It has also several splendid churches, and an acade my, of stone. We are indebted to the editor of the Sandusky City Mirror for the fol lowing statement of its commerce, &c. :— Below will be found a statistical report, rendered by the Collector of this port to Mr. Weatherly, of Cleaveland, in conformity to a call, for that purpose, made upon him by that gentleman. It will be recollected the Chicago Convention adopted a resolution requiring the appointment of a committee of one from each State, whose duty it was to gather such facts as would enable the General Government to de termine what amount of business is actually doing upon the lakes and rivers; and that the information might have its proper influence with those members of Con gress who do not understand our wants, and the government, that these wants should be cared for. This report is made to Mr. Weatherly, as the committee whose jurisdiction extends over the ports lying on the lake within this State, and agreeable to the instructions and suggestions embraced in the resolution. We perceive by the table that there has been an astonishing increase of busi ness since the report made last fall by the same officer. Then, the amount of wheat shipped from this port amounted to 840,000 bushels; now, to upwards of 1,800,000 ; showing an increase of near one million of bushels over and above the shipments of the preceding year. Other things are in about the same proportion. The amount of flour exported, 133,099 barrels, reduced to grain, would make 665,495 bushels, which, added to the wheat, would present the sum of 2,484,249 bushels shipped from this port during the twelve months designated by the report. It will be seen the imports are greater than the exports by some $3,708,711. This is owing principally to the fact that a large amount of merchandise is ship ped to this point, thence by railroad to the interior of the State, whose agricultu ral products find other channels to a market. While the table shows wheat, flour, 288 Commercial Cities and Towns o f the United States ; , and wool to be the principal items of export, beef and pork, produced in great abundance in the regions furnished with merchandise through this port, present a very inconsiderable amount. The reason, perhaps, is, that live stock is driven a different direction—cattle to find a market in the eastern cities, and hogs to be slaughtered in the .Hamburgh of America, Cincinnati. Another cause producing this difference may be found in the fact, that the facilities on the railroads, for transporting wheat, corn, and flour, have been found entirely insufficient for the demand, and in consequence large quantities of grain have been carried to oth er points, which, if locomotives, cars, and warehouses had been provided sufficient for its accommodation, would have sought this point for shipment. Add to this the minor products of the farm, which amounts to a very considerable sum, but that cannot very well be estimated, and which is not embraced in the table, though it is as much an item of export as wheat or flour, and you have the reasons why this difference exists. Present appearances seem to indicate an increase of business for the next few years, in a still greater ratio than that of the last year. By completing the Mad River and Lake Erie Railroad through to Springfield, all that portion of country lying north, together with the rich agricultural regions lying immediately south of that place, will pour its immeasurable and inexhaustible store of products into this market. By extending the Mansfield and Sandusky City Railroad south to New ark, we have access to another country, which, for the production of grain of every description, perhaps has no equal in the State, if in the United States. 1$ will be as natural for the agricultural products of these regions to flow here through the channels produced by these railroads, as it is for men to seek markets where they can obtain the greatest price for their commodity. And when the agriculturist finds he has easy access to market, and is liberally rewarded for his labor, the lands now covered with forests will be cleared off, and made to yield its abundance. The lands now under the plough will be cultivated with greater care, and until the country comes fully to develop its resources, all these circum stances will contribute to swell the amount of commerce to and from this place. It will be seen that the exports and imports of Lower Sandusky are not includ ed in the table. A large amount of grain and merchandise is shipped to and from that point yearly, which must necessarily pass through our harbor, which has not been taken into consideration by the report. REPORT OF SHIPMENTS AND RECEIPTS AT THE PORT OF SANDUSKY FROM 1846, t o 30 th o f Se p t e m b e r , 1847. 30lH OF SEPTEMBER, Steamboats arrived at the port of Sandusky from 30th September, No. Tonnage. 1846, to 30th September, 1847.................................................... /325 330,000.00 Cleared........................................................................................................ 325 330,000.00 Brigs and schooners.......................................... 530 95,530.00 Cleared...................................................................................................... 530 95,530.00 American vessels from foreign ports..................................................... 19 3,800.00 Cleared for foreign ports................................. 19 3,^00.00 Foreign vessels arrived............................................................................ 25 3,400.00 Foreign vessels cleared........................................................................... 25 3,400.00 Steamboats owned.................................................................................... 4 1,132.44 Brigs............................................................................................................ 2 493.64 34 4,921.27 Schooners........................................... N ew vessels........................................................................ 13 2,474.81 Value of new vessels............................................................................................. $106,416 83 Value. Exported to foreign ports—wheat, staves, flour................................. Imported from foreign ports— wheat, fish, lumber, shingles. ......... $160,137 204,352 Imports from American ports............. v......................... tons merchd. Pine lumber........................................................................................ feet Shingles....................................... Barrels of salt.............................................................................. Coal, in tons............................................................................................. 17,628 $7,051,200 4,320,566 34,602 3,885,000 7,780 27,099 47,423 1,564 6,256 Total value of imports from American ports............................................ $7,147,261 289 Sandusky City. Shipped to American ports— Wheat.......... 1,818,754 $1,818,754 156.330 C om ............. 312,265 665,330 133,066 121,800 Pork............. 10,150 Lard............. 24,675 1,175 Seeds............ 101,717 11.313 43,652 High wines.. 2,815 37,340 1,867 W ool...... . 634,106 158,526 Tobacco........ 6,090 87 9,464 94,650 2,405 48,100 Tallow......... 339 1,017 Cranberries.. Leather......... 1,204 25,284 Dried fruit.... 397 1,191 Miscellaneous............... $4,770 13,085 14,250 10,307 13,420 jf 3,600 4,985 170 612 325 12,000 16,550 30,000 Total value....... $3,438,530 Eggs............. Hogs............. ......... No. Furs............... Staves.......... ......... M. Beef............... Beef hides... ........ No. Corn meal... Plaster......... .tons, est. 477 1,478 67 937 67,759 610 497 85 408 13 1,000 6,500 T w o railroads term inate at this city. T h e Mad R iver road to Springfield, con n ectin g at that point with the Springfield and Cincinnati road, is finished and in su ccessfu l operation, excep tin g 24 m iles, w hich will be com pleted early next spring, m aking the chain entire from this point to C incinnati. T h e M ansfield and Sandusky road, a distance of 56 m iles, has been finished, and also in su cc ess ful operation for the last 18 months. T h e Colum bus and Lake E rie Railroad is located from Mansfield to N ew ark, and m ost o f it under contract, and is expected to be completed in less than tw o years ; connecting at that point with Colum bus, Lancaster, and Z an esville, m aking its distance to each about 86 m iles, reaching the rich beds o f coal and iron ore on the H ock in g and M uskingum valleys. T h e length o f the road from this point w ill be 142 m iles. T h ere is one light-house and one beacon light near the entrance o f the harbor, both in good condition. T h e light-house is on the north-east point o f the penin sula. T h e beacon is on Cedar Point, to a ssist mariners in entering the harbor. T h ere is a pier com m enced, intended to fill up a gap in the sand bar that divides the lake and b a y ; to finish w h ich would cost, it is supposed, fifteen thousand dollars. For depth of water in the channel and harbor, and the amount neces sary to improve the channel to make it safe and easy of access, reference is made to the reports of Col. Abert, chief of the United States Topo graphical Department, in 1844 and 1845, found on pages 250 and 333 of public documents No. 2 of the respective years, from the latter of which the following is extracted :— H arbor of S andusky.— T h e appropriation for this harbor w as intended to clo se a breach w hich had been made by the sea through the lon g narrow n eck of sand called li P en in su la P oint,” w hich, for a mile and a half, forms the outer shore of the harbor, and separates it from the lake. T h is breach has a m ean depth of 6$ feet, and is 1,354 feet wide, through w hich the water flow s freely back and forth between the lake and b a y ; the direction and force o f the current depending on the wind. U n less this breach is closed and the peninsula protected, there seem s no reason to doubt that the w hole w ill be washed aw ay, and leave the harbor entirely unprotected against the north and north-east winds. A s a preliminary step, it w as found n ecessary to protect the sides o f the beach to prevent its w idening, and also to put down a narrow crib-work at tw o places (one 200 feet long, and one 100 feet long) on the peninsula, where it w as so low that there w a s danger o f new breaches being made. T h e length o f the crib-work put in during the last season, for these purposes, is on the w est side o f the breach 736 feet, and on the east side 612 feet. 986 feet of this crib-work is only 6 feet wide, and placed on dry land on each side of the breach and on the peninsula, to prevent the breach from w idening, or new breaches from bein g formed. VOL. X IX .---- NO. I I I . V 19 290 The Lackawanna and Wyoming Coal Region. Col. Abert then mentions various minor matters, and cites the impor tance of improving the harbor in consequence of the railroads, &c. He estimates the cost of closing the breach in the peninsula at $11,378. It would undoubtedly cost more than that now, as it has considerably deep ened since 1845, when the report was made. Col. Abert continues as follows :— T h e am ount o f this estim ate w ill close the breach w h ich w as made, and for which purpose the previous appropriation w as granted ; but it w ill do nothing to facilitate the entrance into the uncom m only capacious bay which con stitutes the harbor of Sandusky. T h e entrance is between P en in su la and Cedar Points ; wide and deep betw een these points, but gradually shoaling into the lake, and obstruct ed by bars, so that the best passage over the bar does not possess more than about 11 feet o f w ater B u t this passage over the bar is about a m ile from the land, and during anything o f a blow the su rf breaks so furiously over it a s to m ake it extrem ely dangerous, and to be rarely attempted at su ch tim e, or during any w eather at night, excep t by the m ost expert pilots. D irectly outside of this bar, the water deepens rapidly. T h e harbor inside is a capacious bay, of great extent, affording am ple water for any lake craft, and m ay be justly considered as the best natural harbor at the western extrem ity o f the lake. T h e difficulties and dangers o f its a ccess, however, seriously dim inish its value ; but these difficulties and daners can be removed, and the entrance be rendered both safe and easy night and ay, and during all kinds of w eather. T h e plan would be, by extending piers into the lake, at proper distances from each other, from Cedar P oint and the oppo site sh oal,'w er the bar w hich has been described. I feel confident the plan would be su ccessfu l— a confidence founded upon the universal experience o f sim ilar structures upon the lakes ; and am ready, at any tim e that it shall be required, to furnish the plan and estim ate the cost. f Art. T ill.— T H E L A C K A W A N N A AND W Y O M I N G COAL R E G I O N . I t is somewhat extraordinary that the Anthracite Coal Fields of the Lackawanna Valley, yielding this valuable mineral to an extent proba bly exceeded by that of no other mines within the bounds of the United States, have not attracted to a greater degree the capital and enterprise of the country. Situated at a distance from the city of New York which can be travelled in a single day, and in a region abounding with the purest air, it presents at the, present time uncommon advantages for the mining and transportation of this product. Although its vast resources yet remain but partially developed, a beginning has been made in this important branch of the mining interest. Besides extensive beds of coal, it also contains mines of iron, which have been in some degree improved. A railroad extending from Carbondale to Honesdale, through a distance of sixteen miles, and a canal running from that point to Roundout, upon the Hudson River, which have been constructed by the Delaware and Hudson Canal Company, a company which has for the last few years made an annual dividend of 20 per cent, afford a convenient avenue of transporta tion to the city of New York, through which it is annually transported to the amount of about three hundred thousand tons, from the mines to the Hudson. There are also other important works of internal improvement in this region which will constitute prominent channels of transportation in the enterprise that will soon be exerted in the development of its re sources. A railroad has been finished by the same company for the dis The Lackawanna and Wyoming Coal Region. 291 tance of eight miles, from Carbondale to White Oak Run, penetrating some of the most interesting parts of the coal region, abounding in water power, iron ore, and valuable timber. There are other parts of this re gion which deserve consideration. The construction of a line of public works, which might constitute an avenue for the transportation of the rich mineral products of this part of the valley of the Susquehanna, and its ad jacent territory, within the bounds of Pennsylvania, to convenient markets, was one of the earliest plans of improvement entertained by the enterprise of the Atlantic States. The Chenango and Chemung Canals are known to have been completed for the purpose of reaching the extensive beds or coal and mines of iron in that State, and the North Branch Canal was commenced, on its part, to meet the advances of New York, and to inter sect one or both of those works. The canal to which we last alluded was prosecuted with great industry from the year 1836 to 1841. During the month of May of the latter year, a suspension of all the public works upon the unfinished lines of internal improvement was ordered by Pennsylva nia, and at that time there had been expended upon what is denominated “ the North Branch Extension,” the sum of two millions four hundred and eighty-four thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine dollars and sixty cents. During the next session of the Legislature, a law was passed authorizing the incorporation of a company for the purpose of finishing that portion of the line extending from the mouth of Lackawanna Creek to the northern boundary of the State, and thirteen miles of what was termed the “ Wyo ming Line,” running from the Lackawanna down to the mouth of Solo mon’s Creek, which had cost the State five hundred and fifty thousand dollars, were added to “ the North Branch Extension,” all of which was proposed, under certain conditions, to be yielded up by the State. In consequence of its inability to borrow the sum necessary to complete the work, upon which more than three millions of dollars had already been paid, the State now agreed to relinquish the work to the enterprise of a company, for the period of forty years, upon condition that a little more than a million of dollars should be expended in its completion. On that part of the line reaching from the Lackawanna to the northern boundary of Pennsylvania, a distance of more than ninety-four miles, detached sec tions, amounting to a little more than thirty-two miles, have been com pleted, and more or less work has been done upon the remaining portion. There is another important consideration connected with this work, which is, that nearly all of the lands to be occupied have been leased for the use and occupation of a canal, to be constructed by or under the authority of the State of Pennsylvania. The connection of the North Branch Canal with the Chemung Canal of New York, at Elmira, will complete the line of inland navigation from tide-water to the great lakes. The tonnage upon which the canal must depend for its revenue will be chiefly derived from the mineral products of the region stretching along its border. It will consist of anthracite and bituminous coal, iron, gypsum, salt, lime, and limestone. But although those products will doubtless constitute the greater portion of its freights, there will be a con siderable amount realized from the transportation of sawed lumber, shin gles, staves and heading, merchandise, agricultural productions, as well as that which is derived from miscellaneous articles. A prominent, and, we may add, a principal staple of exportation by the canal and its connecting works, would be derived from the rich coal beds 292 The Lackawanna and Wyoming Coal Region. of the Wyoming valley. The resources of the Wyoming coal region in that useful product are not generally known. It is believed, from a pretty full examination, that in the thickness of the beds, the quality of the coal, and the facilities for mining and shipping it upon the canal, this interest ing valley abounds in that mineral, and possesses advantages for mining to an equal if not a greater extent than any other part of the State of Penn sylvania. In evidence of this fact, it may be stated that a large amount of Wyoming coal is now exported more than two hundred miles to tide water, and, in the markets of the Atlantic cities, enters into successful competition with coal carried from other regions but half that distance from the sea-board. By the terms of their charter, the North Branch Ca nal Company possess the exclusive right to the transportation of the valley of the Susquehanna, and in consequence no such rivalry as now exists in the exportation of this mineral throughout the valley of the Schuylkill can exist. If, by opening an avenue for the exportation of coal from this re gion northward, a market can be found for two hundred thousand tons of coal, there is in that amount a sure tonnage in this one article equal to the production of eight per cent upon the capital which is necessary to complete the work. It is not doubted that by the North Branch Cana], Wyoming coal could be delivered upon Lake Ontario for less than five dol lars a ton. The increasing consumption of coal in the United States is a fact which should not be disregarded in considering the importance of this region. We are informed that throughout western New York, and the populous region bordering the great lakes, anthracite coal is but little used, except ing in carrying on a few branches of manufactures. Its use is applied to an increasing number of objects, and it is alleged that a vast amount would be consumed in the manufacture of salt, in iron foundries, and other spe cies of manufactures, as well as for domestic purposes throughout the country bordering the great lakes west of Utica ; without estimating the amount to be shipped at Oswego and Buffalo for the markets on the lakes and in Canada, and for the use of steamboats. The anthracite coal of Pennsylvania is now employed in steamboats which navigate the St. Law rence, to which point it is brought by sea from New York, and is used with advantage at the cost of forty-four dollars and eighty cents a ton one hundred miles north of the city of St. Louis. At Syracuse and other salt villages a very large amount is likewise consumed. There is at present no avenue by which the region bordering the lakes can be directly sup plied ; but when the North Branch Canal is completed, the country west of Utica can be provided with this product, and we are told that Pennsyl vania anthracite can be delivered at Buffalo for about, five dollars and fifty cents per ton, at Oswego upon Lake Ontario for five dollars* and in other places at proportionate prices. The coal field of Bradford county, lying upon the north-eastern verge of the bituminous coal region of Penn sylvania, and within twenty-five miles of the State of New York, occupies an area of about one hundred and fifty square miles, producing bituminous coal of the best quality; and it is somewhat extraordinary that this tract of territory, containing such abundant resources, should have been so greatly neglected by the active capital of the country. It is stated that not less than five hundred thousand tons of coal would annually find a ready sale in the country bordering the lakes. Subjoined is a statement— The Lackawanna and Wyoming Coal Region. 293 SHOWING THE DISTANCES FROM THE MINES BELOW LACKAWANNA, TO VARIOUS POINTS IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WHERE MARKETS W ILL EE FOUND FOR ANTHRACITE; AS ALSO THE ESTIMATED NETT VALUE OF A TON OF COAL DELIVERED AT THESE SEVERAL POINTS. From Coal Mines to State Line, 100 miles, $2 55 value of coal per ton. « Elmira, 117 2 77 tt ti ft 3 00 Seneca L’lte, 140 ft tt tt it 185 tt 3 45 Geneva, it tl ti Montezuma, 206 tt 3 66 tt ft it 4 00 Palmyra, 241 tt ft ft u 4 30 Rochester, 270 ft tt ft if 94 Lockport, 334 tt tt ft Buffalo, 5 25 365 tt tt ti it Syracuse, 240 it *4 00 ft tt If Oswego, 278 tt 4 38 «« ti it Rome, 286 ti 4 46 if ti tt 301 tt 4 61 Utica, ft ft a 4 83 Little Falls, 323 U tt ti tt Schenectady, 381 ft 5 41 tt tt tt 5 71 Albany, 411 it The coal trade is beginning to constitute a very important part of ac tive enterprise in the United States. The south anthracite coal field, the middle and the Wyoming beds of Pennsylvania, it is well known pour down upon the Atlantic cities a large am ount; and with the decrease of the forests, and the new application of that product to various manufactur ing purposes, the amount is annually augmenting. We subjoin a table of the amount of its consumption within the last twenty-seven years :— (< t( t( 4 (i A TABULAR STATEMENT, SHOWING THE INCREASED CONSUMPTION OF ANTHRACITE COAL, FROM Years. 1820............ 1821........... 1822............ 1823............ 1824............ 1825........... 1826........... 1827............ 1828............ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ITS FIRST INTRODUCTION TO THE YEAR 1847. Tons. Years. Tons. Years. 365 1829............ ....... 112,082 1838.......... 1839.......... 1,073 1830............ 2,240 1831........... ....... 176,820 1840.......... 5,823 1832........... ....... 363,871 1841.......... 1842.......... 9,541 1833........... 31,893 1831........... ....... 376,636 1843.......... 1844.......... 48,047 1835............ 63,434 1836........... ....... 682,428 1845.......... ....... 881,476 1846 ......... 77,516 1837............ Tons. ....... 865,414 ....... 842,244 ....... 1,108,000 ....... 1,627,588 ....... 2,012,742 Without entering into a particular consideration of the amount of iron, salt, plaster, and lumber, which would add to the transportation of the North Branch Canal, it is evident that the sale of Pennsylvania iron would be largely increased by its completion. The bar and pig iron of the Sus quehanna valley could then be carried to Buflfalo at a less price than it now costs at that place when brought a distance of three hundred miles from Lake Champlain. All the country in the State of New York lying between the Susquehanna and Lake Erie could also be supplied with this useful product; and as there is no duty charged upon American iron in the Canadas, it might be exported even to those markets. It is indeed com puted, from a well-accredited source, that not less than four hundred thou sand tons of Pennsylvania iron would find an annual outlet through the North Branch route ; the boats carrying coal and iron into that region would bring back salt, plaster, and water lime ; and the. country lying near the banks of the Susquehanna would derive their supplies of those products* * Coal used in manufacturing salt would go free of toll from Elntira to Syracuse; and the cost for that object, would be $3 75 per ton. 294 Mercantile Law Cases. from the State of New York through the Susquehanna and North Branch improvements. Another source of prosperity to the work would be the transportation of lumber from the northern counties of the State, sixty millions of feet of which now annually descend the Susquehanna. An important feature of the works of the North Branch Canal Compa ny, which will extend about one hundred and seven miles, is, that it will complete a continuous line of transportation extending from the coal fields of Wyoming, to Philadelphia, New York, Baltimore, and also the West. By their completion, the products of this region, now comparatively shut out from convenient markets, will find their way through various lines of communication not only to the shores of the lakes, but also to the princi pal cities upon the sea-board, and those cities will in return transport the products of their commercial enterprises to the interior settlements of this region of Pennsylvania, which will be extended in proportion to the de velopment of its extensive and valuable mineral resources. j. h . l . M E R C A N T I L E LAW CASES. LOCKWOOD’S REVERSED CASES* INSOLVENT ASSIGNMENT—WHEN VOID—FRAUDULENT TRUST. This work contains an abridgment of the cases (two hundred and forty in num ber) reversed in the Court of Errors, up to the time when that Court was super seded by the Court of Appeals. The cases are classified according to their sub jects, so as to give the course of jurisprudence upon many important questions of law. Where but a single case is cited under one head, the book can be of little use to the lawyer. But, in many instances, several decisions upon similar points are arranged in their historical order; and these parts of the work, showing the modifications and progress of judicial opinion, are well worth perusal. The book will be interesting to all who wish to form a correct judgment of the character of the late Court, and of the policy of conferring legislative and judicial powers upon the same body of men. Many of the editor’s comments are valuable and to the purpose. Of the pro priety of introducing others into a work of this kind, and of the taste with which they are written, the patient reader must judge for himself. We give below an abstract of Mr. Lockwood’s abridgment of several cases classed under the head of FRAUDULENT TRUST. In the first case, Murray vs. Riggs, (15 J. R. 571,) the purpose of the suit was to test the validity of certain deeds of assignment, made by Robert Murray, for himself and as attorney for bis partners in the firm of Robert Murray & Co., to J. B. Murray and J. S. Clark. The first deed, dated in 1798, conveyed the part nership property to the assignees, in trust to apply the proceeds to the payment of the debts due from the firm to the assignees, and to such other creditors as the as signors should, within one year, specify by deed, and upon such terms as they, by such deed, should direct; and, in fault of such direction, then in trust for the assignors, and, further, with power to change the trustees, &c.* * An Analytical and Practical Synopsis of all the cases argued and reversed in law and equity in the Court for the Correction of Errors of the State of New York, from 1799 to 1847. By R alph L ockwood, Counsellor at Law. New York: Banks, Gould & Ca 1848. Mercantile Lam Cases. 295 Afterwards, in the same year, and in March, 1799, the assignors, by deed, di rected tiie payment of certain specified debts, reserving to themselves the power to alter or to revoke the appointments. In May, 1800, by virtue of their reserved power they executed a final deed, by which they directed the assignees to pay, out of the property in their hands, 1. All expenses incurred—2. Towards the support of the grantors from the date of the first assignment till they should be discharged from their debts, or until one year af ter, not exceeding $2,000 a year, for each of them; 3.4. and 5. To pay certain class es of debts; and, 6. That the assignees should make a final settlement with cer tain creditors, on specified terms, and hold the residue of the property subject to the order of the assignors, and “ that the creditors who should not, in one year, accept the conditions, or should knowingly embarrass the objects aforesaid, should be forever excluded from any share under the assignment.” The cause was heard before the Chancellor, who decided that the first deed was void, under the statute, inasmuch as the power of revocation reserved in it must have the effect of “ delaying, hindering, and defrauding creditors;” and that the other deeds were also void, since they were incidental to the first, and dependent upon it. The assignee, Murray, (Clark having died,) appealed to the Court of Errors, where the decree of the Chancellor was reversed, and the assignments were pro nounced valid. The prevailing opinion was delivered hv Chief Justice Thomp son, who decides that the objection to the assignments, as containing a power of revocation, does not apply to the deed of May, 1800, which is absolute and irre vocable, and that, by that deed, the title of the assignee became perfect. The reservation of $2,000 a year for the support of each of the insolvents, he says, “ forms no objection to the appropriation of the residue ; though, in case of a deficiency to satisfy the creditors, they might apply to a court of equity for the appropriation of the property so reserved towards the payment of their demands.” The circumstances of this case were peculiar. It did not appear that any creditor of the firm complained of the assignments, and the suit was brought, not by a creditor, but by the assignees of one of the partners, under a commission of bankruptcy, issued after the execution of the deed of May, 1800. In view of these facts, Chief Justice Thompson says, “ If the controversy was between John B. Murray and some person deriving title from Robert Murray & Co. prior to the 31st of May, 1800, and whilst the property was held under the revocable deeds, a very different question might be presented ; but that is not the case here.” And, further, “ where the creditor is pursuing his debtor with a judgment and execu tion, or in any other manner, to enforce payment of his demand, an assignment of the debtor’s property containing a power of revocation, may very well be con sidered as made to 1delay, hinder, or defraud creditors,’ according to the language of the statute of frauds. But I do not see how it could, in any sense, be said to ‘ delay ’ or ‘ hinder’ a creditor, who was taking no measures to enforce payment of his demand, as in the case now before us.” The authority of Murray vs. Riggs was admitted in Austin vs. Bell, (20 J. R. 442.) In that case, decided in the Supreme Court, the objections to the assign ment were that it reserved $2,000 a year for the support of the assignor, and that it provided that the proportion of those creditors who should refuse to execute the assignment, should be paid to the assignor. The Court, following the authority of Murray vs. Riggs, refused to declare the assignment void on the first ground. But they held that it was the purpose of the other provision to compel the creditors to accept the terms offered, and they, there fore, pronounced the whole assignment fraudulent and void. The doctrine of the Court of Errors, that the reservation of a sum for the sup port of the insolvent does not invalidate his assignment, was finally overthrown by their decision in the case of Mackie and others vs. Cairnes, Sedgwick, & Lord, (5 Cowen, 547.) In that case, Cairnes, a merchant, being insolvent, assigned all bis property to Sedgwick & Lord, in trust to pay his creditors in a certain order. The assignment also contained the trust, that the assignees should first pay out of the proceeds of the assigned property, for the support of the insolvent, $2,000 per 296 Mercantile Law Cases. annum, until he should he discharged from his debts ; such, however, not to en dure beyond four years. The Chancellor declared the assignment wholly void, on account of this reser vation. After considering the peculiar circumstances of Murray is. Riggs, he says, “ I cannot understand the Court of Errors to legalize, by one universal rule, these reservations of an insolvent debtor for his own use, but I understand, by their decision, that, in special cases of peculiar equity, the whole assignment shall not be subverted by this illegal trust.” The assignees appealed, and a majority of the Court of Errors agreed with the Chancellor in holding the assignment wholly void, by reason of the trust for the benefit of Cairnes. The prevailing opinions were delivered by Golden, Senator, and Savage, Ch. J. The latter pronounces the proposition of Chief JusticeThompson, in Murray vs. Riggs, that the reservation forms no objection to the ap propriation of the residue, to have no adjudged case to support it. “ Is it law,” he asks, “ that every insolvent debtor in this State may, by assigningall his property in trust, secure to himself an allowance of $2,000 a.year, or any other sum from his own property ? If he may take $2,000 a year, why not $5,000 2 And if for four years, why not for ten, or even twenty, as in the case of Murray vs. Riggs ? To state such a proposition is a sufficient refutation of it.” In the case of Grover vs. Wakeman, (11 Wend. 187,) this Court went still far ther in declaring an assignment void. There, the only objectionable feature of the assignment was, that it gave a preference to a class of creditors, on condition that they should, on receiving their dividend, give the debtor an absolute dischargeAlthough it was understood that, if these creditors should refuse to discharge the debtor, they would still, by the terms of the deed, share with the general creditors, it was decided that this attempted coercion rendered the whole assignment fraudu lent and void. From these cases, the true doctrine appears to be, that the assignment must be absolute and unconditional, reserving no benefit to the insolvent, and having no other purpose than the distribution of his property among his creditors. THE LAW OF PATENTS---ON AN IMPROVEMENT IN THE MACHINE FOR PRESSING PALMLEAF HATS. In the Circuit Court of the United States, (Boston, Massachusetts.) Chester Gorham vs. William Mixter, el al. This was an action on the case for an alleged infringement of a patent, for “ aw improvement in the machine for pressing palm-leaf hats.” The defence set up was—1st. That defendants had not infringed ; or, in other words, that the machine used by them was substantially different in its construc tion and mode of operation, from the machine described in plaintiff’s specification of claim in his letters patent. 2d. That plaintiff was not the original and first inventor of the machine patent ed, but that the same was known and used prior to his snpposed invention thereof. The plaintiff made application in the autumn of 1839, and obtained his letters, in March, 1840. , The history of the art of pressing in this Commonwealth, so fa? as it was known to witnesses, was traced from 1830 to the trial. In 1830, the machine in general use had three blocks for the hat, with a lever and flat to each, and the pressing of the rim, crown, and top of the hat was per formed separately, at three successive operations on the respective blocks by re moving the hat from block to block. These blocks were attached by revolving shafts, which were moved by hand or any other power, as circumstances dictated ; and the levers to which the pressing flats were attached were arranged, and the pressing done by the hand. In 1832, the plaintiff made an attempt to improve upon the old machine. He constructed a machine in which but one block was used, and made an angular flat to fit the side and top of the hat at the same time, thereby pressing the whole- Mercantile Law Cases. 297 hat without removing it from the block. It did not appear in evidence, however, that by this arrangement the whole hat was pressed at one operation, without a change of flats. A similar machine to the last, though somewhat improved in its structure, was shown to have been put in operation in 1834, by one Brown, of Dana, Mass., used for a time and abandoned. Also, one Charles Rice, of Boston, testified for the defence, that in 1835 he con structed a machine of the same general character, using one lever and one flat; that in 1836 he added the second lever and flat, making the two answer the pur pose of the three flats ; and in 1838 he added the third lever and fourth flat. In this machine, the black shaft was turned, and the levers operated by hand, but the whole hat was pressed without changing flats. In 1837, the plaintiff invented and put in operation a machine with one block, three levers, and the same number of flats, by which the hat in all its parts was pressed by one operation. The shaft was moved by water power, and the levers to which the flats were appended, were fastened by a catch, so as to press upon the hat while it revolved in connection with the shaft, thus dispensing with the power of the operator and in a measure acting automatically. In the machine patented by the plaintiff, four flats, two for the rim on opposite sides, one for the side of the crown, and one for the top, are attached to a sliding frame, which by means of a lever is brought to and removed from the hat-block at pleasure. The hat is placed on a block with a table for the rim, on a vertical rotating shaft. After the hat is placed, the sliding frame is brought forward by means of the lever, bringing all the flats to their relative and proper position, over and against the hat. Then another lever is disengaged from the catch, which permits a weight to act upon a third lever, which in its turn acts upon the vertical shaft surmounted by the hat, and brings the hat in contact with the flats while the shaft revolves and thus the pressing is performed. After being thus put in motion, no further attention from the operator is required, until the hat is sufficiently pressed. One man can operate three or four machines at the same time, pressing from twelve to fifteen hundred hats per day, while on the old machine, one man could ordinarily press but five hundred in a day. This machine, and what the plaintiff contended were modifications of it, came into general use soon after its construction, and superseded all that had gone before. The defendant claimed that the modification used by them was an original in vention of^one Paul Hildreth, formerly of Petersham, made subsequently to plain tiff’s invention and patent. This was denied by the plaintiff, who insisted that it was taken from his ma chine, with alterations and modifications, for the purpose of evading the patent; but under the ruling of the court, it was immaterial as affecting plaintiff’s right of recovery, whether an original invention or otherwise, being subsequent in point of time to plaintiff’s invention and patent. The point most strenuously urged by the defendants was, that their machine dif fered substantially from the one patented by plaintiff, and on this point, under the ruling of the Court, the case turned. The question arose what plaintiff had claimed and patented,—whether a ma chine, as a machine, new in its structure as a whole, or merely a new combina tion of old parts ; and if a combination merely, whether a combination effected by any mechanism, or a combination effected by the means, and operating in the par ticular manner described in his specification of claim. If the latter, the question of priority of invention was disposed of, for it was not pretended that any prior machine contained the same combination constructed and operating in the same way. -But it was contended on the part of the defendants, that if this construction were given to the claim, they did not infringe, as some of the elements of combi nation in their machine were constructed and operated substantially different from corresponding elements in plaintiff’s. 293 Mercantile Law Cases. On the question of identity of machines, the plaintiff called as experts Thomas Blanchard and R. H. Eddy, of Boston, and the defendants called Chas. M. Keller, of New York city. S prague, J., charged the jury, that the plaintiff had claimed and patented a com bination, constructed and operating as described in his specification, and to that he was limited; that to constitute an infringement, the defendant must have used the same combination, constructed and operating substantially in the same way; that if they had only used two of the three elements of combination, it was not an infringement. Nor was it an infringement, if any one or all their elements of combination were constructed and operated substantially different from plaintiff’s. Yet a mere Change in form or proportion, or substitution of mechanical means or equivalents, in any one or all the elements, producing the same result, would not constitute a substantial difference within the meaning of the patent law. Nor would it be a defence, that they had added to the combination, or any element thereof, and made improvements, provided they used plaintiff’s combination, con structed and operating substantially in the same way. Such additions and improvements, though meritorious, gave them no right to appropriate what belonged to another without making compensation. It was for the jury to say, in view of the evidence, under the instructions of the Court, and from an inspection of the models before them, whether the defendants’ machine did in fact contain the combination claimed and patented by plaintiff, constructed and operating substantially in the same way. The jury returned a verdict for the plaintiff, and assessed damages at $1,110— $10 of which was for the use of machines, and $600 for counsel fees. Rufus Choate and H. E. Smith, for plaintiff. B. R. Curtis and Cyrus Cum mings, for defendants. ACTION OF ASSUMPSIT BROUGHT TO RECOVER MONET PAID TO THE CITT OF BOSTON. In the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts, (Boston, July, 1848.) The Tremont Bank vs. City of Boston. This was an action of assumpsit, for money had and received, brought to re cover money paid to the city, under the following circumstances. In the year 1845, a tax was assessed on the said Banking Corporation, as follows, viz:— Banking house in State-street, valued at $ 45,000—taxed................................... $ 2 5 6 50 House in Congress-street, valued at $ 6 ,0 0 0 —taxed.............................................. 34 20 30 shares Washington Insurance Company........................................ $3,300 50 “ Franklin “ “ ........................................ 4,500 * 11 “ Tremont Bank.......... ................................................................ 1,067 50 “ Eastern Railroad...................................................................... 5,450 150 “ Fitchburgh Railroad................................................................ 18,600 Held as collateral, and taxed a t............................ .................................................... 182 40 On the refusal of the Bank to pay these taxes, on the ground of their illegality, a warrant of distress, in due form, was issued, and delivered for service to one of the constables of the city, requiring him to levy and collect the said taxes, amounting to the sum of $473 10, of the Bank, and the same having been de manded under the warrant, the Bank paid the same, declaring at the same time, by its President, that it did so under compulsion, and by reason of the warrant aforesaid. The only real estate held by the Bank is their Banking house, which has al ways stood on their books as part of the capital stock of the Bank. In the rear part of the Banking house, as originally built, was a dwelling house, intended for, and for some years occupied by, the Messenger of the Bank, and his family. Af ter the present Merchants’ Exchange was built, the Bank leased this tenement, and for some years, including the year for which the said tax was assessed, it has been under lease, at an annual rent. The real estate of banks has heretofore been taxed by the city, and the taxes paid, but prior to the year 1845 no tax was assessed on their personal estate. Mercantile Law Cases. 299 The case came before the Court of Common Pleas upon the above facts, which the parties agreed to submit, with the right of appeal, and it was accordingly car ried up on appeal. It was admitted, that the tax on collateral security was ille gal, according to a recent decision. The question in issue was, as to the tax on real estate. B. R. Curtis for the Tremont Bank. P. W. Chandler for the City of Boston. D ew ey , J., delivered the opinion of the Court. By the general provision of the Revised Statutes, real estate was to be taxed to the owner in the town where the estate lies. It was objected to the tax on the real estate of the Bank, that by this means the Bank was liable to double taxation, the real estate being a portion of the capital stock, and the stockholders being taxed for their stock. But the real estate is the property of the Corporation, and held by the Bank as a Corporation; while the stock is held by individuals, as indivfduals. It might, perhaps, be more equitable to have some such provision of law to meet this difficulty, as in the case of manufacturing corporations; but that was for the Legislature to provide. They have not so provided. The result is, therefore, that the real estate is to be taxed to the Corporation, as such. In relation to the tax on stock held by the Bank as collateral security, that was settled by the case of the Waltham Bank vs. Town of Waltham, (10 Metcalf’s Reports, 334,) and it was admitted at the argument by the counsel for the city, that the plaintiffs must recover it back. Judgment accordingly for the plaintiff, for the amount of the tax on collateral, and interest. SUITS TO RECOVER BACK USURIOUS INTEREST. In the Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts, (Boston, July, 1848.) H. J. King vs. Owen Howard. This is a suit to recover back usurious interest. King borrowed of Howard fifty dollars, payable in one week, and agreed to pay $2 for the the use of the mo ney for that time. King accordingly made his note to Howard for $50, payable in one week, and Howard gave King $48. King eontii ued to pay $2 per week interest on that note for 24 weeks. At the end of that time King sent by his brother $56 to pay another note for the latter amount, which had an indorser upon it. Howard took the #56 and gave up the $50 note. The declaration set forth the payment of the first two dollars, and the two dollars weekly for 24 weeks, in all $50, of usurious interest, in one count. The defendant at the trial objected to the declaration, on account of duplicity and insufficiency, and also to the plain tiff’s being allowed to testify; but the Court overruled the objection, and the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiff for $150. Exceptions were saved, and allowed. At the hearing before the full Court, the defendant’s attorney insisted that the contract to pay the first $2, and the contract to pay the other $48, were distinct contracts, and should have been set forth in separate counts ; that the first $2 was reserved, but not paid, and hence the plaintiff could not testify in relation to such reservation. F. W. S awyer for the plaintiff. Wii. B righam for the defendant. W ilde , J., delivered the opinion of the Court. This action was founded upon the Revised Statutes, chapter 35, sec. 3. The Court were of opinion that the question of usurious interest was “ put in issue ” within the words of section 4, and that the plaintiff was rightly admitted to testify. There could be no question, except as to the first week. There was a material distinction between this case and that of Brickelt vs. Minot, (7 Metcalf’s Reports, 291.) In that case there was a lawful contract, and an allegation of the payment of unlawful interest thereon; but there was no allegation of an unlawful contract. In the present case an unlawful contract was sufficiently set forth. The question of unlawful interest having been taken or reserved, was put in issue as to the whole amount of $50, because the declaration set forth the payment of $50 for 25 weeks. It was probably the fact, that only $48 was delivered by the defendant to the plain tiff at first, but that did not appear from the record before the Court. The evi- 300 Mercantile Law Cases. denee was not reported. Non constat that the defendant did not deliver the plain tiff $50, of which he immediately paid back $2. However that might be, the Court had not considered what remedy the defendant would have against a judg ment for threefold the amount of the whole $50, when it should in justice be for threefold the $48, because, under the circumstances, the plaintiff would probably remit the $6, and take judgment for the balance. The exceptions were not sus tained. The defendant also excepted to the decision of the Court at the trial, overrul ing a motion for instructions to the effect that the declaration was insufficient. The granting of such instructions was within the discretion of the Court, and they were not bound to give them. The proper way to take advantage of insuffi ciency in a declaration, was by a demurrer, or a motion in arrest of judgment. But the matter objected to was merely matter of form, and would be cured by pleading over or by general demurrer; and special demurrers were abolished in this State. Judgment for the plaintiff (who remitted the excess of $6) for $144. QUESTIONS OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES. In the Supreme Judicial Court of Maine, April Term, 1848. The railroad company had contracted with the defendants for the performance of certain work upon their railroad, and to pay them (defendants) from time to time, as the work proceeded, on the certificate of the engineer, who was at liberty to deduct whatever sum he thought proper. The estimates of work were render ed monthly, and payments made thereon, reserving ten per cent for the comple tion of the work. Several trustee processes were commenced prior to the present one, but between the periods at which the estimates of the engineer were made; but at the time of the service of the plaintiff’s writ, there was due from the trus tee a certain sum under the preceding estimate. The court (by W hitman, C. J.) decided, (1.) That the trustees were not liable until the amount payable had been determined by the engineer, according to the contract. In the mean time, nothing was due on which the process could attach, for the defendants were only entitled to pay upon the engineer’s certificate. Nor, (2.) were they liable by reason of the reserved ten per cent, because it was uncer tain whether the contract would ever be fulfilled, or whether the work would be acceptably done, and so nothing was due—it was a mere contingency. In this case, a certain sum appearing to be due on the engineer’s estimate, the trustees were charged. CONTRACTS MADE ON SUNDAY VOID, UNLESS FOR WORKS OF NECESSITY OR CHARITY. In the Supreme Judicial Court of Maine, April Term, 1848. Webster vs. Abbott. This was an action upon a contract for the sale of real estate, which was made and signed on Sunday. The court (S hepley , J.) decided that, by the statute of Maine, the contract was void because made on Sunday; that it was neither a work of charity nor ne cessity. The decisions in New Hampshire and Vermont were approved, and a distinction pointed out between the English statute and the statute of Maine. The former prohibits labor to persons in their “ ordinary calling,” while the latter pro hibits ail “ work, labor, or business, except of necessity or charity.” The decis ions, therefore, under the English statute, can afford no precedent, nor rule of construction under that of Maine. So, also, of the New York statute, which only prohibits “ sales ” on Sunday. Judgment for defendants. Commercial Chronicle and Review. 301 COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW. IN F L U E N C E OF P O L IT IC A L A F F A IR S ON C O M M E R C E — IN D IR E C T T A X E S OF F R A N C E — IM P O R T S IN T O FR A N C E IN 1847-8— R A T E S OF F O R E IG N B IL L S IN N E W Y O R K — A PR O FORM A OF M EX ICA N D O LLA RS TO F R A N C E — A M E R IC A N G O LD IN LONDON— IM P O R T S IN T O T H E P O R T OF N E W Y O R K — C U STO M S R E V E N U E A T B O ST O N , P H IL A D E L P H IA , AND N EW Y O R K — MONEY M A R K E T — U N IT E D S T A T E S R E V E N U E AND E X P E N D IT U R E FO R T H E F IS C A L Y E A R 1848 — ACCOUNTS FROM E U R O P E — P R O D U C T IO N OF B R E A D S T U F F S IN ENG LA N D — A V E R A G E P R IC E OF W H E A T IN E N G LA N D FO R T H E FO U R L A S T Y E A R S — G R A IN T A K E N O U T O F BOND IN T H E U N IT E D KINGDOM FO R T H E L A S T T W E N T Y Y E A R S — LAND SOLD IN W E S T E R N S T A T E S IN EA CH YEAR FR O M 1832— E X P O R T S OF LEA D IN G A R T IC L E S OF U N IT E D S T A T E S PR O D U C E A T D IF F E R E N T P E R IO D S — A C R E S OF LAND SOLD IN S O U T H W E S T E R N S T A T E S -^ C O T T O N C R O PS OF S O U T H -W E S T E R N S T A T E S FROM 1833 to 1848, etc ., e t c . T he state of money affairs during the month has been one of gradual improve ment, and doubtless a very considerable degree of general prosperity would, ere this, have been reached, but for the distrust growing out of political commotion, which, like the waves of a troubled ocean, succeed each other in ceaseless tur moil. The stagnation of business on the continent of Europe and in the manu facturing districts of England, has now for nearly a year been very great. Small as has been production, consumption has still been less, and accumulating stocks at falling prices have been a prevailing feature; while distrust of credits has helped to enhance the depreciation of wares, by increasing the value of money and restricting trade. The state of affairs in France has continued such as to offer to dealers of other countries great bargains for cash, and specie has con tinued to flow thither when the nominal rates of exchange were opposed to such an operation. The operation of political affairs in France upon the course of trade, is made evident in the official returns of the indirect taxes for six months ending with June, as follows:— Customs.......................................... “ for June........................... 1847. 1848. Francs. Francs. Decline. Francs 65,000,000 11,000,000 33,000,000 5,890,000 27,000,000 5,110,000 The large decrease in June arose from the paralysis that overtook business in that month in consequence of the insurrection. From the trade returns, it appears that the quantities of all raw materials for manufactures taken for consumption have fallen off immensely, as follows:—• IMPORTS INTO FRANCE DURING THE SIX MONTHS ENDING W ITH JUNE. 1847. Cotton .......................... W ool..................................... Raw silk............................... Spun silk............................... Olive oil............................... Cast iron............................... Copper................................ Lead................................... Zinc .............................. ............................ Mahogany..................... ............................. Sugar, colonial............... Coffee.................................... ............................. Cocoa........................... ............................. 65,000 23,000 90,000 11,000 1848. 182,000 34,000 1,064 1,379 70,000 •7,000,000 284,000 20,000 61,000 31,000 5,000 200,000 66.000 6,000 Decrease. 38,000 23,000 1,178 1,445 86,000 3,000,000 228,000 28,000 11,000 34,000 18,000 233,000 24,000 5,000 302 Commercial Chronicle and Review. The prostration of all industrial employments is great and general, and the pro portion of decrease was greatest in the month of June. On the other hand, while this great decrease of production has taken place, the exports of French products have increased; as in the case of brandy, 94,000 hectolitres were exported last year, and 134,000 in 1848. Woven fabrics have also been sold to an extent great er than the production; and while the bounty on exports has sufficed to clear the shelves of warehouses and stocks of manufacturers, it does not appear to have en couraged production. The result has been, that France has sold the proceeds of a great quantity of labor for a small amount of money; her capital has rewarded her laborers for the gains of foreigners. By these means, the money which the United States last year obtained for a small quantity of farm produce, is this year paid out for a large quantity of French products. The operation of bounties on exports is to dissipate the capital of a country. Thus, in France, when the gov ernment pays the exporter a bounty, it enables the latter to send goods out of the country at cheap rates, that is, to undersell other nations; or, in other words, to give more French labor for less of that of other countries. To pay this bounty, the government must tax property. Carried to extremes, this operation would ultimately annihilate all the capital in the country. It is, in fact, making capital support labor for the profit of other nations; and it is by this operation that the United States are now measurably getting rich at the expense of France. Bills on Paris, although obtained at a low rate, were not available for purcha ses, because, being payable in the legal tender of France, bank notes, they did not afford the facilities of purchase which cash would do. The exports of goods and of stocks have been such, however, as to afford a sufficient supply of bills to check the flow of specie to England, more particularly that the importations are less, as compared with last year, from England in the proportion of 24 per cent. The rates of bills and specie have fallen as follows:— FOREIGN BILLS IN NEW YORK. Sterling. May 27 (4 31 Jane 3 <» G tt 10 tt 14 u 17 <• 21 u 24 July 1 104 104 104 a 11 a in a a a 104 it 4 a a s| a 9 a 94 94 94 a ft SI a ll 94 9 tt 8 12 19 26 Aug. 5 tt 16 ft 8} a a a 114 11 11 11 11 mi 1114 10 10 104 104 10 a S4 a 9 Francs. Amsterdam. 5.224 5.224 5.224 5.224 5.224 5 .1 5 5 .1 5 5 .1 5 5 .1 5 5 .2 0 5 .2 0 5 .1 5 5.IG4 5 .2 0 5 .174 5 .2 0 414 42 a 414 a 414 a 41^ a 414 a 414 a 414 Hamburgh. Bremen. Sover’ns. Napol. 5 Fr’s. a 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 a 41 a ... 404 a 40J 404 a 4 f | 404 a 41 414 a 404 a 401 404 a 404 40 a 404 364 364 a a 36 a 35} a 36 a 36 a 35 i a 354 3?4 354 3 .-,4 35* 354 a a a a a a 364 364 364 36 ... 36 36 36 36 354 35* 82 82 a 814 a 81* 81 81 80 80 80 80 79| 79* 794 784 79 a 82* 82* a a a 814 814 a a a a a a a a a 80 80 794 794 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .9 0 4 .8 8 4 .8 9 4 .8 7 4 .8 6 4 .8 6 4 .8 6 4 .8 6 4 .8 6 4 .8 6 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .9 0 3 .8 8 3 .8 8 3 .8 7 3 .8 6 3 .8 6 3 .8 6 3 .8 6 3 .8 6 3 .8 6 954 954 954 954 954 954 95 95 95 95 95 944 944 944 944 944 In our last we gave a pro forma of a shipment of Mexican dollars to France. The following is of American gold to London:— Cost of 10,000 eagles at $ 1 0 ............................................................................... Insurance ot $100,000 at 4 per cent........................................... $ 5 0 5 00 Policy, $ 1 25, kegs, packing, &c., $ 4 25................................ 5 50 ------------- $100,000 00 510 50 $100,510 50 < Commercial Chronicle and Review. 303 • Proceeds of 2 kegs containing 10,000 eagles melted into 30 bars weigh ing 447 lbs. 7 oz. 16 dwt. 0 grs., reported worse I f grs., being equal to 439 lbs. 4 oz. 12 dwt. 3 grs., standard, or 5,272 oz. 12 dwt. 3 grs., at 77s. 9d..................................................................................................................£ 20,497 5 1 2 18 3 Allowed by mclters for gold adhered to crucibles........................................... Charges a t Liverpool— Freight § per cent, $ 3 7 5 ; at $ 4 80...................................... Landing charges............................................ 3 4 130 10 0 Add interest nntil maturity of bills, say 50 days, at 3 per cent.................. £20,369 13 84 17 4 6 Less commission on bills, f per cent on £ 2 0 ,3 5 2 15s. 7d............................ £ 20,454 10 10 101 15 3 Charges at London— Carriage and insurance to London at 3s. sterling per £ 1 0 0 on £ 2 0 ,5 0 0 ................................................................................ Postage and car hire, 8$., cartage to melter and back, £ 1 . M elting.......................................................................................... Assaying......................................................................................... £ 2 0 ,5 0 0 £78 2 6 1 10 0 • 30 15 0 1 8 0 11 4 0 7 10 6 Cash in London......................................................................................... £ 20,352 15 7 The above cost of $100,510 50 would realize this sum in London at an ex change of 111 11-100 per cent, or say 11 If per cent, $4 93f per £ . The rate of exchange resulting from a shipment of sovereigns is not over 110J; hence the operation of coining the foreign metals that arrive here has a tendency to re tain the metals in the country by making their egress less facile. The imports into the port of New York from July 1st to the middle of August, have been com paratively as follows:— IMPORTS INTO THE PORT OF NEW YORK. July..................... August 1 to 4 ... “ 4 to 11.. T o ta l.................. .. “ 1847.......... >• 1846.......... Dutiable. Total. Duties. Specie. Free goods. 51,764 $650,055 63,096 96,600 $7,046,389 1,108,031 2,153,055 $7,761,075 1,171,127 2,311,419 $1,794,236 288,689 551,655 $116,395 294,219 84,466 $809,751 945,779 841,049 $10,307,475 14,956,394 7,800,036 $11,243,621 16,196,392 8,725,551 $2,634,580 3,811,733 2,377,859 The quantity of dutiable goods received here for the fall trade is considerably less than for the last year. It has also been the case, that the proportion arriving at New York has been to the whole quantity of imports larger this year than last, because the goods are to a greater extent sent on consignment, and less to the order of individuals. The imports, as represented by duties at the three ports of Boston, Philadelphia, and New York, have been comparatively as follows for the seven months of the year:— UNITED STATES CUSTOMS REVENUE AT BOSTON, NEW YORK, AND PHILADELPHIA. Boston. 1846 ............ 1847 ....................... 1848 ............ $3,158,441 3,064,059 2,915,439 Philadelphia. $1,651,772 1,734,848 1,766,070 New York. Total. $11,091,884 11,493,327 12,037,668 $15,902,097 16,232,234 16,719,177 This gives an aggregate increase in the revenues even over last year, when the amount was so large. These imported goods sell at prices perhaps lower than ever before realized for goods of the same quality, yet the business of the fall sea son does not appear to exhibit thus far a corresponding increase in the quantities Commercial Chronicle and Review. 304 sold. As expressed in packages, the falling off in imports from Liverpool to the leading ports of the United States has been some 24 per cent; but it has also been the case, the packages this year contain a more valuable class of goods, al though at lower prices for the styles than usual. The long drain of specie from the interior of the country has, in connection with the diminished receipts of farm produce, influenced a great scarcity of money in the interior, and checked the facility of collections. That promptness in paying up which was last year so generally experienced, and which caused an extension of credits, is now less per ceptible. The jobbing merchant buys his goods at six or eight months’ credit, and some for even a shorter credit, and for cash. He sells them to almost every State in the Union for what are called open notes, or notes payable at the store of the seller at six months, but in nine cases out of ten with the understanding that the buyer need not feel absolutely bound to pay at maturity. This plan worked better during the abundance of last year than it is found to do this. Money in the cities has nevertheless been accumulating, but in view of the ex traordinary state of affairs abroad there is no disposition to embark in enterprises,; on the other hand, every anxiety to realize, and the discount market has been very stringent. The pressure does not arise from want of specie, of which there is a great and increasing abundance, while the rates of bills are falling and the export of specie ceased; but from the disturbed state of our commercial relations with Europe and the perilous condition of credits, both public and private, pending the great political upheavings that are now7 on all sides manifest. These admonish merchants to hold on to money that may be wanted to meet outstanding obliga tions, and by this means a large proportion of the active capital of the country is being locked up. Very considerable sums are offering at rates as low as 6 per cent upon United States stock payable on demand or short notice, and even less, while the same lenders will not touch undoubted paper even at 1J a 2 per cent per month, because, in the latter case, it wrould be beyond their control in case of any sudden emergency, and the political horizon is by no means such as to warrant confidence. The accumulation of money in the hands of private dealers, and the diminished credits, arises in a good degree from the fact that bank loans are di minishing in amount, and their paper going out of circulation. The instalments on the new loan will probably cause some demand for specie, and it is probable that the somewhat restored confidence in the French govern ment, which enables a new stock of S per cent to be negotiated at 65, at which rate it yields 7 | per cent interest, may check the sale of United States stocks in London, and thus affect exchanges. The operations of the federal government have ceased to affect the market to some extent, and the prospect is that its action will henceforth be imperceptible, paying out specie quite as fast as it receives it. The following table gives the revenue and expenditure for the fiscal year 1848, according to the quarterly returns of the department:— 1848. /------------------------ Quarter ending------- ----------------- > September 30. December 31. March 31. June 30. Total. $11,106,257 $5,337,875 $9,383,000 $5,888,568 $31,715,100 896,8-3 908,965 700,000 781,796 3,287,654 58,533 48,500 176,200 35,375 318,608 6,915,078 2,012,450 5,387,820 4,643,300 18,959,648 UNITED STATES REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR Revenue_ Customs........ Lands............ Miscellaneous. Loans............ Total........... $18,976,752 $8,307,790 $15,647,020 $11,347,039 $54,281,110 I Commercial Chronicle and Review. 305 UNITED STATES REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FOR TIIE FISCAL YEAR 1 8 4 8 — CONTINUED. r~---------------------------Quarter ending----------------------------- , Expense — September 30. Civil................. 1,120,453 Army............... 9,186,406 Indians, & c.... 1,394,285 2,384,805 Navy............... Interest....................................... Debt................. 624,190 Total........... $14,700,139 December 31. March 31. 1,641,053 3,216,518 91,805 2,649,749 787,459 919,334 $9,305,918 1,389,582 6,243,460 998,199 1,964,771 228,541 4,701,368 $15,525,922 June 30. Total. 1,446,978 6,551,724 146,746 2,395,066 1,021,527 1,564,000 5,598,066 25,198,108 2,631,035 9,394,391 2,037,527 7,808,892 $13,126,041 $52,668,019 This table gives the figures quarterly for the financial operations of the federal government in the last year of the Mexican war, and as compared with four an nual returns, the results are as follow:— UNITED STATES REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FOR FOUR YEARS. Revenue— Customs......................... . ... Lands............................ Miscellaneous.............. T otal......................... Expense— Civil.............................. Army............................. Indians........................... Navy.............................. Interest.......................... D ebt.............................. T otal......................... 1816. 1845. $27,528,112 2,077,023 1847. 1848. $26,712,668 2,694,452 92,126 $23,747,865 2,498,355 100,571 25,679,199 $31,715,200 3,287,654 318,608 18,959,648 $29,499,246 $52,025,990 $54,281,110 6,782,999 9,818,655 3,760,771 6,450,863 842,723 375,100 6,713,853 37,393,577 3,888,029 7,931,633 1,119,215 2,402,867 5,598,066 25,198,108 2,631,035 9,394,391 2,037,527 7,808,892 $28,031,114 $59,451,177 $52,668,019 4,675,800 6,228,639 1,040,032 7,548,125 The accounts from Europe, apart from the political state of affairs, are fraught with interest, inasmuch as that it begins now to be pretty evident that consider able supplies of food will be wanted in Great Britain. It has of late years be come very apparent, that even when the harvest is of good average, the supply is insufficient to feed the population, and that, consequently, a failure of the har vest only enhances proportionably the quantity which England must have. It is now the case that she requires, in years of good harvest, as much as she formerly did in years of disaster. To this must be added the fact, that a great change has taken place in the cultivation of the potato. For a long season of years the dis position prevailed, both in England and Ireland, to put more land into potatoes and less into grain, because an acre of land would produce food enough in the former shape to feed as many persons as it would require four acres in wheat to support. In Ireland, where multitudes occupied small patches, it was incumbent on them to plant with that which would yield the most food. Arthur Young, Mr. Newenham, Mr. M’Culloch, and other great authorities in England, as well as an able statement of Messrs. Berry and Herring, in the Report of the Commissioner of Patents at Washington, state that, as food, 4 lbs. of potatoes are equal to 1 lb. of wheat and l i lbs. of oatmeal. The general average production in England is 9 tons of potatoes per acre, and 28 bushels of wheat at 60 lbs., and of oats 64 bush els, 40 lbs. to the bushel; consequently, the product of food per acre is as follows: Potatoes................. ....................................................................... 9 tons W heat.................................................................28 bushels, at 60 lbs. Oats................................................64 bushels, at 40 lbs., in oatmeal VOL. X IX .---- NO. I I I . 20 20,160 lbs. 1,680 “ 1,645 “ Commercial Chronicle and Review. 306 From this, it appears that an acre planted with potatoes will support as many per sons as four planted with oats, or three with wheat. The increased population of Ireland, which rose from 6,036,000 in 1812 to 8,179,359 in 1841, was mostly sustained by potatoes, taking patches from grain lands and planting with potatoes. In the English manufacturing districts the same process enhanced the quantity of cheap food to the operatives, until it was estimated in 1846 that 3,400,000 acres were planted with potatoes, yielding 30,600,000 tons of food. Of this, 60 per cent perished by rot, and the cultivation of potatoes has been abandoned to an extent which requires an addition of at least 150,000,000 bushels of grain to her average harvest. Notwithstanding the low prices of the past summer, the imports into England amount to 1,000,000 bushels per week, and by recent advices a con siderable advance in prices. AVERAGE PRICE OF WHEAT IX ENGLAND FOR FOUR TEARS. 1848. 1847. 1846. Wheat. Wheat. Wheat. W heat. 77.00 77. 1 74. 5 74. 1 75.10 79. 6 81.10 85. 2 94.10 102. 5 99.10 88.10 91. 7 91. 4 87. 1 82. 3 75. G 55. 5 55. 1 55. 1 56. 0 55.10 55. 6 56. 5 56. 8 55. 5 53. 4 52.10 52. 0 51. 5 52. 2 52.10 52. 3 50.10 49.11 47. 5 45. 2 45.10 46. 5 46. 3 45. 6 45.10 45. 9 46. 8 45.10 45. 9 45. 9 46. 3 47. 7 48. 2 47.10 47.11 47.11 48.10 50. 0 May 25 ............................... April 1................................ “ 8............................ ............... “ 15.......................... “ 22........................... “ 29........................... .............. May 6............................. “ 13........................... “ 20........................... “ 27 ............................... June 3 .................................. “ 10............................... “ 17........................... ................. “ 24 ............................... ................. July 1................................... ............... v “ - 8 ................................... ............... “ 15................................ ............... “ 2 2 ................................ ............... 51. 6 49. G 46.10 46.11 48. 2 48.10 49 . 1 48.11 7 7. 3 75. 5 “ 2 9 ................................. August 5 .............................. 66.10 1845. 53. 3 5 5. 3 It is to be observed that prices have ruled higher during the present year thus far than in 1845, notwithstanding the alleged large supply of both home and foreign grain, and that prices at the present date are higher than in 1846, immediately preceding the great rise in prices, and are now advancing, when at that period they were falling. In order to illustrate the actual annual large demand for grain in England, we may take the following return, published by order of the House of Lords, of the quantity of grain of all sorts taken out of bond in the United Kingdom, yearly, for the last twenty years, giving the following totals:— Years. Total corn and grain. Q uarters. 1826............. .......... 1827.............. ......... 1828 ............... .......... 1829............. ......... 1830............. ......... 1831 ............... .......... 1832 ............... .......... 1833 ............... ......... 1834 ................ ......... 1835 ................ ......... 1836 ................ ......... 1837 ................ .......... 2,083,700 2,995,116 1,200,167 1,864,804 2,580,403 2,286,473 427,118 88,583 214,432 423.691 396,902 828,072 Total meal and flour. Years. Cwts. 65,940 41,724 126,343 337,066 564,442 1,016,583 162,271 74,744 65,306 42,619 36,916 40,273 Total corn and grain. Q uarters. 1838 .......................... 1839........................ 1840........................ 1841........................ 1842........................ 1843 .......................... 1844 .......................... 1845 .......................... 1846 .......................... 1847 .......................... 1848, 7 m onths. .. 1,S14,2»3 4,405,613 3,444.345 2,921,329 3,160,430 1,230,901 2,522,342 1,344,182 4,305,185 7,905,419 2,461,508 Total meal and flour. Cwts. 388,299 635,170 1,312,964 1,210,137 1,132,385 421,136 710,423 632,045 3,536,971 7,900,880 1,195,958 307 Commercial Chronicle and Review. The great element of the enormous consumption of last year at the high prices indicated above, was the railroad expenditure. These continue this year, aided by low prices of grain. The number of persons employed by the companies is over 350,000, per official reports, and the “ calls ” for July amounted to j£3,885,021, say $20,000,000, being at the rate of an annual expenditure of $250,000,000. With this element of the means of popular consumption, the prospect is now that the demand will be enhanced by damaged harvests; and it will be remembered that the duties come off finally in February, 1849, after which the trade will be free. Under these circumstances, it is not improbable that the present will be the lowest year of export of farm produce for many years to come. The capacity of the United States to supply food in almost any quantity, is be coming more apparent each year. As an indication of this, we compile from official sources the number of acres of land sold by the federal government in each of the agricultural States:— ACRES OF LAND SOLD IN THE WESTERN STATES. Years. Ohio. 1832 ..................................... 412,714 1 8 3 3 ...................................... 551,153 1834 ..................................... 478,847 1 8 3 5 ................................. 661,435 1836 ................................. 1,282,991 1837 ................................. 470,042 1838 ................................. 243,095 1 8 3 9 ................................. 242,444 1840 ................................. 33,050 1841 ................................. 43,613 1842 ................................. 35,715 1 8 4 3 ................................. 13,388 1 8 4 4 ................................. 33,054 1845 ................................. 11,252 1846 ................................. 120,660 1847,9 months................. 85,664 Illinois. Indiana. 227,375 i 54G.841 360,240 554,681 354,013 673,656 2,096,629 1,586,904 3,199.708 3,245,344 1,012,849 1,249,817 778,560 602,424 1,132,876 618,748 389,275 118,868 335,558 93,882 437,403 55,795 407,767 50,545 489,410 107,278 486,586 78,562 438,920 102,076 328,180 154,544 Michigan. 252,211 447,780 512,760 1,817,247 4,189,823 773,522 97,533 134,984 26,106 18,167 25,000 12,594 22,328 25,016 30,874 37,762 Iowa & Wise. ................. ................. ................. 217,543 646,133 178,783 361,861 948,875 695,681 175,414 178,893 311,122 371,431 744,290 867,006 798,828 Total........................ 4,719,479 12,475,349 9,839,971 8,423,709 6,744,417 These figures represent the breadth of land taken annually by each State directly from the federal government. In the years 1835-6, when speculators tvere ap propriating large tracts, with the view to compel settlers to pay high prices, a small proportion only of the sales fell into the hands of the immigrants. These lands have since been gradually purchased to some extent for cultivation, and have in that proportion competed with the subsequent sales of the governmentIn the last two years the sales of the government lands have considerably revived. The progress of national exports do not seem to have kept pace with the set tlement of the lands. The following table shows the quantities of certain articles sent out of the country:—■ EXPORTS OF LEADING ARTICLES OF UNITED STATES PRODUCE AT DIFFERENT PERIODS. W heat........... .. Flour............... Rice................. Corn................ •bush. Corn m e a l.... ..bbls. Beef and pork.,. “ Provisions....... Tobacco.......... Cotton............. .. lbs. Manufactures.. Amer. to n n ag e e n t . . Population.... 1807. 1821. 1840. 1845. 1811. 1846. 1847. 25,821 408,910 770.814 1,720,680 389,710 1.613,797 4,399,951 1,056,119 1,806,529 1,897,501 1,249,819 1,195,230 2,289,476 4,382,496 221 116,517 101.6(0 118,621 102,027 124,007 144,427 571,312 1,018 721 607.277 574,279 840.184 1,826,068 16,326 050 207,604 206,(63 136.460 131,(69 269,030 298.790 948,060 112,033 85,962 123,456 133,534 262,147 339,645 318,169 2,596,422 2,739,016 2,755,000 2,242.726 5,796,654 7,421,179 10,806,615 86.718 83,186 66.858 119.484 147,168 147.998 135,762 63,914,459 124,893 405 276,979.784 743.941,061 872,905.996 547,557.000 527,219,985 7,147,364 2,120,000 2,754.631 9 ,4 10.2C0 9.130.000 10,525,064 10,476,345 914.704 1,576,946 1.089,876 769,084 2.035,486 2,151,114 2,701,359 6,000,000 9,638,131 12,860,020 17,063,353 30,000,COO 20,600,000 22,000,000 88 Commercial Chronicle and Review. 308 From 1807 to 1840, the value of provisions exported did not maintain itself. It has since quadrupled, and has become the second item in our list of exports, with every probability of becoming ultimately the first. The cotton culture has, on the other hand, received an evident check. The following table shows the quan tity of land purchased of the federal government annually in the new cotton States:— ACRES OF UNITED STATES LANDS SOLD IN THE SOUTH-WESTERN STATES. Alabama. Years. 1833..................................... 1834..................................... 1835..................................... .............. 1836..................................... 1837..................................... 1838..................................... 1839..................................... 1840..................................... 1841..................................... 1842..................................... 1843..................................... .............. 1844..................................... 1845..................................... 1846..................................... .............. 18 4 7 ,9 months.................. 1,587,007 178,228 83,284 Mississippi. Louisiana. 1,221,494 1,064,054 2,931,181 2,023,709 256,354 271,074 17,787 19,174 21,635 43,966 34,560 34,436 28,232 38,324 21,596 89,441 82,570 325,955 829,456 230,932 164,178 500,307 189,228 95,111 44,360 102,986 99,319 88,830 48,976 55,944 Arkansas. 41,859 149,756 630,027 963,535 281,916 156,971 154,858 110,610 54,860 24,391 47,622 55,122 36,241 14,204 74,048 Florida. 11,970 16,309 48,364 87,071 108,839 68,814 56,496 25,602 6,388 5,553 8,318 14,714 20,054 35,452 19,788 This table gives the quantities of land in these cotton States, and the influence upon the cotton culture is seen in the following table of the annual product of those States. The receipts of cotton at New Orleans embraced the Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Tennessee crops; and those of Mobile and Florida the product of those States respectively. ACRES OF LAND SOLD, AND CROPS OF COTTON IN THE SOUTH-WESTERN STATES. Arkansas. Years. 1833....... ... 1,816,038 1834...... ... 1,383,226 1835...... ... 5,522,534 1836...... ... 5,805,180 1837...... ... 1,269,834 1838...... 850,386 1839...... 401,394 1840...... 228,699 1841...... ... 238,077 1842...... ... 371,654 1843...... 288,355 1844...... ... 251,252 1845.... 220,240 1846...... ... 272,808 1847...... ... 1848...... Louisiana. 403,443 454,719 511,146 481,536 601,014 731,256 584,994 956,922 820,140 727,658 1,060,246 832,172 Alabama. 129,366 149,978 197,692 226,715 232,243 209,807 251,742 445,725 317,642 218,315 481,714 467,990 Florida. 23,641 36,738 52,085 79,762 83,703 106,171 75,177 136,257 93,552 114,416 161,088 145,562 Total. All oth. St’s. 556,450 513,988 641,432 562,959 760,923 493,405 788,013 573,615 916,960 506,008 1,047,234 754,263 911,913 448,619 1,538,904 638,931 1,231,334 403,611 1,164,389 519,822 1,703,048 675,827 1,445,724 584,685 1,037,144 705,978 1,167,120 421,966 323,462 428,866 141,184 127,852 149,612 1,600,294 1,157,293 1,745,598 500,243 621,358 527,540 There has been sold, it appears, in these five cotton States since 1833, 20,774,556 acres of new land. Of these, particularly in Louisiana, a considerable quantity has been appropriated to sugar; but from the results, it appears that the largest proportion has gone to cotton culture, and the consequence is, that in the year 1843 the crops reached a maximum of 2,378,875 bales, of which 1,703,048 was in those new States, and their yield is a little more this year, but the production of the old cotton States has not varied. In the five new States, the settlement of 20,774,000 acres of land has resulted in an increase of 1,200,000 bales in the Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 309 crop of cotton, more than doubling the product of 1833. The increase of the force applicable to the cotton culture has been greater in the last five years than the result of the crops, the aggregate of which has increased but very little since 1840, or in the last eight years, while in the previous eight years it had doubled. JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY AND FINANCE. F IN A N C E S OF BRAZIL. EXPENSES, DEBT, AND REVENUE OP THE BRAZILIAN EMPIRE. W e are indebted to the courtesy of L. H. F. D’A g u ia r , Consul General of Brazil to the United States, for the following statement of the financial condition of the Brazilian em pire, as also for the commercial statistics o f that country, which will be found under the appropriate department in the present number of the Merchants' M agazine, & .C .:— - According to the Annual Report of the Secretary of the Treasury, presented to the Chambers of Representatives in May last, the Secretary shows the following item3 of the expenses of the empire for the fiscal year 1849-50:— Home Department......... Justice.............................. Foreign Affairs.............. W ar.................................. 3 ,2 5 9 :2 2 9 0 0 0 0 N a v y ................................ 1,8 3 8 :2 9 5 0 7 6 7 Treasury........................... 509 :2500000 T otal....................... 6 ,9 7 7 :2 9 0 0 5 0 0 3,646 :0460223 11,753: 803 0345 2 7 ,9 8 3 :9 1 4 0 8 3 5 Iu the expenses o f the Treasury no less than 8,436: 8550444 is applied for the interest and sinking fund of the National Debt, which is at present as follow s:— Foreign.................. Internal.................. N ot yet converted Treasury notes 54,996:0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48,583:4000000 5 5 8 :3 1 2 0 0 4 8 5 ,0 3 1 :0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T o ta l................... ....... Government paper money 109,1 6 8 :7 1 2 0 0 4 8 4 7 ,0 0 0 :0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total debt of Brazil.................................................................... 156,168 : 7120048 The foreign debt is owned in London. Principal....... ............................. .'___ Bearing an interest of............................................................................................... £6,187,050 315,346 W hich has always been punctually paid every six m onths; and the funds sent to London by the government from April, 1847, to March, 1848, amounted to £422,463. According to official documents, the following has been the commerce and revenue of the empire. Years. Imports. 5 0 ,6 3 9 :0 0 7 0 1842- 43 .......... 1843- 44 .......... 5 5 ,2 8 9 :3 4 3 0 1 844- 4 5 .......... 5 7 ,2 2 8 :0 1 9 0 5 0 ,6 5 4 :8 2 7 0 1845- 46 .......... 1846- 47 ....... 5 2 ,6 4 0 :9 7 0 0 And the revenue from all sources has 1 8 44-45... Duties. Exports. Duties. 41,039:629 0 4 3 ,8 0 0 :2 8 3 0 4 7 ,0 5 4 :3 9 8 0 5 3 ,6 7 4 :3 9 1 0 5 2 ,4 0 0 :7 5 5 0 3 ,4 2 4 :6 3 7 0 3 ,8 2 4 :1 1 0 0 4 ,0 3 6 :3 7 0 0 4 ,6 0 7 :7 5 8 0 4 ,4 2 4 :3 8 0 0 2 4 ,7 7 0 : 5 2 4 0 1 1 8 4 6 -4 7 ... 2 6 ,3 2 2 :3 3 3 0 1 1 ,1 4 2 :5 7 4 0 1 2 ,5 0 2 :2 0 6 0 1 4 ,8 1 2 :1 5 6 0 1 5 ,8 6 2 :8 3 6 0 1 6 ,5 1 2 :4 0 1 0 been 2 4 ,5 1 2 : 7 6 6 0 |1 8 4 5 - 4 6 ... P E N N S Y L V A N IA B A N K CH ARTERS. The following banks have given notice that they will apply to the next Legislature of that State for charters. There are seventeen applications for renewals:— Bank of Northern Liberties; Bank of Pennsylvania; Farmers and Mechanics’ Bank, Philadelphia; Bank o f Germantown; Bank of Chester County, W est Chester; Bank of Delaware County, Chester; Bank of Montgomery County, Norristown; Wyoming Bank, 310 Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance . W ilkesbarre; Farmers and Drovers’ Bank, Waynesburg, Green county; Harrisburgh Bank, Dauphin county; Lebanon Bank, Lebanon county; Columbian Bank and Bridge Company, Lancaster county; Lancaster Bank; Dauphin Deposit Bank, Harrisburgh; Bank of Chambersburgh; Farmers’ Bank, Bucks county, Bristol; Monongahela Bank, Brownsville, Fayette county. NEW BANKS. City Bank, Philadelphia ; Anthracite Bank, Tamaqua, Schuylkill county; Pottstown Bank, Montgomery county; Freeport Bank, Armstrong county ; Mechanics’ Bank, Minersville, Schuylkill county; Pittsburgh Savings Bank. T H E BA N K S OF N E W YO RK S T A T E . The following List of the several Banks of the State of N ew York, with the names and residences of their respective Agents at this date, pursuant to Chap. 202, Sec. 3, Laws of 1830, was prepared at the Comptroller’s Office, July 1, 1848:— Name of the Bank. Agricultural Bank.................. Amenia Bank......................... American Bank...................... Ballston Spa Bank................. Bank of Albion...................... Bank of Attica....................... Bank of Auburn.................... Bank o f Bainbridge.............. Bank of Cayuga Lake.......... Bank of Central New York Bank of Chenango................ Bank of Corning.................... Bank of Dansville................. Bank of Empire State.......... Bank of G en esee................... Bank of Geneva..................... Bank of Ithaca...................... Bank of Kinderhook............ Bank of Lake Erie............... Bank of Lansingburgh......... Bank of Lowville................... Bank of Monroe..................... Bank of Newburgh................ Bank of New Rochelle....... Bank of Orange County...... . Bank of Orleans..................... Bank of Owego...................... Bank of Poughkeepsie......... Bank of Rome........................ Bank of Salina...................... Bank of Saratoga Springs.... Bank of Silver Creek............ Bank of Syracuse................... Bank of T roy.......................... Bank of Utica........................ Branch of Bank of Utica...... Bank of Vernon.................... Bank of W atertown............ Bank of W aterville............. . Bank of W hitestown............ Bank of Westfield................ . Bank of W hitehall................. Black River Bank.................. Broome County Bank........... Camden Bank......................... Catskill Bank...................... . Location. Agent. Residence. .Herkimer.............Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Leedsville............ Washburn and Co............... Albany. .Mayville...............Nelson H. Simons.............. N. York. .Ballston Spa....... Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Albion.................. Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Buffalo..................N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Auburn................ N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Bainbridge...........Washburn and C o.............. Albany. .Ithaca.................. Washburn and C o.............. Albany. .Utica.................... Albany Exchange Bank.... Albany. .Norwich...............N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Corning................Mech. and Farmers’ Bank. Albany. .Dansville..............N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Fairport................Washburn and Co............... Albany. .Batavia.................N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Geneva.................Henry Dwight, Jr................ N . York. .Ithaca................... American Exchange Bank.N. York. .Kinderhook.........American Exchange Bank.N. York. .Buffalo................. N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Lansingburgh... .Pepoon and Hoffman......... N. York. .Lowville...............Albany Exchange Bank....Albany. Rochester.............N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Newburgh........... Merchants’ Exch’ge B ank.N . York. .New Rochelle....Oliver W h ite.......................N. York. .Goshen................. S. Van Duzer....................... N. York. Albion.................. N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .O wego................. Albany Exchange Bank....Albany. .Poughkeepsie......Merchants’ Exch’ge Bank.N . York. .Rome....................N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Salina................... Commercial Bank...............Albany. .Saratoga Springs.New York State Bank.......Albany. .Silver Creek.......Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Syracuse.............. New York State Bank........Albany. .Troy......................Bank of State of N . York.N. York. .Utica.....................Albany City B ank...............Albany. .Canandaigua.......Albany City B ank...............Albany. .Vernon................. N ew York State Bank........Albany. .W atertown.........Albany Exchange Bank....Albany. .Waterville........... N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Whitestown........ Commercial Bank................Albany. .Westfield.............Drew, Robinson, and C o...N . York. .Whitehall............ N ew York State Bank....... Albany. Watertown..........N ew York State Bank.......Albany. .Binghamton........ Mech. and Farmers’ Bank.Albany. .Camden............... Albany City Bank...............Albany. .Catskill.................American Exchange Bank.N. York- Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 311 Name of the Bank. Location. Agent. Residence. Cayuga County Bank......................... Auburn.................New York State Bank........Albany. Central Bank........................................Cherry Valley. ...Mech. and Farmers’ Bank.Albany. Champlain Bank..................................Ellenburgh...........George Jones.........................Albany. Chautauque County Bank.................Jamestown.......... New York State Bank......Albany. Chemung Canal Bank........................ Elmira.................. New York State Bank......Albany. Canal Bank*........................................Lockport.............. New York State Bank...... Albany. Chester Bank.......................................Chester.................S. Van Duzer and Son........N . York. Commercial Bank............................... Friendship........... Washburn and Co................ Albany. Commercial Bank...............................Lockport.............. Albany Exchange Bank....Albany. Cbmmercial Bank..............................Rochester.............. New York State Bank........Albany. Commercial Bank............................... Troy..................... American Exchange Bank.N. York. Cuyler’s Bank..................................... Palmyra................Henry Dwight, Jr................ N. York. Delaware Bank....................................D elh i....................American Exchange Bank.N. York. Drovers’ Bank..................................... Olean.................... Washburn and C o...............Albany. Essex County Bank*........................Keesville............... N ew York State Bank....... Albany. Exchange Bank................................... Buffalo..................Albany City Bank................Albany. Exchange Bank of G enesee............ Alexandert.........Canal Bank.................... Albany. Exchange Bank................................... Lockport..............Canal Bank.............................Albany. Farmers’ Bank..................................... Amsterdam......... Albany City Bank................Albany. Farmers’ Bank.................................... Hudson.................. Mechanics’ Bank................. N. York. Farmers’ Bank.....................................Mina......................Washburn and C o...............Albany. Farmers’ Bank.................................... Troy.......................Merchants’ Bank.................. N. York. Farmers’ and Drovers’ Bank............. Somers.................Merchants’ Exph’ge Bank.N. York. Farmers’ and Manufacturers’ Bank.Poughkeepsie... .Phenix Bank........................ N. York. Farm, and Mech. Bank of Genesee.Batavia................ New York State Bank....... Albany. Farmers’ and Mechanics’ Bank....... Ogdensburgh------Drew, Robinson, and C o..N . York. Farmers’ and Mechanics’ Bank....... Rochester..............Drew, Robinson, and C o..N . York. Fort Plain Bank. ................................Fort Plain........... New York State Bank....... Albany. Fort Stanwix Bank........................... Rome............. ........ N ew York State Bank...... Albany. Franklin Bank.................................... French Creek___Washburn and Co...............Albany. Franklin County Bank...................... Malone.................. Washburn and Co...............Albany. Genesee County Bank......................Le R oy................. Albany City Bank.............. Albany. Henry Keep’s Bank........................... W atertown......... Gilbert, Cobb, & Johnson.N. York. Herkimer County Bank....................Little Falls............Albany City Bank...............Albany. Highland Bank...................................Newburgh.............Phenix Bank......................... N . York. Hudson River Bank.......................... Hudson..................Leather Manuf. Bank........ N. York. Hungerford’s Bank..............................Adams..................American Exchange Bank.N. York. Jefferson County Bank......................Watertown.......... Albany City Bank............... Albany. James Bank.........................................Jatnesville.............W. S. Kellogg.......................N. York. Kingston Bank..................................... Kingston.............. Bank of State of N . York.N. York. Kirkland Bank.................. ................. Clinton................. Albany City Bank...............Albany. Lewis County Bank........................... MartinsburghJ....Canal Bank.......................... Albany. Livingston County Bank................. Geneseo................ N ew York State Bank....... Albany. Lockport Bank and Trust Company.Lockport..............Mech. and Farmers’ Bank.Albany. Luther Wright’s Bank...................... Oswego.................New York State Bank....... Albany. McIntyre Bank................................... Adirondack-........ New York State Bank....... Albany. Madison County Bank...................... Cazenovia............ New York State Bank........Albany. Merchants’ Bank.................... ............ Canandaigua....... William M. Parks...............N. York. Merchants’ Bank................................ Ellery.....................Washburn and C o.............. Albany. Merchants’ Bank of Erie County...Buffalo..................Washburn and Co...............Albany. Merchants’ Bank.................... ............ Poughkeepsie....Phenix Bank.......................... N. York. Merchants’ and Farmers’ Bank........Ithaca................... Albany Exchange Bank....Albany. Merchants’ Bank................................ Carmel.................. Kelly and W eeks................. N . York. Merchants’ and Mechanics’ Bank...Troy..................... Bank of State of N. York.N. York. Middletown Bank............................... S. M iddletown...S. Van Duzer........................ N. York. Mohawk Bank..................................... Schenectady........ Mech. and Farmers’ Bank.Albany. Mohawk Valley Bank........................ Mohawk Village.New York State Bank...... Albany. Montgomery County Bank.............. Johnstown............ Albany City Bank...............Albany. N ew York Security Bank............... Huntsville.............Washburn and Co...............Albany. N ew York Stock Bank....................Durham.................Washburn and Co............... Albany. Northern Bank of N ew York......... Madrid................. Washburn and Co............... Albany. * Caual Bank failed July 11, 1848. f Revoked July 17; Albany City Bank appointed t Revoked July 18; Mechanics’ and Farmers’ Bank, Albany, appointed. 312 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. Name of the Bank. Northern Exchange Bank. Northern Canal Bank......... Ogdensburgh Bank.............. Oliver Lee and Co.’s Bank. Oneida Bank........................ Onondaga County Bank.... Ontario B a n k ....................... Ontario Branch Bank......... . Otsego County Bank........... Palmyra Bank...................... Patchin Bank....................... . Pine Plains Bank................. Powell Bank........................ Pratt Bank............................. Prattsville Bank................... Putnam County Bank....... . Rochester Bank.................... Rochester City Bank.......... Sackett’s Harbor Bank....... Saratoga County Bank....... Schenectady Bank............. Seneca County Bank.......... State Bank at Saugerties... Steuben County Bank......... Suffolk County Bank.......... Tanners’ Bank..................... Tompkins County B ank... Troy City Bank.................... Ulster County Bank............ Unadilla Bank..................... Village Bank........................ Walter Joy’s Bank.............. Washington County Bank. Warren County Bank........ Westchester County Bank. W hite Plains Bank........... White’s Bank o f Buffalo... Wooster Sherman’s Bank... Y ates County Bank............ Location. Agent. Residence. .Brasher Falls...... Washburn and Co.............. Albany. .North Granville.Wilson Defendorf...............N . York. .Ogdensburgh*....Canal Bank.......................... Albany. .Buffalo...................Albany City Bank...............Albany. .Utica...................... Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Syracuse..............Canal Bank........................... Albany. .Canandaigua........ Albany City B a n k ............. Albany. -Utica...................... Albany City Bank.............. Albany. .Cooperstown.......Mech. and Farmers’ Bank. Albany. .Palmyra............... Henry Dwight, Jr................ N. York.Buffalo..................N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Pine Plains.........Pepoon and Hoffman.......... N . York. .Newburgh...........American Exchange Bank.N. York. .Buffalo.................Washburn and Co............... Albany. .Prattsville........... Mechanics’ Bank.................N. York. .Farmers’ M ills....Drew, Robinson, and C o..N . York. .Rochester.............Mech. and Farmers’ Bank.Albany. .Rochester-............Albany City B ank.............. Albany. .Sackett’s Harbor.New York State Bank...... Albany. .Waterford........... Pepoon and Hofiman......... N . York. .Schenectady........Canal Bank...........................Albany. .Waterloof........... Canal Bank...........................Albany. .Saugerties........... Washburn and Co................Albany. .Bath...................... N ew York State Bank.... .Albany. .Sag Harbor.........John Thompson................... N . York.Catskili.................American Exchange Bank.N. York. .Ithaca.....................Albany City Bank.............. Albany, .Troy..................... Union Bank..........................N. York. .Kingston............. Merchants’ Exch^ge Bank..N. York . .Unadilla...............Washburn and Co...............Albany. .Randolph.............Washburn and Co...............Albany. .Buffalo!............... Canal Bank........................... Albany* .Union Village.....N ew York State Bank....... Albany. .Johnsburgh.........Washburn and Co...............Albany. .Peekskill..............Merchants’ Exch’ge Bank.N . York. .White Plains...... Thomas A d a m s..................N . York. Buffalo-..............N ew York State Bank.........Albany. .Watertown..........American Exchange Bank.N. York.. .Penn Y an ............Albany City Bank...............Albany. N E W M O N E TA R Y O RG A N IZA TIO N IN H O LLAND. A new monetary organization has been adopted in that country, and a decree issued' in consequence concerning the details of its regulation, in accordance with laws passed by the legislature and approved by the executive. The preamble of the decree recites, that from the point already arrived at of the re fount of the old money, the adoption of a simple standard of value, that of silver, is ren dered desirable, with the introduction of other ameliorations in the monetary system o f Holland, as well as the reunion in one law of all the dispositions which relate to the mon etary system. For these reasons, it is decreed that the money of the state shall consist hereafter in legal pieces, moneys d’appoint, (or supplementary moneys,) and commercial moneys. The legal pieces in silver (Art. 2 of the decree) are thus designed: The florin . to form the union of the monetary system of Holland. The ryskdaalder, or piece of 2$ florins. The half florin, or piece of 50 cents. Art. 3. The money d’appoint in silver (supplementary for change) to consist of pieces of 25 cents, 10 cents, and 5 cents. Art. 4. The money d’appoint in copper to consist of pieces of 1 cent, or the hundredth part of the florin, and of a half cent. * Revoked July 17; Albany City Bank appointed, t Revoked July 18; Mechanics’ and Farmers’ Bank, Albany, appointed. X Revoked July 13; Mechanics’ and Farmers’ Bunk, Albany, appointed. Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance . 313 Art. 5. The commercial moneys to be the gouden Willem (golden Williams) and the golden ducat. Of those moneys double pieces may be struck, and of the first kind halves. Art. 6. The florin to contain 9 grammes 450-1000 of fine silver. The weight of the florin to be 10 grammes, with a tolerance of 3 milligrammes above and below the weight. The title to be 0.945 milliemes <Jf fine silver, with a tolerance of 1^ millieme, as well above as under the weight. Art. 7. The weight of the ryskdaalder to be 25 grammes; that of the half florin 5 grammes; that of the piece of 25 cents 3 grammes 575 milligrammes; that of the 10 cents piece 1 gramme 400 milligrammes; that of the 5 cents piece 685 milligrammes. The allowance of weight is, for the ryskdaalder, 2 milliemes; for the half florin, 5 mil liem es; for the piece of 25 cents, 6 milliemes; for the 10 cents piece, 10 milliemes; for the piece of 5 cents, 12 milliemes of gramme, as well above as below. Art. 8. The title of the ryskdaalder and half florin to be the same as that of the florin, with the same tolerance. The title of the money d’appoint in silver to be 640 milliemes, with a tolerance of 4 milliemes above and below in weight. Art. 13. The gouden Willem to contain 6 grammes 56 milligrammes of fine gold. The weight of the gouden Willem to be 6 grammes 729 milligrammes, with a tolerance of 1^ millieme of the weight above and below. The weight of the double gouden to be 13 grammes 458 milligrammes, with a tolerance of 1 millieme of the weight above and below. The weight of the half gouden to be 3 grammes 364^ milligrammes, with a toler ance of 2 milliemes of the weight above and below. The title of the gouden W illem, as well as of the double and half, to be 900 milliemes, with a tolerance of a half millieme above and below. Art. 15. The golden ducat to contain 3 grammes 434£ milligrammes of fine gold. The weight of the gold ducat to be 3 grammes 494 milligrammes, with a tolerance of 1^ mil lieme of the weight above and below. The weight of a double ducat to be 6 grammes 988 milligrammes, with a tolerance of 1 millieme of the weight, above and below. The tit^) of the simply as of the double ducat of gold to be 983 milliemes, with a tolerance of £ * illie m e , above and below the weight. In the meantime, and as the new system comes into usage, all old coins and denomi nations o f specie values, in circulation according to former laws, to remain still legally current, and receivable in all payments as before. BA N K S A N D B A N K IN G IN IR E L A N D . Previous to 1783, the whole o f the banking business was carried on by private individ uals. The failure of many of these led to the establishment, in that year, of the Bank of Ireland, with similar privileges to the Bank of England, the most important of which was, the restricting of all other banks to six partners each. In 1797, when the Bank of Eng land suspended its payments, the same privilege was extended to Ireland. After this pe riod, the issues of the Bank of Ireland were rapidly increased. In 1797, the amount of its notes in circulation was £621,917 ; in 1810, £2,266,471; and in 1814, £2,986,999. Its capital, originally £600,000, was increased at different periods, and now amounts to £3,000,000. It draws on London at ten days’ date, grants no cash credit, nor allows in terest on deposits. In 1804, there were fifty private banks in Ireland, all of which have failed or wound up their accounts, except three in Dublin that continue to transact business. About that period the silver currency of the country, though generally in a debased state, became more valuable in the form of bullion, and was all melted down. The place of the coins was supplied in Dublin, and many other parts, by counterfeits; and, in several districts, by a paper currency, issued for sums decreasing from 6s. to 3 d.t and even less. It is esti mated that in 1804 there were 295 issues of this paper money, chiefly by merchants, shop keepers, and petty dealers. The mischiefs arising from this system led at length to its suppression by law, and the wants of the trade were supplied by stamped dollars rated at 6s., and by silver tokens of lOrf. and 5 d., issued by the Bank of Ireland. In 1821, the charter of the Bank of Ireland was renewed for seventeen years, and its capital was en larged to £3,000,000, of which £1,615,384 was deposited with government at 4 per cent, and £1,015,384 at 5 per c e n t; total, £2,630,768. The yearly dividends of the bank have been at no time less than 5$ per cent, except in 1783-4, when they were 5, and in 1792-3, 2 f . From 1800 to 1814, they were 7, 7£, and 7£ ; from 1814 to 1829, 10 per cent, ex cepting two years ; and since 1829, the rates have been 9, 8£, and 8 per cent. Besides these dividends, the proprietors, at different times since 1793, have received bonuses amounting to £665,000 Irish. On the renewal of the Bank of Ireland’s charter in 1821, joint stock banks were allowed to be established beyond 50 miles Irish from Dublin ; but the arrangement was inoperative until several vexatious restrictions were repealed in 1824. 314 Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance . This relief was followed by the institution of the Provincial, Hibernian, Northern, and some other banks. The Provincial, established in 1625, is managed by a board in Lon don, assisted in the towns in which it has branches by a local agent, and a committee of shareholders of ten shares and upwards. The Northern, Belfast, and Ulster Joint Stock Banks, are confined chiefly to Ulster. The National Bank has a board in London con nected with local banks in the principal towns in Ireland. The capital of each bank is subscribed by, and the profits divided equally between, the London board, and each local bank— the supreme control being in the former. The Bank of Ireland, and all the joint stock banks, except the Hibernian and Royal, issue notes for £ 1 and upwards. Their total circulation in 1840 was from £5,500,000 to £6,500,000. Most of the banks have branches; the Bank of Ireland began to establish them in 1825. Since the expiry of the Bank of Ireland’s charter in 1838, it has been continued by act of Parliament from year to year until 1845, when it has been regulated by the new banking act, 8 and 9 Vic. c. 37, according to the following principles:— The bank to continue the banker of govern ment, which is to pay, for the ten subsequent years, per cent on the debt it owes to the bank. The proceedings of the establishment to be under the same rule which has been applied by Parliament to other banking institutions, and to make weekly returns, similar to those of the Bank of England under the new act, containing a full development of its affairs, the amount of its bullion, and the variations in the quantity thereof. The oath for the discouragement of Popery has been discontinued, no distinction being now to be made as to the oaths administered to Protestant and Catholic directors on their entrance into office, or to members before voting. The proposal for this alteration came from the existing board of directors, which consists chiefly of Protestants. By the same act, any bank privileged to make and issue notes may relinquish this right in favor of the Bank of Ireland according to certain regulations, (Stat. 8 and 9 Vic., cap. 37, 1845,) but cannot resume such privilege. Persons having charge of public moneys may be members of banks— the restriction preventing joint stock banks being carried on within 50 miles of Dublin repealed—members to be responsible for the liabilities of the bank— may sue and be sued in the name of their officers—names of partners to be re turned annually to the Stamp Office, (penalty £ 5 0 ,) and to be published in the Dublin Gazette. Bankers who have issued notes in the year preceding 1st May, 1845, and none others, may continue such issue on receiving a certificate from the Stamp Office stating the average amount of their notes during that period, and of the amount of their gold and silver coin— weekly accounts of the amount of notes and gold are to be rendered to the Stamp Office, and a four weeks’ average of same to be set forth; if the monthly circula tion exceed the average, the excess to be forfeited— monthly return of averages to be pub lished in the Dublin G azette—bankers’ books may be inspected by an officer of stamp duties, with consent of the Treasury— notes to be for a pound or pounds only, without fractional parts; penalty £ 2 0 . Notes of bankers or others, bills of exchange, transfera ble orders and undertakings for delivery of goods, issued after 1845 to be void, if under £ 1 ; penalty £ 5 to £ 5 0 . Notes for £ 1 or less than £ 5 issued after 1845, must specify the name and place of abode of the person to whom payable ; with other provisions— pen alty £ 2 0 . Persons issuing notes for less than £ 5 , payable on demand, (except bankers,) to forfeit £ 2 0 . Drafts or orders may be drawm on a banker for payment of money held by him to the use of the drawer. The new regulation took effect 6th December, 1845. The amount of the average circulation of the joint stock banks in Ireland issuing notes, during one year preceding the 1st day of May, 1845, as published in the Dublin G azette, pursuant to the act 8 and 9 Vic., c. 37, was rated at £6,354,494. The number of the joint stock banks now doing business is given in the annexed table:— N am e. Bank of Ireland.................................................. Hibernian Joint Stock Company, Dublin*... Provincial Bank of Ireland.............................. Northern Banking Company, Belfast............ Belfast Banking Company................................ National Bank of Ireland........... ..................... Ulster Banking Company, Belfast.................. Clonmel National Bank of Ireland................. Carrick-on-Suir National Bank of Ireland.. London and Dublin Bank*............................... Capital When No. of instituted, branches. pnid up. 1763 23 £3,000,000 1825 250,000 3 500,000 1825 39 11 150,000 1825 125,000 18 1827 450,000 41 1835 14 250,000 1836 3 1836 1 1836 1836 209,075 8 1839 1843 9 Those marked thus * do not issue their own Notes. Fixed issues. £3,738,428 927,667 243,440 281,611 761,757 311,079 66,428 24,084 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 8 9 315 37, AN ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO THE ACT AND VIC., CAP. OP THE AVERAGE AMOUNT OF BANS NOTES IN CIRCULATION, AND OF COIN HELD BY THE SEVERAL BANKS OF ISSUE IN IRELAND, FROM JANUARY TO NOVEMBER 3, 1846, 7, 1847. BA N K O F IR E L A N D . During the four weeks ending— 1846— January 3 ........................ .. January 31........................ February 2 8 ..................... March 2 8 ......................... April 2 5 ............................. May 2 3 ............................. June 20............................. July 18........ .................................. August 15......................... September 12 ............................... October 10 ......................................, . November 7 .................................. December 5...................... 1847—January 2 ......................... January 3 0...................... February 2 7 ..................... March 2 7 .......................... April 24............................ May 22.............................. June 19............................. July 17.............................. August 14.......................... September 11................... October 9 .......... .............. November 7 .................... Circulation. Coin. £4,351,200 4,305,975 4,304,350 4,257,200 4,355,025 4,359,400 4,119,850 3,995,875 3,876,700 3,923,575 4,184,575 4,431,000 4,375,025 4,212,225 4,115,300 4,026,950 3,857,800 3,803,525 3,623,525 3,327,400 3,232,475 3,107,100 3,026,550 3,152,200 3,274,350 £1,247,955 1,269,315 1,333,095 1,370,175 1,372,795 1,373,956 1,347,635 1,223,883 1,190,362 1,145,197 1,088,154 1,118,907 1,105,796 1,133,740 1,017,418 1,006,153 990,338 959,544 851,803 776,456 750,823 752,394 741,600 731,592 706,636 P R O V IN C IA L BA N K . Circulation. £1,153,725 1,199,897 1,217,969 1,253,412 1,251,415 1,212,638 1,122,642 1,054,045 1.032,913 1,053,834 1,183,193 1,301,260 1,280,039 1,198,648 1,131,772 1,066,931 1,027,694 998.979 900,308 813,698 775,478 770,762 787,820 856,704 871,453 Coin. £502,576 498,963 500,008 509,345 509,768 498,213 440,669 367,502 373,013 327,567 442,892 584,856 606,145 588,909 519,463 434,911 410,745 380,792 336,335 306,364 328,911 328,939 321,248 343,974 388,555 TABLE — CONTINUED. B E L F A S T BA N K . 1846— January 3 ......................... January 3 1...................... February 2 8..................... March 2 8 ......................... April 25............................ . May 2 3............................. June 2 0............................. July 1 8 ...... ;...................... August 15......................... September 12................... October 10......................... November 7...................... December 5................. 1S47—January 2 ......................................... January 3 0 ...................................... February 2 7 .................................. March 2 7 ......................................... April 2 4 .............................................. May 22 ................................................ June 19 .............................................. . July 1 7 .............................................. August 14 ....................... .. . . . September 1 1 .............................. October 9 ......................................... November 7..................... .£380,699 379,982 386,172 383,326 381,369 342,558 321,445 311,076 303,100 312,807 358,191 406,581 430,403 399,728 367,199 341,315 321,228 300,219 246,321 212,799 208,074 210,914 224,244 251,165 271,705 £178,000 183,544 170,496 160,558 159,534 159,321 154,869 157,040 163,415 161,350 162,168 169,685 204,715 214,689 198,517 183,600 168,078 138,117 103,741 101,880 101,469 107,230 103,418 101,699 98,604 N O R T H E R N BANK. £276,678 269,993 275,587 268,177 262,584 238,636 218,578 203,233 201,542 200,487 221,909 252,731 257,357 242,504 230,331 218,862 205,963 201,479 177,572 157,151 151,468 147,600 148,539 162,316 179,156 £114,544 116,496 119,620 121,667 123,681 125,245 125,122 128,993 131,428 130,003 131,912 131,564 135,047 130,538 128,656 86,779 88,532 73,065 67,877 61,692 64,119 60,681 55,791 43,580 47,796 T A B L E — C O N T IN U E D . U L S T E R BANK- 1846—January 3 ............................ January 3 1 ........................ February 2 8 ..................... March 2 8 .......................... £344,679 366,634 385,394 374,329 £ 1 0 0 ,8 6 8 103,460 106,759 101,797 NA TIO N A L BANK. £809,514 799,387 809,042 814,541 £307,661 317,783 296,640 263,215 316 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. During the four weeks ending— 1846—April 25....................... May 23....................... June 20........................ July 18........................ August 15................... September 12............... October 10.................. November 7 ................ December 5 U L ST E R BANK. Circulation. £358,127 Coin. £86,790 72,662 71,880 77,081 81,216 83,034 81,534 90,470 121,271 125,019 111,403 84,803 86,812 86,168 53,982 42,396 46,287 45,970 44,358 42,622 46,664 275,988 262,561 310,090 375,696 ................. 1847— January 2................... January 30.................. February 27 .................. March 27 ....................... April 24.......................... May 22........................ June 19........................... July 17 ........................... August 14................... September 11................. October 9.................... November 7 ................ 374,344 339,555 251,641 165,464 180,822 217,792 NA TIO N A L BANK. Circulation. Coin. £831,996 860,342 826,652 786,745 748,077 766,239 911,888 977,851 993,803 990,203 977,939 981,575 940,123 888,719 793,601 708,637 654,828 630,066 618,522 651,731 634,419 £235,176 234,634 242,055 279,352 289,119 300,002 299,225 362,641 372,069 381,139 331,807 362,287 343,942 332,714 250,066 243,855 247,950 252,991 246,835 236,150 226,775 TABLE--- CONTINUED. C A R R IO K -O N -S U IR N A TIO N A L BANK. 1846—January 3.................... January 31.................. February* 28................ March 28................... April 25........................... May 23........................... June 20........................... July 18................. ........ August 15....................... September 12............... October 10..................... November 7 .................. December 5 .................. 1847—January 2 ...................... January 30.................... February 27................ March 27................... April 24...................... £27,011 £7,958 7,879 7,641 7,762 8,121 7,502 7,430 7,655 7,478 7,440 6,845 6,891 7,734 7,616 7,396 4,801 4,271 4,854 3,927 4,603 5,418 5,883 6,415 6,189 5,761 28,872 28,744 27,126 21,762 20,473 26,053 27,375 25,218 22,525 20,300 May 2 2 ........................... June 19....................... July 17........................ August 14.................... September 11............... October 9................... November 7................ 17,136 15,420 16,911 16,973 C LO N M EL N A TIO N A L BANK. £60,860 61,622 62,353 65,231 68,109 68,826 62,647 55,948 48,756 48,199 55,656 63,021 70,061 72,195 .72,112 77,815 77,762 78,291 71,583 64,486 55,240 49,311 46,393 53,632 53,466 £29,602 33,592 34,041 33,639 30,748 27,412 25,142 25,280 27,764 28,329 27,587 20,022 16,818 17,362 18,576 18,845 21,382 17,881 14,891 11,636 12,360 13,133 12,557 11,906 15,725 CONDITION O F T H E BA N K S OF M A IN E , M A Y 1, 1848. FROM THE ANNUAL REPORT TO THE LEGISLATURE.— W ITH THE DATES OF INCORPORATION. Recharter. 1846 44 (4 (( 1847 1846 ts 44 Name. Augusta Bank.............. Freeman’s Bank......... Granite Bank.............. Eastern B ank............. Kenduskeag Bank....... Mercantile Bank......... Belfast Bank............... Commercial Bank...... Location. « 44 tt (4 . Capital. Circulation. Deposits. $110,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 100,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 $100,600 67,200 79,500 114,800 67,200 55,200 58,000 50,200 $44,200 25,500 10,500 25,700 30,800 16,000 12,600 18,900 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. CONDITION OF THE BANKS OF MAINE MAY 1847 1846 1847 1846 tt tt it it tt it it tt it tt tt ft 1847 1846 tt tt ft ft ft 1, 1848 ----CONTINOED. Location. Lincoln Bank................... •Bath...................... it Sagadahock Bank........... Biddeford Bank............... .Biddeford............ Brunswick Bank.............. .Brunswick.......... Calais Bank..................... .Calais.................... Frontier Bank.................. .Eastport.............. Lime Rock B ank....i— .E. Thomaston.... Gardiner Bank................. .Gardiner............ Northern Bank................. .H allo well............ Bank of Cumberland.... .Portland.............. ft Canal Bank...................... ft Casco Bank...................... ft Man. &, Traders’ Bank.. it Merchants’ Bank............ Manufacturers’ Bank...... .Saco..................... ft York Bank....................... South Berwick Bank...... .S. Berwick......... Androscoggin Bank........ .Topsham............ Skowhegan Bank............ .Skowhegan........ Medomac Bank.............. .Waldoboro*........ Ticonic Bank................... .W aterville......... Mariners’ Bank............... . W iscasset.......... Thomaston Bank............. . Thomaston........ Recharter. 317 Capital. Name. $125,000 50,000 50,000 60,000 50,000 75,000 100,000 100,000 75,000 100,000 400,000 300,000 75,000 150,000 100,000 75,000 100,000 50,000 75,000 50,000 75,000 50,000 50,000 Circulation. $84,800 62,200 53,700 48,500 32,000 20,800 1)9,600 74,400 47,000 99,400 279,000 160,100 54,900 124,200 60,700 69,800 45,000 50,300 69,900 60,800 60,100 37,600 68,000 Deposits. $94,800 38,600 34,400 12,200 15,000 21,700 52,200 45,300 22,500 33,100 122,000 94,600 24,200 86,800 33,300 25,300 6,000 21,000 5,300 22,700 32,300 19,000 83,200 Total, 31 banks.............................................. $2,920,000 $2,315,500 $1,129,700 RESOURCES. Bank Banks. Original Charter. Specie. balances. . $24,400 $2,100 Augusta Bank................ Freeman’s Bank............. ...M arch 2, 1833............ . 18,800 9,800 .. 21,300 Granite Bank.................. .. 36,500 3,000 12,000 Kenduskeag Bank......... ...J u ly 13, 1847 ............... Mercantile Bank........... . 9,600 3,400 .. 10,900 3,300 Belfast Bank.................... 9,200 19,800 Commercial Bank.......... ,. 15,300 124,100 13,600 48,600 Sagadahock Bank......... .....A pril 1 ,1 8 3 6 ................ .. 9,700 Biddeford Bank.............. ...J u ly 2 6 ,1 8 4 7 ................ 10,400 9,100 20,400 Brunswick Bank............. 6,400 500 Calais B ank................... 3,500 2,800 Frontier Bank................ Lime Rock Bank.......... 30,300 .. 13,000 Gardiner Bank............... 18,700 4,600 Northern Bank............... ....M arch 2, 1833............. 8,100 Bank of Cumberland........M arch 19, 1835.......... 15,500 Canal Bank.................... .. 69,500 43,200 2,400 Casco Bank.................... Man. and Traders’ Bank...February 27, 1832.... 100 7,100 Merchants’ Bank............ .. 58,200 10,000 7,900 15,300 Manufacturers’ Bank.... 12,600 18,500 York Bank..................... ....A p ril 1, 1831............... .. 3,600 South Berwick Bank.... 4,200 Androscoggin Bank...... ....February 1, 1834........ .. 12,800 28,800 Skowhegan Bank......... 6,200 Medomac B ank............ ....A p r il 1, 1836............... .. 17,400 14,100 .. 10,500 Ticonic Bank................. 20,700 8,900 Mariners’ Bank....... 8,100 .. .20,600 Thomaston Bank.......... 74,700 Total, 31 banks Total Last resources, div’d. $274,300 2 147,200 3 175,100 5 254,100 5 220'400 3 123,000 9J 123,400 5 120,700 4 333,200 5 152',800 4 140,200 121,500 4 103,800 3 124,300 3 214,200 3 4 226,100 5 146,800 5 236,000 3J 822,500 3 573,900 34 163,400 4 379,800 4 200,100 4 175,500 5 155,700 3 126,800 4 151,000 34 135,400 4 168,100 4 109,400 4 202,400 4 $521,500 $579,100 $6,601,100 318 Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance. The charters of the Bank of Bangor, Bank of Westbrook, Central, Franklin, Kenduskeag, ^Lincoln, *Megunticook, and *South Berwick Banks, expired in October, 1847Those marked * have been renewed. Acts were also passed incorporating the Biddeford, Commercial, Kenduskeag, and Lewiston Falls Banks. The Bank of Brunswick has been authorized to reduce its stock from $75,000 to $60,000, which took place October, 1847. The bank capital of Maine in May, 1847, was.................................................. $3,059,000 T o which add increase of the following:— Lincoln Bank, Bath............................................................................. Lime Rock Bank, Thomaston........................................................... South Berwick Bank............................................................................ Biddeford Bank, (new)......................................................................... V $25,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 ------------- 175,000 Total................................................................................................................. $3,234,000 Deduct charters expired:— Bank of Bangor, Bangor.................................................................... $100,000 Megunticook Bank, Camden............................................................. 49,000 Franklin Bank, Gardiner..................................................................... 50,000 Central Bank, Hallowell....................................................................... 50,000 Bank of Westbrook.............................................................................. 50,000 Bank of Brunswick, reduced.............................................................. 15,000 ---------- 314,000 Bank capital of 31 banks May, 1848........................................................ $2,920,000 The banks have increased their specie 100 per cent since May, 1847, and the coin on hand is equal to 22 cents for every dollar of circulation. B A N K O F E N G L A N D R A T E S O F IN T E R E S T . The London Bankers’ Magazine, contains the following statement, showing the varia tions which have taken place in the rate of interest charged on advances by the Bank of England from its first establishment to the present tim e:— From August 8, 1694, to August 30, 1694, on foreign bills............................... ,per cent ;E6 August 30, 1694, to January 16, 1695, on foreign bills........................... ........... H October 24, 1694, to January 16, 1695, on inland bills...................................... 6 January 16, 1695, to May 19, 1695, on foreign bills................................ .......... 6 January 16, 1695, (to customers of the bank,) on foreign bills.............. .............. 3 January 16, 1695, to July 26, 1716, on inland bills.................................. .......... H May 19, 1695, to February 28, 1704, on foreign bills............................. ............... 4 May 19, 1695, on foreign bills not payable at the bank......................................... 5 February 28, 1704, to June 22, 1710, on foreign bills............................. June 22, 1710, to July 26, 1716, on foreign and inland bills.................. 4 July 26, 1716, to April 30, 1819, on bills and notes................................. 5 April 30, 1819, to October 27, 1720, on bills.............................................. 5 October 27, 1720, to August 23, 1722, on bills......................................... 4 August 23, 1722, to October 18, 1742, on inland bills............................. 5 44 “ “ on foreign bills............................. 4 October 18, 1742, to December 12, 1744, on foreign bills....................... December 12, 1744, to May 1, 1746, on foreign bills (15 days to run) 4 44 44 44 on inland bills................................. 5 May 1, 1746, to April 5, 1773, on foreign bills.......................................... 5 May 1, 1746, to June 20, 1822, bills, &c. (95 days to run)................... 4 June 20, 1822, to December 13, 1825, 44 .................... 5 December 13, 1825, to July 5, 1827, 44 .................... 5 July 5, 1827, to July 21, 1836, 44 ................... 4 July 21, 1836, to September 1, 1836, 44 44 September 1, 1836, to July 15, 1838, 44 .................... 5 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. From February 13, 1838, to May 16, 1839, (95 days to run). May 16, 1839, to June 20, 1839, June 20, 1839, to August 1, J839, “ August 1, 1839, to January 23, 1840, “ January 23, 1840, to October 15, 1840, on 65 day bills. October 15, 1840, to June 3, 1841, on 95 day bills........ June 3, 1841, to April 7, 1842, “ ........ Ap(il 7, 1842, to September 5, 1844, “ ........ September 5, 1844, to March 13,1845, on bills............. “ “ . “ on notes............ March 13, 1845, to October 16, 1845, minimum rate.... October 16, 1845, to November 6 ,1 8 4 5 , “ November 6, 1845, to August 17, 1846, “ August 17, 1846, to January 14, 1847, “ January 14, 1847, to January 21, 1847, “ January 21, 1847, to April 8, 1847, “ April 8, 1847, to August 5, 1847, “ August 5, 1847, to September 2 3 ,1 8 4 7 , “ September 23, 1847, to October 25, 1847, “ October 25, 1847, to November 22, 1847, “ November 22, 1847, to December 2, 1847, “ December 2, 1847, to December 23, 1847, “ December 23, 1847, to January 27, 1848, “ January 27, 1848, to June 16, 1848, “ June 16, 1848, to the present time, “ 319 •per cent £ 4 ............ 5 ............ 5* .......... 6 ............... 4 ............ 5 ............ 5 ........... 5 ........... 24 ............ 3 ............. 2i ............ ............ ............ ............ ............... 3 34 3 34 4 ............ 5 ............ 54 ........... ........... ........... 6 8 7 6 ............... 4 ............... ............ 5 ............. 34 C H IN E SE C U R RENCY. B A N K N O T E S IN V E N T E D B Y T H E C H IN E S E . The learned orientalist, Klaproth, in his “ Memoirs relative to Asia,” gives a curious and interesting account of the origin of paper-money, which he traces to the Chinese* It must be premised, that the Chinese annals are more complete than those of any other na tion, because the keeping of them has always been a State affair, and not left to the in dustry of private individuals; and from these authentic records Klaproth translates the following facts:—The earliest trace of a currency having a nominal instead of a real val ue, occurs during the reign of the emperor O u-ti, in the year 119 before the Christian era. It appears that the treasury of that sovereign got into so low a condition, that the expenses o f the State exceeded its revenues. He was fortunate, however, in the services of a financial minister, whose genius planned and executed a system of nominal currency. This consisted of pieces of deer-skin, about a foot square, ornamented with paintings and highly-wrought borders. These represented the value of 40,(100 deniers, (about $58,) but were only current amongst the grandees and at court. Out of them a revenue was collected in a manner characteristic of the people:—from time immemorial, every person who is admitted into the presence of the “ Son of Heaven ” covers his face with a screen, or small tablet, for he is supposed to be quite unable to bear the blazing light of the em peror,’s countenance; and, at the time we refer to, whoever was honored with invitations to his repasts and entertainments, was obliged to cover his screen with one of these phi-pi, or “ value in skins,” which he was condescendingly allowed to leave behind him. This plan, once set on foot, appears to have been often followed in after years. W e find be tween, and for some time subsequently to, the years 605-617, disorder prevalent in China to such an extent, that the country was nearly without a coinage, and all sorts of things were used as money—such as round pieces of iron, clothes cut up, and even pieces of pasteboard; but it is not till nearly three centuries after, that the history of regular papermoney commences. Hian-tsoung, of the Thang dynasty, whose reign commenced A . D. 807, was the founder of banks of deposit and issu e; for he obliged rich families and mer chants who arrived in the capital to deposit their valuables and goods in the public treas uries, for which paper receipts or acknowledgments were given, and made current under the name of fey-th sian , or “ voluntary money.” Thei-tson, who reigned in 960, adopted the same plan. Between the years 997 and 1022, we find that the paper-money system was established * “ Sur l’Origine du Papier-Monnie.”— Memoires Relatifs a l’Asie, par M. J. Klaproth, voL ii., p. 375. Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 320 in China, such as is at present followed in Europe— that is to say, the issue of credit pa pers as currency, without being guaranteed by any substantial pledge or mortgage what ever. These primitive bank-notes were called Ichi-tsi, or “ coupons.” From that time to the present, bank-notes have been in use in China under various names—those current at present being called pao-tchhao, or “ precious paper-money.” Thus the Chinese have had a banking system, with all its attendant advantages and evils, in full operation at a far earlier period than any other nation ; and bankrupts, forgers, and monetary crises, have been rife in China for ages. W e learn from Gutzlaff* that, a few years ago, some new financial arrangements were made, with a view to putting the paper currency on a better footing, but they were much impeded by a low stqje of public and private credit. Banks, both of deposit and issue, exist in every large Chinese town, conducted by com panies or private individuals, who issue pian-thsian, or cheques— the “ precious papermoney ” being only circulated by the government. Bills of Exchange are not very often used, on account of a prevalent bad faith in commercial transactions. De Gulgnes, in his work on China, gives an engraving of a Chinese bank-note. It is a square paper, having on one side an inscription which states the amount it is issued for, (1,000 deniers, or “ cash,”) and that it is a note of the emperor Zong-King, of the Ming dynasty. On the other side, the Chinese equivalent of the following sentence is printed:— “ At the petition of the treasury board, it is'ordained that the paper-money thus marked with the seal of the imperial dynasty of the Mings, shall have currency, and be used in all respects as if it were copper-money. Whoever disobeys, will be beheaded !” The researches, then, of M. Klaproth prove that, besides the discovery of the proper ties of the magnet, the invention of writing materials, printing, and gunpowder, we owe to the Chinese the basis of our present system of bank-notes and banking.! CO INAG E OF T H E D U T C H M IN T. The Dutch Mint have published a notice of the number and amount of coins struck off for the account of the state during the course of 1847. The descriptions of coins struck off are as follow s:— 9,387,175 8,385,519 1,100,882 2,001,000 rix dollars, or pieces of 24 florins, amount to.................................... florin pieces................................................................................................ half florins.................................................................................................. half cents..................................................................................................... 23,467,937 8,385,519 550,441 10,005 Total florins................................................................................ / . ................... 32,413,902 On and after the 12th of March, the old coins were to cease from circulation, and will no longer be taken at the public offices, neither can any one be bound to accept them in payments. LEG A C Y D U T IE S PA ID IN G R E A T BR IT A IN . A statement of the legacy duties paid in Great Britain, for the year 1847, shows the total amount of capital which became liable to this tax to have been £43,611,642, being nearly one million in excess of the capital taxed in the preceding year, when it was £42,630,687. O f this amount, the portion which paid the duty of one per cent, the be quests being to children or parents, was £22,234,885 ; the portion which paid three per cent, for bequests to brothers or sisters, was £14,274,321; the portion at five per cent, to uncles and cousins, £ 1 ,842,168; that at six per cent, to other more distant relations, £2 8 5 ,1 5 5 ; and that at ten per cent to strangers, £4,883,375, or about a ninth part of the whole. The average capital on which legacy duty has been paid during the last half cen tury is £28,513,237 per annum. B R IT ISH S T A M P D U T Y . S t a m p d u t i e s , & c .—The gross produce of stamp duties, land and assessed taxes, and property tax, in 1847, was £17,524,669 ; of which £7,282,273 was from stamp duties, £4,479,943 from land and assessed taxes, and £5,762,453 from property and income tax. In England, in 1847, the net receipts on stamp duty on newspapers and supplements ad vertisements, £133,567, which is the largest sum paid on advertisements in the last fifteen years, with the exception of 1833, when it amounted to £137,122. * China Opened, vol. ii. t Chambers’ Journal, Edinburgh, 1848. Commercial Statistics. COMMERCI AL 321 STATISTICS. COMMERCE A N D N A V IG A T IO N O F BRAZIL. W e give below several tables of the commerce and navigation of Brazil, prepared from official documents for the Merchants’ M agazin e by L. H . F. D ’A g u ia r , the Consul Gene ral of Brazil to the United States; to whom, also, we are indebted for a statement of the debt, expenses, and revenue of that empire, which will be found under our “ Journal of Banking, Currency, and Finance,” in the present number of this Magazine. The Bra zilian government possess in Mr. Aguiar an intelligent and efficient representative of the interests of that empire, and the citizens of N ew York a courteous and worthy resident. No foreign government is more acceptably represented here. In the following table we have the value of the principal imports into Brazil, in the currency of that country, for the years 1843-44 and 1844-45:— P R IN C IP A L IM P O R T S IN T O B R A Z IL . 1 8 4 1 -4 4 . 1 8 4 4 -4 5 . Hardware...................................... Specie, gold and silver............... Iron and steel, unmanufactured. Copper, “ Fish, dried and salted................ Pork and beef, dried and salted. Spirits............................................ Porter and ale............................... W in es............................................ Oils—Fish..................................... Olive................................... Others.................................. Shoes and boots........................... Hats, furs, silk, and straw......... Flour, (vMieat).............................. Crockery and glasses.................. Butter............................................. Salt............................................... Goods—Cotton............................ Woollen.......................... Linen............................... Mixed............................. Silk................................. 2,897 : 388,507 161 : 792,750 539:: 547,720 372;: 977,135 973: 058,674 826:: 256,041 189: 869,317 289:: 323,908 2,527:: 749,155 144:: 884,633 394:: 651,243 184 : 145,273 644 : 275,201 671:: 530,948 4,014 : 363,856 1,074 : 180,022 1,302:: 748,691 436:: 985.011 19,037:: 973,122 4,332:: 821,218 2,486:;287,856 1,268 : 473,496 1,295 : 823,338 3,004 : 824,838 1,219: 142,340 780: : 606,854 537: 303,688 1,026: 940,592 989: : 525,245 266: : 605,848 233:: 708,896 2,361 :: 313,132 198:: 278,286 407: : 133,577 80: : 999,068 674:: 760,558 460: : 28.9,235 3,112: : 031,360 1,021: : 130,997 1,314: : 911,766 813: 281,693 20,569: : 863,992 3,755 : 026,135, 2,287 : 440,872 1,093 : 597,833 1,488 : 103,723 Necessary to industry................. Goods of consumption................ “ ra w ..................................... “ manufactured..................... “ not specified....................... 7,116:: 475,838 8,924:: 592,774 3,718:: 914,861 45,248:: 555,468 205; 396,360 2,778:: 561,875 44,838: 991,595 685:: 873,336 55,289 : 342,527 57,228 : 019,580 Total..................................... P R I N C IP A L E X P O R T S O F B R A Z IL I N 1 8 4 1 -4 4 . Cotton...................... lbs. 26,056,163 R um .................medidas 1,968,421 Rice.................algueires 372,285 Sugar...'................... lbs. 181,855,385 Cocoa............................. 6,061,977 C offee........................... 201,417,010 Hides, dry..................... 25,584,307 “ salted...... ..N o . 521,079 VOL. X IX .---- N O. I I I . 1843-44 AND 1844-45. 1 8 4 4 -4 5 . 3,649:674,671 26,446,253 3,276:774,136 5 41:767,180 3,066,069 615:721,347 431:689,021 196,163 446:968,193 10,313:485,824 239,241,174 14,325:561,742 432:536,884 4,248,162 351:260,377 17,985:816,509 199,336,868 17,508:153,410 3,130:799,365 21,635,821 2,858:403,992 1,882:606,055 591,726 2,375:314,940 21 Commercial Statistics. 322 Tobacco..................Ibs. W ood............................ Specie, gold and silver Gold, (oust)................ Half-tanned hides.No. 9,371,030 772:309,631 12,495,734 996:142,456 ................... 245 : 651,842 ..................... 359 : 716,844 .................................................... 1,624:064,810 .................... 1.139:724,934 ................................................... 9 5 4 :7 4 4 ,0 5 0 750:054,142 28,294 66:584,880 44,313 100:176,160 R E C A P IT U L A T IO N . Raw produce. Manufactures. Not speciSed. Total. . . 30,378:652,202 13,148:807,198 272:824,126 30,004:835,720 16,858:743,289 190:818,931 43,800:283,526 47,054:397,940 S T A T IS T IC A L V I E W O F T H E C O M M EK CE O F B R A Z IL , E X H I B I T I N G T H E V A L U E OF E X P O R T S A N D IM PORTS. YEAR ENDINGJUNE 30, 1844. YEAR ENDINGJUNK30, 1845. Countries. Imports. Exports. Imports. Exports. G. Britain and col.. 29,502:705,83610,546:876,489 30,503:430,156 11.3116:847,987 France and col...... 6,976:210.182 2,671:368,646 7,441:342,993 2,462:116.380 United States......... 6,551:424,861 10,928:201,654 5,703:780,194 9,210:313,227 Portugal and col.... 4,369:552,059 4,097:143,108 4,552:409,663 4,216:262,975 Hanse Towns....... 2,565:399,647 3,174:545,786 2.725:882.068 4,844:389,509 River la Plata........ 1,725:010.988 2,351:913,447 1,711 :688,414 2,427:945,967 Spain and col........ 657:931,077 594:816.887 737:330,555 697:016,017 Italy...................... 690:580,786 650:466,622 250:377,942 225:560,670 Belgium................ 622:387,638 953:065,806 868:782,739 1,612:618.175 Austrian ports....... 491:035,053 3,230:120,459 475:705,295 3,125:936,598 Pacific, ports on.... 199:458,987 175:639,126 92:174,760 165:520,950 Baltic, ports on...... 171:822,870 32:727,400 67:8^6,774 300:830,001 Whaling................ 145:578.927 .............................................................................. Holland................ 102:566,320 21:286,777 126:329,440 125:769,567 Denmark.............. 93:591,214 671:920,747 71:412,847 841:695,097 East Indies............ 47: 686,397 ................. ........................................................... Sweden & Norway 23:131,474 1,501:961,667 300:215,670 1,124:948,597 143:461,390 52:447,440 346:686,123 Russia................... Prussia................... 226:746,537 8:233,728 487:163,085 Sicily............................................................................ 99:354,433 169:455,850 Sardinia................. 586:581,078 328:051,487 1,072:788,528 Turkey.............................................. 198:075,526 ...................... 193:791,920 Notspecified........ 353:268,211 1,053:364,374 1,111:193,982 2,096:740,117 Total................. 55,289:342,527 43,800:283,526 57,228:019,580 47,054:397,940 IM P O R T S A N D E X P O R T S , A N D D U T IE S ON B O T H , O F B R A Z IL I N 1844 Y E A R E N D IN G JU N E Provinces. Imports. Exports. 1845. AND 30, 1844. Duties on both. Rio Janeiro....................... Bahia.................................................. Pernambuco...................................... Marranhao......................................... P a ra .................................................... St Pedro............................................ St Paulo............................................ Parahiba............................................. Cearn.......................... 1.................. . St. Catharina.................................... Alagoas........................................... Sergipe............................................... Espirito Santo.................................. Rio Grande........................................ Pianhy................................................ 31,032:412,569 8,482:534,785 8,051:829,914 2,634:276,794 1,179:244,605 3,244:680,534 109:475,025 7:162,662 340:241,451 103:980,755 96:314,210 6:392,820 741,643 ................... 54,700 23,846:352,150 8,770:455,204 6,310:010,222 2,422:724,424 5,839:033,288 2,276:705.747 1,752:896,060 727:287,347 988:101,079 358:696,397 2,320:964,565 1,131:558,189 806:040,883 168:804,481 723:812,142 72:313,601 289:186,680 103:960,763 105:858,264 45:396,001 548:187,951 67:289,825 250:440,440 34:49.1,371 18:164,512 8:333,529 381,290 3:037,022 864,000 2:136,531 Total............................................... Duties received on....................... 55,289:342,527 12,480:582,004 43,800:283,526 .......................... 3,712 : 610,438 16,193:192,442 Commercial Statistics. 323 1844 A N D 1845- IM P O R T S A N D E X F O R T S , A N D D O T IE S O N B O T H , O F B R A Z IL I N Provinces. Im p o rts . Rio Janeiro........................................ Bahia.................................................. Pernambuco...................................... Maranhao........................................... P ara................................................... St. Pedro............................................ St. Paulo............................................ Parahiba............................................. Ceara......................................... f . . . . St. Catharina..................................... Alagoas.............................................. Sergipe.............................................. Espirito Santo................................... Rio Grande.......................... ............ Pianhy............................................... Y E A R ENDING JU N E E x p o rts . 30, 1845. D u tie s o n b o th . 31,007 i: 702,354 22,599:: 321,394 9,467:: 010,974 9,744:: 008.311 8,468:: 935,328 3,172 : 538,291 8,957:; 257,564 6,602 : 011,716 2,862: 885,608 2,256 : 184,442 1,714:; 848,496 769: 720,186 1,070:: 869,326 926:: 790,385 388: 599,216 3,469 : 554,736 2,868 : 931,901 1,626: 171,929 1,489 : 325,228 212;: 697,466 200:: 135,921 828:: 823,987 76:: 442,675 11 : 4211,826 257;: 019,662 372:: 349,823 111 :; 355,298 132 : 792,398 58: 636,871 117:: 271,410 925 : 127,120 84:: 659,782 18:: 917,785 234;: 206,900 26:: 733,949 787,140 141,265 4:: 983,794 4:: 326,735 G:: 218,647 592,630 4 : 525,174 1 : 564,565 1:: 200,000' 1 : 644,000 57.228:: 019,530 47,054 : 397,940 14,812;: 156,354 4,036 : 370,424 18,848 : 526,778 B R A Z IL F R O M 1843 T O 1845 IN C L U S IV E . T otal.............................................. Duties received on....................... N A V IG A T IO N O F 1 8 4 3 -4 4 . Brazilian ............................... Foreign...................... T otal...................... Coastwise.............. ............. . .. . ................. ....... Ships. 161 1,769 Ships. 180 1,688 Tonnage. 22,115 456,601 .................. ......... 1,930 5,102 478,716 369,113 1,868 5,088 508,048 338,252 Tonnage. 27,639 480,409 1 8 4 4 -4 5 . ENTERED. Brazilian..................... Foreign...................... Total...................... Coastwise....................... Ships. 214 1,925 2,139 4,729 CLEARED. Tonnage. 31,588 521,802 Ships. 205 1,812 556,390 372,604 2,017 5,011 556,271 372,571 Tonnage. 35,191 521,080 B R A Z IL IA N S H I P P I N G R E G IS T E R E D A T T H E P O R T O F R IO JA N E IR O , IN C L U D IN G C O A S T W IS E . No. .................... Barks.......................................... Brigs............................................ .................. 6 23 .......... - 44 Brig-schooners................. Yachts ..................................... Tons. No. 2,258 7/144 Olher small vessels.............. 21,936 Steamboats ............ 3,61)3 19'558 T otal . . . . 2,326 Tons. .......... 204 13,812 48 1,417 30 6,866 .... 666 .... .... 78,820 TH E WOOL T R A D E . The receipts of wool annually increase, and yet the price is well maintained. For the last three years the quantity which arrived at tide-water from the Erie Canal has been as follows, distinguishing that corning from other States:— P O U N D S O F W O O L A R R IV E D O N T H E H U D S O N . 1845. From other States via Buffalo.................... “ “ Whitehall............... Total other States.......................................... Produce of N ew York.................................. Total arrived at tide-water......... . 2,957,261 28,407 1,225,840 1816. 1847. 3,797,856 40,650 1,119,121 5,797,852 77,689 1,963,069 4,937,620 3,828,756 7,417,482 2,086,554 8,866,376 9,504,036 324 Commercial Statistics. This is a pretty bad show for the State clip, but speaks proportionably better for the products of other States. The western crops have greatly increased, and even Wisconsin has begun to add important items to the trade. In 1840, she exported 10,562 lbs., and in 1847, 141,592. The receipts via Whitehall are mostly Vermont wool. The importations of foreign have, however, been much less under the tariff of 1846. The quantity import ed for several years has been as indicated in the following table. The tariff of 1842 raised the rate of duty on coarse wools, that is, wool valued under 8 cents per lb., from free to 5 per cent ad valorem, and the finest wools, that compete with American growth, were im ported in a dirty condition and much undervalued, in order to save the duty. Thus, in 1842, coarse wool was free; in 1845, it paid 5 per cen t; and in 1847, 30 per cent. The quantity imported from each destination at these rates was as follows. W e have given the year 1847 in two parts, because the first six months was under the tariff of 1842, and the second six months under the present tariff. MB oo *■*. IMPORT OF WOOL INTO THE UNITED STATES. 184§. 5 per cent. Dutch E. Indies.. England............. Do. N . A. Col’s. France................ 244,695 5.500 38,782 Turkey............... M exico............... Brazil.................. Buenos Ayres.... Chili..................... Other places........ 2,249,126 141,699 219,750 7,510,293 196,456 Total 8 cents__ “ over 8 cents 10,637,251 783,701 1847. 1st 6 months. 5 per cent. 1847. 2d 6 months. 30 per cent. T otal. 763,484 122,099 836,767 727,867 6,686,630 272,840 191,819 11,774,918 311,095 1,694,578 60,019 299,556 62,475 34,675 200,646 234,064 382,921 95,385 4,242 200,646 294,083 682,477 158,957 38,917 2,229,009 408,975 80,087 308,039 825,760 41,822 1,086,704 142,934 57,858 790,746 1,106,812 15,817 3,315,713 551,909 137,945 1,098,785 1,932,572 57,639 23,382,097 450,943 4,296,513 300,657 4,118,129 8,414,642 300,657 11,420,952 23,833,040 8,715,299 Total imports..... 4,597,170 4,118,129 It is observable that the importation in 1845, with the tariff of 1842, was more than double that of 1842, and nearly three times as much as that of 1847. In the above table of the receipts at tide-water, it is seen that the quantity fell off in 1846, because of the low prices, occasioned by the large importation of 1845. The prices have been at differ ent periods as follows:— P R IC E S O F W O O L I N N E W Y O R K . American Cents. 1843—October....................... ......... 1844—February.................. .. September.................. .......... 1845—January...................... .......... April...................................... June............................ .......... August........................ .......... 1846—January.............................. April.................................. 1847—January............................. April................................. June ........................ 1848—January .................. ........... April....................... 26 39 33 33 33 274 314 314 27 284 344 American Saxony. Cents. 36 44 46 43 424 39 37 39 39 36J 361 424 444 444 42 South America. washed. unwashed. Smyrna. Cents. Cents. C ents. 11 13 13 12 * 74 74 7 7 11 11 6 HI HI 7 7 114 94 6 94 6 104 114 10 6 HI 11 6 114 124 6 114 9 114 13 114 6 6 12 12 11 11 114 12 19 12 June............................ The low point in wool was August, 1845, since when prices have been well advanced, and the large receipts at tide-water last year were supported in prices by the absence of im ports. It will be seen that the change in the tariff made but little difference, and the reason is, that the inordinately high freights all over the world caused by the demands of England for food, prevented the movement of other bulky articles. In the present year, the price o f wool flattens by reason of the large supply of cheap cloths from England and Germany. 325 Commercial Statistics. PRODUCE REC EIV ED A T N E W ORLEANS FROM T H E INTERIOR. The following comparison of the value of the principal products of the interior, re ceived at the port o f N ew Orleans from 31st August to 1st September, 1845, 1846, and 1847, is compiled from a series of tables which the editors of the N ew Orleans Price Current have yearly prepared for their “ Annual Statement.” It will be found to exhibit some interesting facts in regard to the commerce of N ew Orleans with the south and west. • Cotton................. Sugar.................. Tobacco............. Flour................... Pork.................... L ard................... Lead................... Molasses............ Bacon.................. Corn.................... W hiskey............ Wheat................. Bagging............. Beef..................... H em p................. Bale rope............ Butter.................. H ay..................... H ides.................. C oal.................... Potatoes............. Staves................. Tallow................ Feathers............. Oats.................... Corn meal.......... Other articles... ........ 1846-7. $32,589,436 3,552,340 ........ ........ 4,511,162 3,804,515 1,440,000 2,935,349 ........ 1,265,530 ........ 903,570 285,776 50,000 87,450 ....... 308,505 7,162,221 Total.......... Total in 1843-4 “ 1842 3 1845-6. $34,716,256 10,265,750 4,144,562 3,770,932 3,666,054 2,729,381 1,982,087 1,710,000 1,671,855 1,556,181 936,832 807,572 917,710 580,784 309,800 255,051 203,580 213,810 135,495 131,400 160,587 147,654 148,590 115,175 202,039 9,762 6,704,565 1844-5. $23,501,712 9,000,000 3,697,390 2,134,248 2,651,172 1,767.211 1,627,911 1,260,000 906,970 404,953 781,208 129,518 1,113,240 253,576 462,740 338,000 127,216 86,165 147,329 105,375 80,669 70,000 133,926 135,075 100,983 19,792 6,162,743 $77,193,464 $57,199,122 $60,094,716 53,728,054 T R A D E O F TH E U N IT E D KINGDOM W IT H T H E U N IT E D ST A T E S. It appears from Wilmer and Smith’s (Liverpool) Times, that some interesting partieulars have been given in a British Parliamentary paper, printed on the 14th of June, 1848, respecting the trade of the United Kingdom with the United States. By the account it is shown, for thirty-two years, (1815 to 1846, inclusive,) the official value of imports from the United States, and the official value of our exports. The declared value of the exports are given, and they considerably exceed the official value. Fpr the last twenty years the imports and exports were (oflicial value) as follow:— Years. 1826................. 1827................. 1828................. 1829................. 1830................. 1831................ 1832................. 1833................ 1834................. 1835................. 1836................ Imports. Exports. £5,136,334 8,201,711 5,925,617 6,202,606 8,055,962 8,970,342 8,296,488 8,816,088 10,276,628 10,357,743 10,937,407 £5,457,136 8,915,605 6,998,012 6,103,520 8,236,677 12,596,173 7,318,498 11,007,785 9,769,856 15,313,859 15,116,300 Years. Imports. 1837.......... ... £11,757,477 1838............ ... 15,209,779 1839.......... 1840.......... ... 18,062,638 1841.......... .. 13,221,391 1842.......... ... 15,181,342 1843.......... ... 20,738,008 1844.......... ... 18,813,544 1845.......... ... 22,898,695 1846.......... ... 16,945,758 Exports. £5,693,074 10,323,103 11,085,449 7,585,009 10,468,071 5,067,372 7,572,503 12,022,470 10,789,204 10,316,591 Commercial Regulations. 326 The aggregate value of the imports from, and exports to the United States in the year 1847, cannot at present be exhibited, a sufficient interval of time not having yet elapsed since the close of the year to admit of the final adjustment of the registers which show the trade with individual countries. COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS- IM PO RTATIO N OF DRUGS A N D M EDICINES. W e give below an official copy of an Act passed at the last session of Congress, and approved by the President of the United States June 25,1848, designed, as we infer from its title, “ to prevent the importation of adulterated and spurious drugs and medicines.” It will, perhaps, be recollected that we published, in the Merchants’ Magazine for April, 1848, (Vol. XVIII, page 442,) a statement made by the Trustees of the N ew York Col lege of Pharmacy in relation to the adulteration of drugs and medicines by the foreign manufacturer. W e confess we have but little faith either in the principle or policy of legislating men into honesty; for, if the law of Reason, Conscience, God, will not re strain them from cheating and fraud, it can scarcely be hoped that human legislation will do i t ; and unless the importers and dealers in drugs and medicines in this country possess a higher standard of mercantile morality, the purchaser and consumer will gain but little by the enactment of such laws—indeed, it will only be transferring the abominable prac tice to the vender on this side of the Atlantic. But we publish the Act of Congress on this subject as a commercial regulation of the United States, for the especial benefit of importers:— A N A C T T O P R E V E N T T H E IM P O R T A T IO N O F A D U L T E R A T E D A N D S P U R IO U S D R U G S A N D M E D IC IN E S . Be i t enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States o f America in Congress assembled, That from and after the passage of this act all drugs, medicines, medicinal preparations, including medicinal essential oils, and chemical prepa rations used wholly or in part as medicine, imported into the United States from abroad, shall, before passing the custom-house, be examined and appraised, as well in reference to their quality, purity, and fitness for medical purposes, as to their value and identity specified in the invoice. S ec. 2. A n d be it furth er enacted, That all medicinal preparations, whether chemical or otherwise, usually imported with the name of the manufacturer, shall have the true name of the manufacturer and the place where they are prepared permanently and legibly affixed to each parcel, by stamp, label, or otherwise; and all medicinal preparations im ported without such names affixed as aforesaid, shall be adjudged to be forfeited. Sec. 3. A nd be i t further enacted, That if, on examination, any drugs, medicines, me dicinal preparations, whether chemical or otherwise, including medicinal essential oils, are found, in the opinion of the examiner, to be so flir adulterated, or in any manner deterio rated, as to render them inferior in strength and purity to the standard established by the United States, Edinburgh, London, French and German pharmacopoeias and dispensato ries, and thereby improper, unsafe, or dangerous to be used for medicinal purposes, a re turn to that effect shall be made upon the invoice, and the articles so noted shall not pass the custom-house, unless, on a re-examination of a strictly analytical character, called for by the owner or consignees, the return of the examiner shall be found erroneous; and it shall be declared, as the result of such analysis, that the said articles may properly, safely, and without danger be used for medicinal purposes. S ec. 4. A n d be i t furth er enacted, That the owner or consignee shall at all times, when dissatisfied with the examiner’s return, have the privilege of calling, at his own expense, for a re-examination ; and, on depositing with the collector such sum as the latter may deem sufficient to defray such expense, it shall be the duty of that officer to procure some competent analytical chemist, possessing the confidence of the medical profession, as well as of the colleges of medicine and pharmacy, if any such institutions exist in the State in which the collection district is situated, a careful analysis of the articles inc’uded in said return, and a report upon the same under oath; and in case the report, which shall be Commercial Regulations. 327 final, shall declare the return of the examiner to be erroneous, and the said articles to be of the requisite strength and purity, according to the standards referred to in the next pre ceding sections of this act, the entire invoice shall be passed without reservation, on pay ment of the customary duties; but,in case the examiner’s return shall be sustained by the analysis and report, the said articles shall remain in charge of the collector, and the own er or consignee, on payment of the charges of storage and other expenses n'ecessarily in curred by the United States, and on giving a bond, with sureties satisfactory to the col lector, to land said articles out of the limits of the United States, shall have the privilege of re-exporting them at any time within the period of six months after the report of the analysis; but, if the said articles shall not be sent out of the United States within the time specified, it shall be the duty of the collector, at the expiration of said time, to cause the same to be destroyed, holding the owner or consignee responsible to the United States for the payment of all charges, in the same manner as if said articles had been re-exported. S ec . 5. A n d be it further enacted, That, in order to carry into effect the provisions of this act, the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized and required to appoint suit ably qualified persons as special examiners of drugs, medicines, chemicals, &c., namely: one examiner in each of the ports of N ew York, Boston, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Charles ton, and New Orleans, with the following salaries, viz: At New York, sixteen hundred dollars per annum ; and at each of the other ports above named, one thousand dollars per annum ; which said salaries shall be paid each year, quarterly, out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated ; and it shall be the duty of the said Secretary to give such instructions to the collectors of the customs in the other collection districts as he may deem necessary to preventjhe importation of adulterated and spurious drugs and medicines. S e c . 6. And be it further enacted, That the special examiners to be appointed under this act shall, before entering on the discharge of their duties, take and subscribe the oath or affirmation required by the ninth section of the act of the thirtieth of July, eighteen hundred and forty-six, entitled “ An act reducing the duty on imports, and for other purposes.” S e c . 7. A n d be it furth er enacted, That the special examiners authorized to be appoint ed by the fifth section of this act shall, if suitably qualified persons can be found, be taken from the officers now employed in the respective collection districts; and if new appoint ments shall be necessary for want of such persons, then, as soon as it can be done consist ently with the efficiency of the service, the officers in said districts shall be reduced, so that the present number of said officers shall not be permanently increased by reason of such new appointment. The following circular, from the Secretary of the Treasury, is published in connection with the act relating to the importation of adulterated drugs and medicines into the Uni ted States, as explanatory of that la w :— T r e a s u r y D e p a r t m e n t , July 8, 1848. The attention of collectors and other officers of the customs is especially called to the provisions of the annexed act of Congress, entitled “ An Act to prevent the importation o f adulterated and spurious drugs and medicines,” approved 26th June, 1848. Upon entry of any “ medicinal preparations, whether chemical or otherwise, usually imported with the name of the manufacturer, and the place where prepared, permanently and legibly affixed to each parcel,” careful inspection and examination must be made by the United States appraisers to see that the true name of the manufacturer, and also the place where said articles were prepared, are “ legibly affixed to each parcel by stamp, la bel, or otherwise,” as required by the second section of the act. In default of these re quisites the collector will immediately report the case with all the facts to the United States District Attorney, in order that he may institute the necessary legal proceedings to obtain a decree of condemnation and forfeiture of the articles in pursuance of the act. When a decree of condemnation and forfeiture, for the causes before stated, takes place, an im m e-, diate examination of the articles, in the manner indicated in the th ird section of the act, must be had to ascertain whether all or any of the articles contained in the importation possess the standard of strength and purity therein required. If any articles do not agree with these standards they cannot be sold, like other forfeited goods, as it would defeat the object of the law thus to throw upon the community adulterated and spurious drugs and medicines. Such portion of the importation as may prove to possess the proper standard o f strength and purity ma'y be immediately sold, and the proceeds accounted for as in or dinary cases of forfeiture. But the adulterated and spurious articles contained in the im portation must be destroyed in the manner hereinafter mentioned. It will be observed, on reference to the third section of the act, that all imported “ drugs, medicines and medicinal preparations, &c.,” are to be tested, in reference to strength and Commercial Regulations. 328 purity, by the standards established by the “ United States, Edinburgh, London, French, and German pharmacopoeias and dispensatories.” It is not conceived to be the intention of the law that the articles referred to should conform in strength and purity to each and all of those standards, as such conformity is believed to be impracticable, owing to the va riations in those standards. If, therefore, the articles in question be manufactured, pro duced, or prepared in England, Scotland, France, or Germany, as the case may be, and prove to conform, in strength and purity, to the pharmacopoeia and dispensatory of the country of their origin, said articles become exempt from the penalties of the law. A ll articles of the kind mentioned, produced, manufactured or prepared in any other country than those before mentioned, must conform in the qualities stated in the United States pharmacopoeia dispensatory. In case of appeal from the report of the special examiner, as provided for in the fourth section of the act, the collector will exercise proper judgment and discretion in the selec tion of an analytical chemist possessing the qualifications and standing required by the act to make the prescribed analysis, previously taking from the owner or consignee a suf ficient deposit of money to defray the expenses of the analysis, and, when completed, returning to the owner or consignee any excess of money thus deposited. Upon application to export any adulterated and spurious articles in pursuance of the fourth section, proper bond and security must be taken for the exportation and production of proof of landing abroad, as in the case of exportation of goods for benefit of draw back, or from public warehouse. It will be perceived that the fifth section provides for the appointment, at certain desig nated principal ports, of special examiners of “ drugs, medicines, chemicals, &c.,” and makes it the duty o f the Secretary of the Treasury “ to give such instructions to the col lectors of the customs in the other collection districts as he may deem necessary to prevent the importation of adulterated and spurious drugs and medicines.” W hen, therefore, importations of drugs, medicines, chemicals, &c^ take place at any port of entry other than those enumerated in the fifth section of the act, the collector o f the port will appoint, in pursuance of the provisions of the sixteenth section of the act o f 1st March, 1823, to be compensated at a per diem rate of five dollars when employed* some respectable person deemed by the collector to possess suitable knowledge and quali fications to make examination, and report on the value and quality of the articles accord ing to the standards prescribed by the act. In case of dissatisfaction, and appeal taken by the owner or consignee from said examiner's report, the same course in respect to analysis and the expenses and proceedings connected therewith as required at the princi pal ports, will be pursued. In case a suitably qualified person to act as special examiner cannot be found at the port, or convenient thereto; or, when analysis is called for, ae properly qualified analytical chemist cannot be conveniently obtained at said port, the col lector will immediately so advise the department, in order that a special examiner or ana lytical chemist, according to the circumstances, may be detailed from one of the principal; ports to make the examination or analysis at the port of arrival. The reports of the special examiners, a3 also the analysis of the analytical chemists* must be made in writing and signed by them respectively and filed in the custom-house. Whenever any articles are to be destroyed, as required by the fourth section of the act* they must be conveyed to some suitable place, and proper means, to be prescribed by the special examiner or analyst, be used for their safe and effectual destruction, and executed in the presence of an officer of the customs detailed by the collector for the purpose. B e fore destruction of the articles, a particular description or statement of the same must be prepared, containing the name of the importer or owner, the date of importation, the name o f the vessel, and the place from whence imported, with the character and quantity of the articles and the invoice value. The fact of their having been destroyed must be certified on said statement by the officer detailed for the purpose. These statements must be filed in the custom-house, and returns prepared therefrom must be rendered quarterly to the' department. R. J. W a l k e r , Secretaiy of the Treasury, E A S T E R N BO U N D A R Y O F T E X A S E X T E N D E D . By an Act of Congress, approved by the President of the United States July 5th, 184&* the Legislature of the State of Texas “ may extend her Eastern boundary so as to include within her limits one-half of Sabine Pass, one-half of Sabine Lake, also one-half of the Sabine River, from its mouth as far North as the thirty-second degree of North latitude.?* Commercial Regulations. 329 CHANG E OF D U T IE S UPON IM PO RTS IN TO PERU. W e are indebted to the Department of State, at Washington, for the following impor tant information respecting a change in the duties levied upon certain articles imported into Peru. The information was received a t the Department from S t a n h o p e P r e v o s t , Esq., United States Consul at Lima, on the 2d of August, 1848. In the Appropriation Bill for the years 1848 and 1849, sanctioned by the Congress of Peru on the 10th of March last, the import duty was varied from 25 per cent to 40 per cent on paper and on “ Tocuyos;” which term comprehends all kinds of gray or unbleached cottons, twilled as well as plain. This bill received the executive sanction on the 27th March, but was not promulgated until the 12th of May, as per decree of that date pub lished in the official gazette of the 13th of same month, namely, the “ Peruano,” No. 41, vol. xix. According to Art. 5th of said decree, this increase of duty is not to take effect until after the different periods prescribed by Art. 153d of existing tariff, which says, that in all cases of alterations in rates of duties, the change shall not commence to take effect until ten months thereafter, on goods or vessels arriving from Europe, Asia, and the Uni ted S tates; thus making it the 13th of January, 1849, before the new duty of 40 per cent, as above, can be exacted by the Peruvian authorities. The same law, or Appropriation Bill before mentioned, prescribes a reduction of the duty on leaf tobacco from $>35 per quintal (former duty) to $ 1 5 per quintal; which re duction is also to take effect at the same period, namely, 13th of January next, on vessels from the United States. M A SSA C H U SE T T S M ACKEREL IN SPECTIO N. At a meeting of the Massachusetts Inspectors of Fish, called by the General Inspector, and held at the Tremont Temple, Boston, June 22d, 1848, E. G. Nickerson, of Boston, Timothy A. Smith, of Gloucester, Joseph J. Proctor, P. S. Atwood, of Wellfleet, Enos Nickerson and E. Smith, of Provincetown, and William Hale, Jr., of Newburyport, were chosen a committee to prepare a suitable statement for publication in the Philadelphia, N ew York, and Boston papers, which wre here subjoin:— The committee have carefully considered the papers and evidence offered to the said meeting, and state that, while they fully admit that much negligence and carelessness has existed in the inspection and packing of mackerel during the past fishing season, they wish to call the attention of those interested to the fact, that the inspectors labor under great difficulties and responsibilities, and have been subjected to gross impositions. This statement is not made as an excuse for the quality of the parcels of mackerel which have been complained of and in many instances condemned by the general inspector, but as a candid view of the case, due alike to the inspectors and the dealer and consumer. Satisfactory evidence has been offered to prove the practice as having existed, during the past season, in other States—particularly in N ew York—of branding packages of mackerel with a fictitious Massachusetts brand ; for instance, “ Provincetown, Mass., No. 1 Mackerel. E. Smith, Insp.” Thus, by omitting a letter in the inspector’s name— the true name being E. S. Smith—the penalties of the law against forgery are evaded, and a gross fraud practiced upon the inspector and purchaser. In reference to the complaints against rusty mackerel, the committee would state, that mackerel often become rusty through want of proper care, after leaving the inspectors’ hands. The buyer has a duty to perform as well as the inspector. Mackerel are often exposed to the weather in shipping and loading, during the summer months, a longer time than is necessary ; they are frequently stored in piles of four to six tiers high, in which case the pickle will leak out of the lower tier, and the fish, of course, become rusty ; the barrels are then sometimes refilled with water, to the manifest injury of the fish. The general inspector has stated that he will not condemn any fish where there is no apparent neglect in the culling, packing, or the quality of the casks. The committee have above endeavored to state some instances in which, by the mal practices and carelessness of the dealers, the reputations and pockets of the inspectors have been made to suffer. The committee distinctly repudiate the construction of the inspection law as read by some parties, that the best of each fare are No. 1. Mackerel must be of suitable fatness to constitute No. 1. 330 Commercial Regulations. The specimens offered to the meeting by the general inspector, as a standard, are con sidered sufficiently low, without dissent. The great diversity of quality from year to year, and at different periods during each year, will always render the duty of the inspector a difficult one. The Chatham No. 1, of the last season, were as much above our standard of No. 1, as the Bay Chaleur were below it. The committee unite in calling upon the inspectors to abandon the practice heretofore prevalent in some places, of allowing any of the crew to cull their own fish, and insist that no fish should be passed except by the inspector and his hired and authorized assistants. Great care in the selection and coopering of casks is recommended, and buyers are re quested to erase the brand after emptying the cask. The. committee would state that complaints have been settled the past season by some inspectors, without the intervention of the general inspector, in which case the condemned fish are liable to go into the market again under the original brands, to the injury of the character of the said brands; they therefore recommend that no claim for damages be allowed or paid unless sanctioned by the general inspector. The committee have noticed sundry publications in New York and Philadelphia papers, in reference to Massachusetts Inspection. In reply, they have only to say that the Mas sachusetts Inspection is the only responsible and reliable brand in the market. Let that brand be protected from the evils cited above, and the complaints of the past season will rarely be heard. M U T U A L IN SU R A N C E CO M PANIES IN N E W YORK. W e publish below an accurate copy of a law passed by the N ew York Legislature April 8th, 1848, in relation to the business of Mutual Insurance Companies. AN AST IN RELATION TO THE BUSINESS OF MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANIES. 1. Every person becoming a member of any Mutual Insurance Company now in corporated under any law of this State in any of the counties of this State, by effecting insurahce therein, shall, before he receives his policy, deposit his promissory note fur such a sum of money as shall be determined by the directors of said company; such part o f 6aid note, not exceeding twenty per cent, as shall be required by the by-laws of the cor poration shall be immediately paid, and the remainder of the said deposit note shall be payable, in whole or in part, as the exigencies of the company shall require for the pay ment of losses by fire and the incidental expenses of the company. At the expiration o f the term of insurance, the said note, or such part of the same as shall remain unpaid, after receiving thereon from the maker a proportionate share for all losses and expenses occurring during said term, shall be relinquished by the company to the maker; and it shall be lawful for the company to loan such portion of the money as may not be imme diately wanted for the use of the corporation, provided the same shall be secured by a bond and a mortgage on unincumbered real estate of double the value of the sum loaned. S e c . 2. The acts of the Franklin County Mutual Insurance Company, in receiving more than five per cent upon their deposit notes at the time of insurance and taking o f their respective notes and risks, are hereby confirmed. S e c . 3. This act shall take effect immediately. S ec. TH E W EIG H T OF SACK S A L T R E G U L A TE D . The “ People of the State of New York, represented in Senate and Assembly,” passed on the 5th of April, 1848, the following ACT TO REGULATE THE WEIGHT OF SACK SALT. 1. The superintendent of the Onondaga Salt Springs shall, by regulation, require that all salt manufactured at said salt springs, and put up for market in sacks or bags, con taining a less quantity than one bushel, shall contain either twenty or twenty-eight pounds r and he shall require that each sack so put up, shall be legibly marked with the name of the manufacturer or person who may put up the same for sale or market, together with the number of pounds of salt contained in such sack ; and all such salt shall be deemed to be uninspected, and subject to a duty of one cent per bushel, the same as all other un inspected salt is subject, until it is legibly marked with the brand of the said superintend ent ; and any person who shall remove, or attempt to remove, such uninspected salt from the reservation, shall be liable to all the penalties to winch they would be liable, in case they should remove, or attempt to remove, any other uninspected salt from the reservation, and upon which the duties had not been paid. S ec . Commercial Regulations. 331 R EG U L A TIO N S O F Y A C H T NAVIG ATIO N. The following “ Act to authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to license yachts, and for other purposes,” passed both houses of Congress at its last session, and was approved by the President of the United States, August 7th, 1848. Be it enacted by the Senate and House o f Representatives o f the U nited S tates of America in Congress assembled, That the Secretary o f the Treasury is hereby author ized to cause yachts used and employed exclusively as pleasure vessels, and designed as models of naval architecture, and now entitled to be enrolled as American vessels, to be licensed on terms which will authorize them to proceed from port to port in the United States, without entering or clearing at the custom-house. Such license shall be in such form as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe : Provided, such vessels so enrolled and licensed shall not be allowed to transport merchandise, or to carry passengers for pay : A n d provided fu rth er, that the owner of any such vessel, before taking out such license, shall give a bond, in such form and for such amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe, conditional that the said vessel shall not engage in any unlawful trade, nor in any way violate the revenue laws of the United States, and shall comply with the laws in all other respects. Sec. 2. A n d be i t furth er enacted, That all such vessels shall, in all respects, except as above, be subject to the laws of the United States, and shall be liable to seizure and for feiture for any violation of the provisions of this act. Sec. 3. A n d be it furth er enacted, That all such licensed yachts shall use a signal of the form, size, and colors prescribed by the Secretary of the Navy, and the owners thereof shall at all times permit the naval architects in the employment of the United States to examine and copy the models of said yachts. L IQ U ID A T IO N O F CLAIM S A G A IN S T MEXICO. T r e a s u r y D e p a r t m e n t , August 4, 1848. In pursuance of the provisions of the act of Congress of the 20th July, 1848, entitled “ An act for the payment of liquidated claims against Mexico,” notice is hereby given to the holders of said claims, to “ surrender and deliver up the certificates issued to them re spectively from the Treasury Department of the United States, under the provisions of the act of Congress of the 1st of September, 1841,” so as to enable this Department to pay said certificates on the 27th of October, 1848, being the day of payment notified under the law. The certificates should be transmitted, with as little delay as practicable, to the Fifth Auditor of the Treasury, so that a speedy settlement and adjustment of the claims may take place. R. J. W a l k e r , Secretary of the Treasury. BE LG IA N COMMERCIAL REG ULATIO NS. The Belgian consul at N ew York gives notice that the Belgian government has sus pended, until the 1st of January, 1849, the enforcement of the following regulations, ap plicable to both Belgian and foreign vessels and their cargoes:— 1. The Consular Visa to charter parties’ Manifests or Bills of Lading is no longer necessary. 2. Certificates of origin are dispensed with. 3. Both Belgian and foreign vessels and their cargoes, sailing from the United States for Belgium, are now allowed to call or stop at any intermediate ports, and be admitted subsequently to Belgian ports upon the most favored footing, provided they can furnish a certificate o f any Belgian consulate or local custom-house, stating that the cargo has re mained unbroken. T H E COLLECTION D IST R IC T O F BRUNSW ICK . The Act of Congress destroying the collection district of Brunswick, in the State of Georgia, in 1844, was repealed at the last session of Congress, and the “ said district ia re-established, and restored in all respects as it was before the passage of said Act.” Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 332 RAILROAD, CANAL, AND STEAMBOAT STATISTICS. T H E R A ILRO ADS OF IRELAND. T he railways in actual operation on 1st December, 1847, were— The Dublin, Kings town, and D alkey; Ulster; Dublin and Drogheda ; Derry and Enniskillen, to Strabane ; the Great Southern and Western, to Carlow and Roscrea; and the Midland Great W est ern, to the Hill of Down. The Dublin and Kingstown line was opened in December, 1834, to Kingstown, 6 miles, and thence, in 1844, by atmospheric agency, to Dalkey, I f miles. The business on the line, (that to Dalkey excepted,) both as to passengers and goods, during the three years ending the last day of February, 1847, w as:— 1845. Number of passengers........................... Fares.......................................................... 2,234,433 £ 51,187 1846. 1847. 2,348,613 £ 5 3 ,0 3 7 2,303,910 £50,395 There has been a diminution of income from the Dalkey (atmospheric) branch, which the Directors conceive has been more than compensated by the increase of traffic on the original line, caused by this extension. A dividend, at the rate of £ 9 per cent per an num, was made at the half year ending in April, 1847, leaving a reserved fund of £9,007. The following table gives the classification of passengers for each of the last eight years, ending the last day o f February:— First class. 30,422 35,558 37,001 68,156 98,076 104,109 141,911 152,389 Years. 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. 1845. 1846. 1847. Second class. 550,414 724,105 840,116 960,937 1,049,243 1,219,556 1,293,524 1,304,798 Third class. 700,105 759,383 754,968 729,788 814,732 910,768 913,178 846,723 Total. 1,280,761 1,519,024 1,632,085 1,758,878 1,962,051 2,234,433 2,348,613 2,303,910 The Ulster line, opened in 1842, proceeds from Belfast, by Lisburn, Moira, and Lurgan, to Portadown, 25 miles. The traffic has, since the opening, been increasing, and was, for the years ending— March, “ “ “ “ 1843 ................................................... 1844................................................... 1845................................................... 1846................................................... 1847............................................ Passengers. Fares. Goods. 425,864 436,317 604,388 652,071 690,477 £16,021 16,875 19,299 22,644 24,295 £ 5 ,1 2 4 8,269 9,268 8,951 11,471 Total. £21,149 25,145 21,489 31,795 35,766 The Dublin and Drogheda line, opened 24th May, 1844, proceeds from Dublin, by Malahide and Balbriggan, to Drogheda, 31J miles. A branch line to Howth was opened in May, 1847. The expenditure of the company, from its commencement to July, 1847, was £631,258. The traffic on the line has been, from commencement, 24th May, to— Passengers. 3 lst December, 1844.. Half year endin g 30th June, 1845................ tt 31st December, 1845....... «( 30th June, 1846............... ts 31st December, 1846...... (( 30th June, 1847................ 406,607 245,421 327,435 269,110 315,709 211,695 Fares. £19,625 14,195 16,554 14,275 16,591 14,980 Goods. £ 1 ,5 8 4 3,507 3,707 4,187 4,382 5,277 Total. £21,209 17,702 20,262 18,462 20,973 20,257 The Londonderry and Enniskillen Railway was opened, as far as Strabane, about 15 miles, on 19th April, 1847. The main line of the Great Southern and Western Railway to Kildare, with the branch to Carlow, a distance of 55 J miles, was opened in August, 1846. A further portion, from Kildare to Maryborough, (2 0 f miles,) in June, 1847; and from Maryborough to Roscrea (16 J miles) in September, 1847. The total length of railway then in actual working was 92J miles. The cost of the line to Carlow was only at the rate of £11,960 per mile, being for construction, £ 5 6 2 ,5 4 0 ; Parliamentary and other contingent expenses, £113,000; Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 333 total, .£675,540. This company participated in the recent government loan to Irish rail ways to the amount of £500,000. The traffic shows a progressive increase, and yields now upon an average more than £2,000 weekly. The passenger traffic, since the open ing of the liue, has been as follows:— First class. Second clasd. Third class. 5 months ending 31st Dec., 184fi. 6 “ 30th June, 1847 19,1664 27,9254 44,283 60,6924 Total. Fares. 82,036 145,4854 £17,778 7 4 128,7794 217,3974 24,935 10 3 The Midland Great Western Railway was opened on 28th June, 1847, as far as En field, and has since been further opened for traffic to the Hill of Down, a distance of about 33 miles. The Belfast and County of Down Railway is rapidly approaching to completion. That portion which forms the branch to Hollywood was opened for traffic in the month of April, 1848 ; and the main line, as far as Comber and Newtownards, most probably during the ensuing summer. R A T E OF RAILRO AD FR E IG H T A N D F A R E S ON SIXTY-EIGHT EAILKOADS IN THE UNITED STATES. The American Railroad Journal furnishes the following statement of the rates of fare and freight on sixty-eight American roads. It will be found exceedingly convenient for merchants and others. Eastern Railroad, Boston to Portland, 105 miles— freights on groceries, grain, iron, but ter, and dry-goods, $ 3 55 through, or 3.4 cents per m ile; light and bulky articles, $ 5 through, or 4.76 cents per ton per mile ; fpre, $ 3 through, or 2.85 cents per mile. Boston and Maine Road, Boston to South Berwick, 72 miles—freight, salt, sugar, gro ceries, iron, and coal, $ 1 76, or 2.14 per ton per mile ; light and bulky articles, $ 2 88, or 3.5 per ton per m ile; one horse, $ 3 62 ; two horses, $ 5 4 3 ; one horse carriage, i§2 71; two horse carriage, $ 3 6 2 ; four horse carriage, $ 5 43 ; fare, $ 1 62 through, or 2.25 per mile. Lowell Railroad, 26 fhiles—merchandise generally, $ 1 25 per 2,000 lb s.; by cargo through, $ 1 10; passenger fare, 56 cents, or 2.15 cents per mile. Nashua and Lowell, 15 miles—freight generally, $ 1 per ton; horses, $ 1 ; one home coaches, $ 1 ; passenger fare, 40 cents, or 2.66 cents per mile. Concord Road, Nashua to Concord, 34 miles—freight is divided into 1st and 2d class, and is charged about 4 cents and 34 cents per ton per mile, or $ 3 and $ 2 50 through to Boston, 75 miles, and lumber, 75 cents per 1,000, and hard wood, $ 2 75 per cord ; pine wood, $ 2 25 through; horses, one, $ 3 25 ; two or more at $ 2 50 each ; two horse car riage, $ 2 50 ; fare, 80 cents, or 2.35 per mile. Worcester Railroad, 44 miles— coal, iron, lumber, etc., 4 cents ; heavy merchandise, such as sugar, salt, butter, etc., about 6 cen ts; groceries and dry-goods, 6 to 8 cents; light and bulky merchandise, 6 to 10 cents per ton per m ile ; passenger fare, $ 1 25, or 2.8 cents per mile. Boston and Providence Railroad, 42 miles—coal, iron, grain, and merchandise general ly, from 5 to 74 cents per ton per mile ; horses, $ 4 ; carnages, $ 3 to $ 4 ; passenger fare, $ 1 25, or 2.97 cents per mile. Stonington Road, from Providence to Stonington, 47J miles—-corn, grain, iron, coal, sugar, salt, and dry lumber, $ 2 ; butter, dry-goods, and bulky articles, $ 2 80 per to n ; one horse, $ 3 ; stage-coach, or large carriage, 64 cents per mile ; fare, $ 1 50, or 3.1 cents per mile. Boston and N ew York, via Providence and Stonington, 216 miles— freight, measure ment goods, 7 cents per cubic foot; by weight, 30 cents per 100 pounds; passenger fare, $ 5 , or 2.3 per mile. Boston to N ew York, via Fall River, 223 miles—freight, 7 cents per cubic foot, and 30 cents per 100 pounds; passenger fare, $ 5 , or 2.24 cents per mile. Fall River Railroad, 53 miles—coal, iron, and grain, $ 2 , and sugar, salt, groceries, but ter, and dry-goods, $ 2 50 per ton ; light and bulky articles, charged by measurement, 140 cubic feet to the to n ; passenger fare, $ 1 35, or 2.54 per mile. Boston and N ew York, via Norwich—freight as on the other through lin es; fare through, $ 5 — and if a passenger wishes to stop over a day on the way, he can do so by applying to the agent in New York or Boston. Norwich and Worcester Road, 60 miles— w e have not got the rates of freight; fare, $ 1 50, or 2.5 cents per mile. 334 Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. Old Colony Road, Boston to Plymouth, 37 miles—freight generally, 4$ cents per ton per mile ; light and bulky articles, 140 feet to the ton ; passenger fare, $ 1 , or 2.66 cents per mile. Connecticut River Road, from Springfield to Greenfield, 36 miles— freight, iron, coal, manure, lumber, grain, sugar, butter, and salt, $ 2 ; dry-goods and groceries, $ 2 40 per ton through ; fare, S I 10, or 3 cents per mile. Providence and Worcester Road, 43£ miles—freight, groceries, dry-goods,grain, sugar, salt, butter, iron, coal, manure, and lumber, $ 3 for 2,000 pounds; bulky articles, 15 cents per 100 pounds through; fares, 1st class, $ 1 25 ; 2d class, 85 cents, or 2.84 and 1.9 cents per mile. Boston and Fitchburgh, Boston to Fitchburgh, 50 m iles—freight, all heavy articles, as butter, salt, sugar, groceries, and dry-goods, through per ton $ 2 , or 4 cents per ton per m ile; light and bulky, 4 cents per ton of 150 cubic feet per mile ; horses, at 1 ton each, or 4 cents per mile or $ 2 each ; carriages, one horse, $1 ; two horse, $ 2 , each through ; fare, through, S I 25, or 2.5 cents per mile. Western Railroad, Worcester to Albany, 156 miles—freight, sugar, salt, butter, grain, iron, coal, lumber, and groceries, S 4 per ton of 2,000 pounds, or 2.56 per ton per mile ; dry-goods and bulky articles, $ 7 per ton of 2,000 pounds through, or 4.44 per ton per m ile; one horse, $ 1 0 50 ; two horses, $ 1 2 2 5 ; three horses, $ 1 4 , at the risk of the owners ; one horse carriage through, $ 1 2 23'; two horse carriage, $ 1 5 75; stage-coach, or omnibus, $ 2 8 , at the risk of the company; fare, through, $ 4 25, or 2.72 cents per mile. The fare through from Boston to Albany, is, we believe, $ 5 , or 2.5 cents per mile. N ew Haven and Springfield Railroad, 62 miles—coal, iron, manure, lumber, sugar, salt, etc., $ 2 60, or 4.2 cents per ton per m ile; groceries and dry-goods, $ 3 50; grain, $ 5 20 per ton ; passenger fare, $ 1 87, or 3 cents per mile. Bridgeport, 98 miles—coal, iron, and marble, $ 3 per ton; sugar, salt, butter, $ 3 20; dry-goods, $ 4 ; grain, 7 cents per bushej, through ; horses and cattle, $ 3 50 each ; two horse carriage, $ 5 25 ; passenger fare, $ 2 , or 2.04 cents per mile. New York and Harlem Railroad, 53 miles— coal, $ 2 per ton; iron, sugar, etc., 18 cents per 100 pounds; heavy merchandise, $3 50, and light, $ 4 per ton ; lumber, $ 3 50 per 1,000 feet; horses and cattle, $ 3 50 each; passenger fare, $ l ,o r 1.88 cents per mile. N ew York and Erie Railroad, New York to Port Jervis, 100 miles— 25 miles by steam boat— freight to Otisville, 87 miles, coal, $ 2 20 ; iron, 42 ; heavy articles, such as grain, sugar, salt, butter, etc., etc., $ 3 50 to $ 4 ; groceries, $ 4 50 ; one horse carriage, $ 3 ; two horse, $ 4 50. W e are not able now to give the. rates charged upon milk, fru its, vegetables, etc., on this line, but they are exceedingly low, and morning and evening trains are run expressly for such freight. W e have not obtained the rates for the current year, since the road was opened to Port Jervis. Patterson Road, 16$ miles—freights average about $ 2 50 per ton, delivered by the company ; fare, 50 cents, or 3 cents per mile. Morris and Essex Road, 32$ miles—freight, coal, iron, and manure, $ 2 25 per ton; corn and grain, 8$ cents per bushel; lumber, $ 3 per J,000 fe e t; flour, 25 cents per bar rel; fare, $ 1 , or 3 cents per mile. N ew York to Philadelphia, via N ew Brunswick and Trenton, 90 miles. This line is owned by three distinct companies, and managed by two. The through fare is $ 4 , or 4.44 cents per mile— while the w ay fare, or Jrom place to place, is only $ 2 25, or 2.5 cents per mile, as follows:— From N ew York to N ew Brunswick, 31 miles, 75 cents; from thence to South Trenton, 29 miles, 75 cents; and front thence to Philadelphia, 30 miles, 75 cents. This is what the people of those places pay, and what others pay, if they w a it over, at each place, for the next train ; but if they pay through, from either end, it is $ 4 . Yet many have, and more w ill, probably, hereafter pay three times, or from place to place, and go directly through, by the same train, for $ 2 25 to $ 2 75—while the stranger, or uninitiated, pay $ 4 in the same car—or they m ay do so if they will. This line carries little through freight. New York to Philadelphia, via Camden and Amboy, 88 miles. This line is owned by one company, and is partly by railroad and partly by steamboats— the fare through is $ 3 , or 3.4 cents per mile. Freight, legal rates, fixed in their charter, 8 cents per ton per mile, or 32 cents per 100 pounds, or $ 7 20 per ton, through. The company have, however, exacted various prices, from 30 cents to $ 1 00 per 100 pounds, or from $ 7 to $ 2 2 40 per ton. Reading Railroad, 92 miles—coal, $1 50 for 2,000 pounds ; bituminous coal, iron ore, $ 2 10 ; pig iron and timber, $ 2 50 ; bar iron, flour, grain, fish, and tobacco, $ 2 90; gro ceries and hardware, $ 4 25; dry-goods and furniture, $ 5 25 ; one horse, $ 6 , and car riage per agreement; passenger fare, $ 3 50, or 3.8 cents per mile. Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 335 Philadelphia and Columbia Road, 82 miles— the freighting is done by private individu als at about 25 cents per 100 pounds ; passenger fare, § 2 88, or 3.5 cents per mile. Lancaster and Harrisburgh, 36 miles—passenger fires, $1 50, or 4.1 cents per mile. Harrisburgh and Chambersburgh, 56 miles— coal, iron, manure, $1 50; lumber, com, grain, $1 78; sugar, salt, butter, groceries, dry-goods, $ 2 per ton through; passenger fare, $ 2 12, or 3.78 cents per mile. Philadelphia, Wilmington, and Baltimore, 97 miles—freight, 50 cents per 100 pounds through; passengers, $ 3 , or 3.1 cents per mile. This road carries very little through freight. Baltimore and Susquehannah, 71 miles—coal, $ 1 37J; iron, $1 8 4 ; corn and grain, $ 2 2 0 ; salt and butter, $ 2 ; groceries, sugar, and dry-goods, $ 2 50 per ton through; horses, $ 3 75, and four wheeled carriage, $ 3 37 each; passenger fare, $ 2 12, or 3 cents per mile. . Baltimore and Ohio, 179 miles—coal, $ 2 75; iron, in open cars, S 3 50; coffee, 25, dry-goods, 35 cents per 100 pounds through ; passenger fare, $ 7 , or 3.91 cents per mile. Baltimore and Washington, 40 miles— coal, iron, and grain, 4 cents per ton per mile; sugar, butter, salt, dry-good =», light and bulky merchandise, $ 2 30 per ton through ; horse, or horse and wagon, $ 5 75 ; passenger fare, $ 1 80, or 4.5 cents per mile. Winchester and Potomac, 32 miles—coal, $ 1 ; iron, $ 1 75 per ton; flour, 18 cents per barrel; grain, 10£ per 100; sugar, dry-goods, and light bulky articles, 14 cents per 100 pounds; horses, $ 2 50 each; four wheel carriages, $ 4 50 to $ 7 50 ; fare, $ 2 , or 6.25 cents per mile. Louisa Road, 50 miles—iron, $ 1 66 ; lumber, $ 3 per 1,000 ; com and grain, 14 cents per 100; sugar, salt, butter, 20 cents, and dry-goods, 22 cents per 100 pounds; horses, $ 4 66; four wheel carriages, $ 4 50 each ; light articles, $ 4 per ton ; fare, $ 2 50, or 5 cents per mile. Richmond, Virginia, to Washington city, 133 miles— iron, 2 cents per ton per mile; sugar, salt, butter, groceries, and dry-goods, £ cent per cwt. per mile ; bulky articles, 8 cents per cubic foot to Fredericksburgh ; horses, 6 cents per mile ; four wheel carriages, 11 cents per mile ; passenger fare, $ 5 50, or 4.13 per mile. Richmond and Petersburg!), 22£ miles—sugar, salt, butter, ^ cent per 100 pounds per m ile; groceries and dry-goods, j cent per 100 pounds per mile ; passenger fare, $ 1 , or 4.34 cents per mile. Petersburg!) to Welden, 63 miles—lumber, $ 5 per 1,000 feet; corn and grain, G$ to 8$ cents per bushel; salt, sugar, and butter, 25 cents per 100 pounds ; horses and carriages, $ 3 each through; passenger fare, $ 3 , or 4.76 cents per m ile; second class, $ 1 50, or 2.38 cents per mile. Gaston and Raleigh, 87 miles—lumber, $ 7 per M .; com and grain,. 10 cents per bush e l; sugar, salt, and butter, 35 cents; groceries, 55 cents per 100 pounds; light and bulky articles, 10 cents per cubic foot; horses, $ 4 2 0 ; carriages, $ 7 to $ 8 50 ; passenger fare, $ 4 , or 4.6 cents per mile. Wilmington and Welden, 161 £ miles— corn and grain, 10 cents per bushel for 80 miles, 12 cents through; sugar, salt, and butter, 38 cent3, and dry-goods, 80 cents per 100 pounds through; horses, $ 8 ; carriages, $ 1 0 through; passenger fares, $ 6 50, or 4 cents per mile. South Carolina, 135 miles—iron, 25 cents per 100 pounds; corn and grain, 7 cents per bushel; sugar, salt, butter, 25 cents per 100 pounds ; light bulky merchandise, 8 cents per cubic foot through ; horses, each, $ 8 ; four wheel carriages, $ 1 0 through ; passenger fare, 1st class, $ 6 75, or 4 97 cents per mile. Columbia, 68 miles—coal, iron, and manure, 25 cents per 100 pounds ; com and grain, 7 cents per bushel; sugar, salt, and butter, 25 cents ; dry-goods, 35 cents per 100 pounds; light bulky merchandise, 8 cents per cubic foot through; horses, $ 8 each ; four wheel carriages, $ 1 0 ; two wheel carnages, $ 6 through ; passenger fare, $ 3 38, or 4.97 cents per mile. Georgia, 171 miles—iron, 15 cents per 100; com and grain, 8 cents per bushel; sugar, salt, and butter, 30 cents, dry-goods, 60 cents per 100 ; light and bulky articles, 10 cents per cubic foot through; horses, $ 8 ; four wheel carriages, $ 1 0 ; passenger fare, $ 7 , or 4.09 cents per mile. Western and Atlantic, 100 miles—iron, 15 cents; sugar, salt, and butter, 25 cents; dry-goods, 40 cents per 100 pounds; grain, 8 cents per bushel; bulky merchandise, 8 cents per cubic foot through ; horses, $ 5 ; two wheel carriages, $ 3 ; four wheel, $ 6 ; passenger fare, $ 5 , or 5 cents per mile. Central, 1 9 1 miles— iron, 30 cents; salt, sugar, and butter, 40 cents per 100 pounds; corn, 12 cents per bushel; light bulky articles, 13 cents per cubic foot through; one horse, 336 Railroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. $ 1 0 ; four, or more, at $ 5 each ; four wheel carriage, $ 1 0 ; passenger fare, $ 7 , or 3.65 cents per mile. Macon and Western, 101 miles—iron, sugar, salt, and butter, 25 cents, dry-goods, 44 cents per 100 pounds; grain, 8 cents per bushel; light bulky merchandise, 9 cents per cubic foot through ; one horse, $ 8 ; four at $ 4 each ; four wheel carriage, $ 8 ; passen ger fare, $ 4 , or 3.96 cents per mile. Montgomery and West Point, 67 miles—barrels whiskey, etc., 60 cents; dry barrels, 55 cents; bulky merchandise, 8 cents per cubic foot; cotton, 95 cents per bale of 500 pounds; passenger fare, $ 3 , or 4.47 cents per mile. Vieksburgh and Jackson, 46 miles— sugar, coal, iron, and manure, 40 cents per 100 pounds ; salt, 60 cents per sack ; com and grain, 10 cents per bushel; dry-goods, 8 cents per cubic fo o t; cotton, 87£ cents per bale of 400 pounds; horses and carriages 12 cents per mile each ; passenger fare, $ 3 , or 6.38 cents per mile. West Felicianna Road, 24 miles—freight, merchandise, provisions, etc., 50 cents per 100 pounds through ; passenger fare, 75 cents, or 3.1 cents per mile. Lexington and Ohio, 28 miles—coal, com , and grain, 5 cents per bushel; iron, sugar, salt, butter, groceries and dry-goods, light and bulky merchandise, hemp, bagging, and rope, 12£ cents per 100 pounds ; horses, $ 2 each ; carriages, $ 2 to $ 3 each ; passenger fare, $ 1 25, or 4.46 cents per mile. Madison and Indianapolis Railroad, 86 miles—coal, and wheat, 9 cents ; com, 8 cents; oats, 7 cents; flour, 35 cents; pork, lard, and salt, 50 cents per barrel; iron, $ 5 per to n ; groceries, dry-goods, and light and bulky articles, 35 cents per 100 pounds; specie, $ 1 per 1,000 ; live hogs, 50 cents through; horses, $ 1 50 each, or $ 1 with a passenger; passenger fare, $ 2 50, or 2.9 per mile. Ljttle Miami, 84 miles—coal, iron, sugar, salt, butter, groceries, and dry-goods, $ 3 20 per ton ; corn and grain, 7 cents per bushel; light and bulky articles, $ 4 per ton through ; horses, 4 cents each per mile, carriages the same ; passenger fare, $ 2 , or 2.38 cents per mile. Mad River, 102 miles—coal, iron, and manures, $ 5 per ton ; com, 11 cents, wheat, 124 cents per bushel; flour, 45 cents per barrel; sugar, salt, and butter, 32 cents, and bulky articles, 42 cents per 100 pounds; carriages by weight, and horses by agreement; passenger fares, $ 3 50, or 3.18 cents per mile. Mansfield and Sandusky, 56 miles— iron, coal, and manure, $ 1 60 per to n ; com, 6 cents, wheat, 7 cents per bushel; sugar, salt, and butter, $ 2 , dry-goods, $ 2 50, bulky and light articles, $ 3 per ton through ; horses and carriages each 4 cents per mile ; pas senger fares, $ 1 50, or 2.67 cents per mile. Michigan Central, 146 miles—iron, manure, coal, com, grain, groceries, 39 cents per 100 ; salt, butter, beef, pork, fish, and sugar, $ 1 , flour, 66 cents, whiskey, bfcer, and cider, $ 1 10 per barrel; corn and grain, 39, wheat, 33 cents per 100 through; carriages, 45 cents per 100 pounds; horses, $ 2 35; hogs and calves,$ 1 64 ; sheep,$ 1 1 0 each; pas senger fares, $ 4 40, or 3 cents per mile. Southern Michigan, 70 miles—manure and iron, 24 cents, sugar and butter, 34 cents per 100; corn and grain, 11 cents per bushel; flour, 40 cents per barrel; salt, 34 cents per barrel through; passenger fares, $ 2 , or 2.85 cents per mile. Albany and Schenectady, 17 miles—iron, coal, and manure, $ 1 per ton; sugar, salt, groceries, butter, dry-goods, and bulky articles, $ 1 25 per ton ; horses, $ 2 ; carriages, $ 1 to $ 2 each ; passenger fare, 50 cents, or 2.94 cents per mile. Troy and Schenectady, 20£ miles—rates same as on Albany and Schenectady; pas senger fare, 50 cents, or 2.43 cents per mile. Utica and Schenectady, 78 miles—-prohibited from carrying freight, except when the canal is closed, and then canal tolls are added to the ordinary freight charges; passenger fare, $ 3 , or 3.84 cents per mile. This line, in connection with the other lines from Albany to Buffalo, run a train at 1^ cents a mile for emigrants. Utica and Syracuse, 53 miles—same as Utica and Schenectady R oad; passenger fare, $ 2 , or 3.77 cents per mile. Syracuse and Auburn, 26 miles— coal, iron, and manure, 8 cents, sugar, salt, groceries, butter, and dry-goods, 10 cents, and bulky merchandise, 20 cents per 100 pounds; horses, $ 1 ; carriages, § 1 to $ 1 50 each ; passenger fare, $ 1 , or 3.84 cents per mile. Auburn and Rochester, 77 miles— com and grain, 27 cents, sugar, salt, butter, groce ries, and dry-goods, 20 cents, light and bulky articles, 30 cents per 100 pounds; horses, $ 3 ; carriages, $ 5 to $ 7 , according to size; passenger fare, $ 3 , or 3.89 cents per mile. Rochester and Attica, 44 miles—coal, iron, and manure, 4 cent per ton ; grain, 1-5 cent per bushel; butter, salt, and sugar, 2-5 cent per 100; groceries and dry-goods, 44 Nautical Intelligence. 337 mills per 100; bulky and light articles, 5 mills—all per m ile; horses and carriages, 6^ cents per mile each; passenger fare, $ 1 56, or 3.54 cents per mile. Attica and Buffalo, 31 £ miles—corn and grain, 3 cents per bushel; butter and sugar, 12 cents per 100 through ; passenger fare, 94 cents, or 2.98 cents per mile. Buffalo and Niagara Falls, 22 miles—freight, 10 to 12 cents per 100 pounds ; passen ger fare, 75 cents, or 3.4 cents per mile. Lockport and Niagara Falls, 24 miles—passenger fare, 75 cents, or 3.12 cents per mile. NAUTICAL IN T E L LIG EN C E . ST E A M E R S’ LIG H TS—TO P R EV EN T COLLISION. following notice has been issued by the British Admiralty :—Whereas, under, and by virtue of, the Act of Parliament, passed in the 10th year of the reign of her present Majesty, entitled an “ Act for the Regulation of Steam Navigation,” &c., we hereby re quire, in pursuance of the said act, that lights shall be exhibited by all British steam ves sels, between sunset and sunrise, of such description, and in such manner, as hereinafter mentioned; that is to say— When under Weigh— I. Bright white lamp at the foremast head; 2. Green light on the starboard sid e; 3. Red light on the port side. When at Anchor— A common bright light. The following conditions to be observed, viz.:— 1. The mast-head light to be visible at a distance of at least five miles in a clear dark night, and the lantern to be so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of twenty points of the compass—viz., from right a-head to two points abaft the beam on each side of the ship. 2. The colored side lights to be visible at a distance of at least two miles on a clear dark night, and the lanterns to be so constructed as to show a uniform and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of ten points of the compass—viz., from right a-head to two points abaft the beam on their respective sides. 3. The side lights to be, moreover, fitted with inboard screens, of at least three feet long, to prevent them from being seen across the bow. The screens to be placed in a fore and aft line With the inner edge of the side fights. 4. The lantern used when at anchor to be so constructed as to show a good light all round the horizon. It is understood to be the intention of the Lords of the Admiralty to issue regulations in accordance with the foregoing announcement, and to have them published in the Lon don Gazette, so that they may be in force from the 21st day of July. Diagrams illustrative of the above plan, and instructions as to the proper mode of fitting file fights, will be furnished to parties applying for them. T he L IG H T -H O U SE ON LAK E SUPERIOR. By an Act of Congress, approved by the President of the United States July 15lh, 1848, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized “ (if he deem it expedient) to change the site of the Light-house, authorized by the Act of March 3d, 1847, to be constructed at Copper Harbor, Fort Wilkins, Lake Superior, in the State of Michigan, to a more suitable place on said L ak e: P rovided, Such change shall not increase the cost of con struction so as to exceed the appropriation made for such purpose by said Act.” L A N T E R N O N CA PE ESPICHEL. 28th July, 1848.—Notice has been given of an intention to substitute the Lan tern on Cape Espichel by another of iron, whose fight may be seen from all sides of the horizon. From the 1st of September next until the work is completed, there will be shown a temporary light by lanterns, whose brilliancy will, if possible, be equal to the one nowexisting. L is b o n , S w in e m u n d e , 24th July, 1848.— By a decree of the Royal Government, vessels ar riving at this port from St. Petersburgh are subjected to a quarantine of seven days, from which, however, the days of voyage are to be deducted. VOL. X IX .----NO. I I I . 22 Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 338 JOURNAL OF MINING AND MANUFACTURES. ST A T IS T IC S OF M INES A N D M INING IN IR E L A N D . The principal minerals are coal, iron, copper, lead, and gold. The coal fields are sev en in number— one in Leinster, occupying large portions of Kilkenny and Queen’s coun ties, with a small part of Carlow; two in Munster; one in Tipperary, bordering on that of Kilkenny, the other spread over large portions of Clare, Limerick, Cork, and Kerry counties, being the most extensive development of the coal strata in the British empire. All these beds lie south of Dublin, and yield only stone coal, or anthracite, which bums without flame. The remaining fields, which lie to the north of Dublin, are formed of bituminous or flaming coal. Of the northern coal fields, three are in Ulster—one at Coal Island, near Dungannon; the second in the northern extremity of Antrim county ; and the third in Monaghan. They are all small: the narrowness of the seams of coal renders the last named almost valueless. The Connaught coal field extends over a space of 16 miles in its greatest length and breadth, in Roscommon, Sligo, Leitrim, and Cavan coun ties. The total area is 140,000 acres. Besides the stores of fuel applicable to manufac turing and domestic uses which lie imbedded in the coal fields, Ireland enjoys two others, lignite and turf or peat. Lignite, an intermediate species of fuel between wood and coal, is found in dense strata encompassing the southern half of Lough Neagh. The total area of turf bog is estimated at 2,830,000 acres, nearly one-seventh of the surface of the island. Of this quantity, 1,576,000 acres are flat bog, spread over the central por tions of the great limestone plain; the remaining 1,254,000 are mountain bog, chiefly scattered over the hilly districts near the coast. Iron ore is found in all the localities of coal, and was largely manufactured while tim ber for fuel was abundant. Latterly, the efforts to carry on the manufacture have been not only unprofitable but ruinous. Sir R. K an e , in his valuable work on the Industrial Resources of Ireland, gives the following table of the comparative contents, in metallic iron, of the native ores, and of the English, Scotch, and Welsh. One hundred parts of ore give of metal an average at— Natural state. Roasted. Natural state. Roasted. 31.4 44.7 Arigna.................... 40.0 58.2 W elsh......................... 31.6 45.8 Kilkenny...... ............. 38.7 55.3 Glasgow..................... Staffordshire.............. 28.0 40.4 There is, therefore, no doubt that the Leinster and Connaught ores are equal, and even in average superior, to those generally employed in Great Britain. The iron stone of Kilkenny is little inferior to that of Arigna, and the ores of Lough Allen possess a rich ness in iron only equalled by the black-band ironstone of Glasgow. Sir R. K a n e shows how, by the judicious application of turf fuel, iron of the best quality can be manufactured in this country as cheaply as in England. The copper mines are distributed throughout the clay-slate districts in a great number of localities. The principal are the Ballymurtagh, Conoree, Cronebane and Tigroney, and Ballygahan mines, in Wicklow county; the Knockmahon, Kilduane, Bonmahon, and Balinasisla, in the Waterford district; the mines of Allihies or Berehaven, Audley, and Cosheen and Skull, in the south-western district. Indications of this metal have been discovered in several other parts. The amount and value of ore from each of the three principal localities exported to Swansea to be smelted, at three periods, was— 1816. Tons. 1840. Value. Tons. 1843. Value. Tons. Value. W icklow....................... 11,813 £55,819 6,647 £21,442 3,227 £12,918 Waterford..................... 3,588 33,166 7,875 63,087 9,101 62,956 6,418 74,880 4,808 40,981 4,446 36,348 South-west.................... The diminution in quantity and value of the produce of the Wicklow mines, as stated in the preceding table, is only apparent. The amounts therein are confined to the sales at Swansea, whither the whole of the ore was at first sent, but the copper is now exten sively smelted at Liverpool, and much of the inferior ore is exported to chemical manu factories in other places, where the sulphur as well as the copper is economized. In the Ballymurtagh mine about .£12,000 is annually paid in wages to about 700 persons. The total number of persons deriving employment from the mineral industry of the Ovoca district is about 2,000. The true produce of the district may be judged of by the follow ing statement of the ores raised and sold from the Ballymurtagh mine in four years:— J o u r n a l o f M in in g a n d M a n u fa c tu r e s . 339 Produce. Sold at Copper ore. Iron pyrites. Gross value. Swansea. Other ports. Years. Tons. 1840............. 1841............. ............... 1843............. ............... 1843............. ............... 4,617 7,549 6,555 Tons. 5,334 18,575 9,023 8,376 £29,596 34,493 29,113 24,238 ........ ........ £1,256 5,897 Paid in wages. £29,596 34,473 27,857 18,341 £9,927 16,312 15,371 10,985 The total quantity and value of copper ore from Ireland, sold in Swansea, were, in— Tons. 1836.............. 1840............. ........... 1843............. 19^580 Value. £163,865 1844......................... 127,911 1845......................... 117,625 1846............. ........... Tons. Value. 18,597 18,430 17,471 £77,622 117,122 106,078 OO in Lead is more extensively diffused through Ireland than copper. The granitic district of Wicklow contains numerous veins; the principal are those of Glendalough, Glenmalure, Glendasane or Luganure, and Ballycorus. The clay-slate districts also yield numerous indications o f this metal, but few of the mines have proved profitable. Those still work ed are at Barristwon, in Wexford county ; Clonligg, near Newtownards, in Down county; Kenmare, in Kerry county ; Kilbricken, in Clare county; Ballyhickey, in the same coun ty. A vein at Clontarf, near Dublin, was worked until the mine was filled with water by the ingress of the sea. At Ballycorus, where the lead ores from the mines of the Mining Company of Ireland are smelted, the quantities of ore worked up in 1843 were, from Lu ganure, 547J tons, and from Caime, 270 tons, which delivered 10,288 pigs of lead, weigh ing 588$ tons, equivalent to 72 per cen t The proportions of silver to a ton of lead are generally found to be—from the mine of Luganure, 8 ounces; Caime, 12 ounces; Bally hickey, 15 ounces ; Kilbricken, 120 ounces; Tollyratty, near Strangford, 10 ounces. The average of silver extracted from the lead ore raised by the Mining Company of Ireland in 1843, was 7$ ounces to the ton of lead; the total quantity, 4,261 ounces; value, £1,158. Towards the close of the last century, native gold was found in the bed of the streams of Croghan Kinshela Mountain. It was discovered by the peasants, who collected quantities to the value of, at least, £10,000, in pieces from 22 ounces to minute grains, before their proceedings were public. The district was afterwards taken in charge, and the workings carried on by government agents; but, as the whole amount of two years’ workings, in their hands, was but 945 ounces, sold at £3,675, while the expenses of the establishment were considerably greater, the property was given up, and, though leased to a London company, finally abandoned. Native silver was found in a bed of iron ochre in Cronebane, but the deposit has been long since exhausted. It has also been lately discovered associated with the lead ore at Ballycorus. The economy of working this silver is, as yet, undecided. Tin stone has been found in the auriferous soil of Wicklow, but no veins or working deposits have been discovered. Other minerals, useful in manufactures and the arts, and found in quantities in various parts of the country, are manganese, antimony, zinc, nickel, tin, iron pyrites, alum, clays of various kinds, building stone, marble, flags, and roofing slates. The localities of these, and the means of their profitable application towards the promotion of native industry, are fully developed in Sir R. K a n e ’s valuable work, already quoted. The following table gives the quantities of lead ore raised, and of lead smelted, the pro duce of Irish mines in 1845 and 1846:— Mines. County. Kilbricken.................. . Ballyhickey....................... Newtownards................... Down............................. Clonligg............................ Lim erick....................... i. Limerick............................ Monaghan..................... . Bond and Newry............. I Glenmalure...................... W icklow ....................... .. < Sundry mines................... . ( Luganure.......................... Waterford...................... ,. Barristwon......................... Wexford......................... .. Caime................................ Clare................................ 5 ( ) ( Total. 1846. Lead ore raised. 1845. 1846. Lead smelted. Tons. Tons. Tons. Tons. 119 433 38 32 211 65 66 83 280 65 8J 13 270 56 25 22 137 42 29 250 144 14 162 855$ 811 12 21 367 218 44 314 240 405 250 42 1,944 1,641 ... Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 340 SING ULAR DISCOVERY IN TH E COPPER REGION. A correspondent of the Buffalo Express, writing under date of June 14th, 1848, from Ontonagon, Loire Superior, says:— Mr. Knapp, of the Vulcan Mining Company, has lately made some very singular dis coveries here in working one of the veins which he lately found. He worked into an old cave which had been excavated centuries ago. This led them to look for other works of the same sort, and they have found a number of sinks in the earth which they hove traced a long distance. By digging into those sinks they find them to have been made by the hand of man. It appears that the ancient miners went on a different principle from what they do at the present time. The greatest depth yet found in these holes is thirty feet— after getting down a certain depth they drifted along the vein making an open cut. These cuts have been filled nearly to a level by the accumulation of soil, and we find trees of the largest growth standing in this gutter; and also find that trees of a very large growth have grown up and died, and decayed many years since—in the same places there are now standing trees of over three hundred years’ growth. Last week they dug down into a new place, and about twelve feet below the surface found a mass of copper that will weigh from eight to ten tons. This mass was buried in ashes, and it appears they could not han dle it, and had no means of cutting it, and probably built a fire to melt or separate the rock from it, which might be done by heating, and then dashing on cold water. This piece of copper is as pure and clean as a new cent—the upper surface has been pounded clear and smooth. It appears that this mass of copper was taken from the bottom of a shaft, at the depth of about thirty feet. In sinking this shaft from where the mass now lies, they followed the course of the vein, which pitches considerably; this enabled them to raise it as far as the hole came up with a slant. At the bottom of the slant they found skids of black oak, from eight to twelve inches in diameter—these sticks were charred through, as if burnt. They found large wooden wedges in the same situation. In this shaft they found a miner’s gad, and a small chisel made of copper. I do not know whether these copper tools are tempered or not, but their make displays good workmanship. They have taken out more than a ton of cobble-stones, which have been used as mallets. These stones were nearly round, with a score cut around the centre, and look as if thi3 score was cut for the purpose of putting a withe round for a handle. The Chippewa Indians all say that this work was never done by Indians. This discovery will lead to a new method of finding veins in this country, and may be of great benefit to some. I suppose they will keep finding new wonders for some time yet, as it is but a short time since they first found the old mine. There is copper here in abundance, and I think people will begin to dig it in a few years. Mr. Knapp has found considerable silver during the past winter. A N E W CLASP COUPLING JOINT. W e see by an advertisement in the papers that Messrs. West & Thompson, of New York, have obtained a patent for a new clasp coupling joint for joining steam and other pipes. The United States Board of Naval Engineers have examined this important in vention by the order of the Secretary of the Navy, and have given their opinion decidedly in its favor, recommending the Government to adopt it immediately. The following are given as some of the many advantages of this clasp over all others heretofore used:— 1st. The labor and expense of braising or soldering flanches on pipes is obviated and not required. 2d. There are no holes to drill in the flanches, washers to use, or grummets to put around the bolts. 3d. It only requires two, or at most three bolts for the largest sized joint, even if they were seven feet in diameter. 4th. The joints are tighter and stronger, as the pressure is exerted at the neck of the flanch, in close proximity to the periphery of the pipe. 5th. The cost of packing is one half less, and cannot blow out, as it is confined to the grooved segmental clasp. 6th. Joints of any size may be taken apart, and put together in from five to ten minutes. 7th. They are more economical in space, weight, cost, and repairs, and are applicable to cylinder heads, bonnets, steam-chests, air pumps, condensers, man-hole plates for boil ers, stop cocks, nozzles, common and rotary pumps, and all other purposes where joints are required. Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 341 BROADCLOTH FACTORIES IN AM ERICA. W e often hear the question asked why there are not more manufactories of broadcloths in this country. “ The great reason is,” says the Albany Knickerbocker, “ that it is one of the most risky businesses in the world; raising handsome girls and going security not excepted. There are some twenty to five and twenty different and distinct manipulations combined in the manufacture of a yard of broadcloth. Most of these, in foreign countries, are distinct and separate trades, to which usually the life of the artist is devoted;—in se lecting, sorting, and scouring the w ool; in dyeing it after it is picked, and again, perhaps, after it is w oven; in carding, roving, spinning, warding and weaving, all of which must be done to get the wool into what is called flannel, and then the minor operations of scour ing and burling it, and the more important ones of fulling, tesseling, tentering, shearing, steaming, and, after various other processes, of dressing, including listing, lettering, &c. If all of these are successful, the manufacturer is at length in possession of a cloth. If he is enabled to do this at all, he considers himself fortunate, and entitled, perhaps, to some credit if .not some emolument for the risk run, and the time and talent devoted to this art. But he must not expect to escape censure. Thousands have found, to their cost, that it requires almost a magician’s art to prevent loss. Not only must every one engaged in the above manipulations know how to do his part (if he has not to do the whole) well, but he must watch and perform (always, and all the way through) the operation of every piece of cloth with surgical precision, or ruin will follow, and disgrace overwhelm him. His fabric has at last to pass the ordeal of a critical and often a censorious public, who are perhaps ‘ ignorant of what they are most assured,’ and condemn flippantly those who are fully entitled to the respect of their countrymen.” MOROCCO DRESSING IN BROOKLYN, The Gazette says:—“ There was a time, and that not very long past, when French morocco, so indispensable as well as becoming for ladies’ wear, could only be had by im portation. Now, however,—thanks to native enterprise—if not veritable French morocco, that at least which is dressed after the same fashion, and with all the beauty and finish of the best foreign article, is furnished abundantly at our own door. An establishment of this kind, and the largest in our vicinity, if not in the country, is that of Messrs. Cham bers & Burbank, at Gowanus, (Brooklyn.) The manufacture last year amounted to $60,000, and will be considerably increased the present. Forty-five hands are constantly employed in the various processes of preparing the skins— dressing, tanning, coloring, polishing, &c., all of which are done under one roof, or in one building closely connected. It is from goat skins the best morocco is made, and such only are used in this establish ment. These skins are all imported, as are also most of the articles employed in tanning and coloring. The native sumach is used to some extent in tanning, but it is said to pos sess much less strength and efficacy than that which is obtained from abroad. It might doubtless, however, be improved in its quality by cultivation ; and the inquiry would, per haps, be both important and profitable, whether there are other foreign materials used in this and our manufactories generally, which might be advantageously superceded by those o f our own growth or production. M ANUFACTURE OF AM ERICAN PARCH M ENTS. W e have b£en in the habit of importing nearly all our parchments from England. But an establishment has been recently erected in this city, by Mrs. S. Maverick and Mr. Rey nolds, which supplies the Land Office o f the United States with a very superior article of American manufacture. This bureau receives at the rate of 60,000 or 70,000 parchments per annum, and the land patents of the United States will be made out upon them. They are printed in Wank at the same establishment, and these blanks are thereafter filled up at Washington. The superintendents of this new manufactory have not, however, been able to obtain the necessary number of sheepskins at home, and they have been compelled to import the most of them from abroad. BROOMS M A N U FA C T U R ED FROM W H IT E ASH. A mechanic at the Ramapo river, N. J., has invented a machine for making brooms, which, according to the Journal of Commerce, threatens to exterminate broom com. It takes a billet of white ash, and in a trice cuts it fine like the Manilla grass, as used for brushes. The brooms can be made for two cents each, and are said to work quite as well sts com brooms, and to be much more enduring. Journal o f Mining ana Manufactures. 342 SONG OF THE GOLD-WORKERS BY W . H . Toil, brothers, toil; Let loud our laughter ring, For the glittering show of the gold we boil May deck some gaudy king. Wrap the flame closer round ; Let our work be merrily done, For in it joy and grief are found; Grim death and life are in its run. Toil, brothers, toil; Let our song be merry to day, For the morrow our brightest hopes may foil, And the scene of our joys pass away. Four the moulten metal out; Some for avarice and pride; Be justice ever so devout, She cannot find the faults ’twill hide. Toil, brothers, toil; We toil for the weal of the world; Our work shall nations in strife embroil, Where peace has her banner unfurled. W hat though our hands be scar’d ; W hat though our faces be grim’d— Here’s a song for the schemes we’ve mar’d , Here’s a laugh for the hopes we’ve dim’d. Toil, brothers, to il; Our work is the buyer of fame; She dreams of tbe high-reaching ambition we spoil. And governs the wreath it would claim, Be our song right merry and loud; Be our care in our mirth forgot; Here’s a shout for the rod that’s bow’d W hat the w ill of the world could not. Toil, brothers, toil; W e all must toil for our bread ; By the “ sweat of our brow,” from the yielding soil. Or the plots and plans of the head. Be our song unmingled with care; Let’s work while the metal be hot, For the miser must have his full share, And honesty claims but his jot. IM PROVEM ENTS IN PAPER M AKING. The readiness and facility with which the manufacture of paper is now carried on is really astonishing. The Journal of Commerce remarks: “ W e were informed a few dayssince, by a large paper dealer in N ew York, that it was not uncommon for him to have in his warehouse, and sell, at 9 o’clock in the morning, paper which was in ra g s a hun dred and fifty miles from New York at 9 o’clock of the previous morning. A better il lustration of the power of steam could not be given, or of the progress of the age. The rags are placed in the duster, thence conveyed to the troughs or vats, where (in some kinds of paper) the sizing is mixed with the pulp, and from these vats the paper passes over heated rollers, and finally between two immensely heavy iron rollers, which give it the glazed surface, and it is then cut, folded, packed, and sent to the railroad, all in the course of a few hours. The Telegraph enables N ew York merchants to order paper in Massa chusetts at any moment, and receive the returns, manufactured, and even ruled, by almost the next steamer. IM PO RTANT IM PRO VEM ENT IN T H E CLOCK. The most improved clocks now in use only indicate (in point of time) the hour, the minute, the second, and the day of the month, which last indication requires to be attend ed to and altered at the end of every month of less than thirty-one days. An invention has just been made in England, which will indicate the day of the week, the month, theday of the month, and the year, thus:— “ Monday, May 22, 1848,” and at twelve o’clock at night the clock will alter the indication all at once, and exhibit “ Tuesday, May 2 3 , 1848,” and so on, day by day, for hundreds of years. All the attention required is to keep the clock in motion by winding it up regularly as usual. Whether the month has thirty or thirty-one days, or, as in February, twenty-eight, and in leap-year twenty-nine days, the indication will be found to be always correct. This newly-invented piece of machine ry is at present contained in a small box, which may be attached to any ordinary dock. IM PRO VEM ENT IN T H E N A IL M A N U FACTURE. A machine has been recently put in operation by the British and Foreign Nail Com pany, London, which is highly spoken of by the English journals. The nails are said to be of a first class description, possessing all the qualities of the finest' hammered nails, though produced at an expense which will enable them to be sold at a lower price than ispaid for the most common cut-nails. It seems that the whole nail, head, body, and point, is made at the same time, and simply by one operation of the machine. The estimates, which are apparently prepared with great care, and founded upon the present prices o f iron and nails, show a return of more than 40 per cent. Mercantile Miscellanies. 343 MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. JEALO USY O F TRADE. says the philosophic Hume, is more usual among States which have made some advances in commerce, than to look on the progress of their neighbors with a sus picious eye—to consider all trading States as their rivals, and to suppose that it is impos sible for any of them to flourish but at their expense. It is now a hundred years since this observation was made in the face of prejudices al most universal; for Hume was far in advance of his age, in many of his opinions in po litical economy. Yet, notwithstanding the light which the experience of a century has been shedding on subjects of this nature, much of the same old prejudice remains in force at this day— not a few taking it for granted that their own country must somehow suffer from the prosperity of others, and that the misfortunes of other countries with which we are in communication afford us the best, if not the only chance of commercial advantage. The influence of this “ narrow and malignant opinion,” as the author referred to justly calls it, has been felt in this country ever since we became a nation, in keeping alive a foolish jealousy of England. W e have learned to consider ourselves as her rival; and from ardent rivalry springs naturally a degree of unfriendliness, predisposing us to political hostility, and preparing us to seek for causes of complaint and quarrel on the slightest pretexts. Of coarse, those who imagine that this country would be much more prosper ous if England were out of the way, or who suppose our advance in commercial greatness would be more rapid if England should decline, such thinkers, we say, will conclude that England is governed by similar views o f us—that she is jealous of and hostile to our growth in wealth, power, and greatness, and would rejoice in our fall. With exact propriety is the opinion we speak of pronounced malignant, for its direct tendency is to cause enmity to spring up between nations whose interests are best pro moted by the prosperity of both ; for we deny utterly that we are injured by the prosperity of England or any other nation. We affirm, on the contrary, that the prosperity of any one nation tends to the advantage of every other nation in communication with her. W e maintain that commerce, unless tied up by unwise legislation, is constantly employed in distributing and equalizing advantages among trading nations, causing the discoveries, the improvements, the riches of one, to result in the benefit of all. So far from being a le gitimate cause of jealousy is the prosperity of England, for example, it is a reason for our rejoicing. The more her manufactures flourish, the more she will want our raw material, and the better she will be able to pay a fair price ; more of our breadstuff will be called for by her busy workmen; and greater will be her stock of fabrics from which we may replenish our markets. Whatever improvements she may introduce into manufactures, benefits us by affording us better or cheaper fabrics; or we may imitate those improve ments at home, as we have often done heretofore. In short, the whole theory of England, as of every trading nation, is to seek its own advantage in making it clearly for the bene fit of others to trade with it. It would seem to be one of the most obvious of truths, that, in the case of parties trad ing with each other, whether individuals or communities, it is first of all desirable that both should be prosperous. It is not for one’s individual interest that the person he trans acts business with should be weak or bankrupt. The more sound and strong he is, the safer and better it is to trade with him. And so it is between nations. It is true that the temporary misfortunes of other nations may yield us temporary advantages, as, for in stance, the late scarcity in England which enriched our farmers. But, let that misfortune occur season after season for a length of time, and we should inevitably become involved in its evil consequences. England would soon become too poor to be any longer a profit able or safe customer, and we should lose our now profitable trade with her. W e are well aware, as already intimated, that, in uttering opinions like the above, we Oppose ourselves to a very common, a very strong, and, we may add, a very unreasoning prejudice of our own times and country— a prejudice which, we are sorry to say, is some times encouraged instead of rebuked, by journals which ought to know and do better. But the time must come when all will agree that our views of the subject are the decisions of common sense and universal experience, to say nothing of the religion which inculcates a patriotism that is not circumscribed by geographical boundaries, or the different races of men. N o t h in g , Mercantile Miscellanies. 344 EFFE C TS OF T H E COTTON CULTURE A N D T R A D E . A writer in the Charleston Mercury thus introduces the subjoined statistics of the ear liest imports of American cotton into Great Britain :— Sixty years ago, American cotton formed no part of tli£ wealth of nations or individu als ; now its value can scarcely be appreciated. Sixty-three years ago the first bale of cot ton was landed in Liverpool, and was worth some eighty to one hundred dollars in its raw state, and when manufactured it was probably increased in value to one thousand ! But how stands the matter now? Great Britain will receive some twelve hundred thousand bales of cotton from the United. States this year, worth some thirty-six millions of dollars ; add to this the value which British labor gives, which is upon an average about sixteen times the value of the raw material, and we find the cotton of the South is worth to our English brethren about five hundred and sixty millions of dollars for this year. And how stands the matter with our Northern brethren ? They will use about 400,000 bales this year, worth say $ 2 5 a bale to them, or $10,000,000 ; add the value of their laborr say eight times that of the raw material, and the South by this article is of eighty millions ad vantage to them. Now for a moment compute the whole value of the crop to the industry of the world ; value of 2,000,000 bales at $ 2 5 , $50,000,000; add as an average value gained by the labor upon its manufacture fifteen times the amount, and we have the sum of seven hundred and fifty millions as an approximation to the direct value of cotton in the prosperity of the world. Now look back sixty years, and mark the contrast. W e have before us an extract from Gore’s Advertiser, published in Liverpool, which has been fur nished us by Richard Teasdale, Esq., of our city. By this it will be perceived that this gentleman’s father, one of the firm of John & Isaac Teasdale & Co. of Liverpool, received the first bale of cotton ever exported from the United States, and that the whole exports of the year 1785 were not as much in cotton as is now drawn for samples in one week in Charleston. AN ACCOUNT OF THE IMPORT OF THE FIRST COTTON WOOL BROUGHT TO THE PORT OF LIVERPOOL, THE GROWTH OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 1785. — January 20* Diana, from Charleston, to J. & I. Teasdale & Co., 1 bag. Feb ruary 17, Tonyn, N ew York, James Kenyon, 1. July 21, Grange, Philadelphia, W .R a thbne, Jr., 3. November 17, Friendship, Philadelphia, J. & I. Teasdale & Co., 9—Total, 14 bags. 1786. — May 4 , Thomas, from Charleston, Peter Marrow, 2. June 1, Juno, Charleston* J. & I. Teasdale & Co., 4— Total, 6 bags. 1787. —April 5, John, from Philadelphia, John Jackson, 6. June 7, Irish Volunteer, Charleston, Jas. Hargreaves, 1. June 14, Wilson, N ew York, N. P. Ashfield, 9. June 28, Grange, Philadelphia,, Jas. Burrow, 6 ; Jas. Appleton, 2 ; Peel, Yates &, Co., 1. Au gust 2, Henderson, Charleston, J. & I. Teasdale & Co., 40. December 13, John, Phila delphia, George Goring, 37, order, 7—Total, 109 bags. 1788. — January 3, M ersy, from Charleston, Peter Marrow, 1. Granger Philadelphia, George Goring, 5* January 31, Sally, New York, Rathbone & Benson, 4. June 26* John, New York, Samuel Green, 30. July 3, H arriet, New York, Backhouse & Lowe*62 ; Dickson & Pemberton, 60 ; N . P. Ashfield, 27 ; Peel,-Yates & Co., 4 ; Rathbone & Co., 3 ; S. Newal, 1 ; order, 16. July 5, Grange, Philadelphia, James Ansdeil, 68. Folly * , Charleston, George Goring, 42 ; J. & I. Teasdale & Co., 26. November 20, Clio, Charleston, J. Douglas, 9 ; W illiam , Baltimore* Warbrick & Holt, 31—Total, 38& bags. 1789. —January 8, Grange, from Philadelphia, W. Wallace, 4 ; Jas. Ansdeil, 6. Feb ruary, 5, Manchester, Charleston, John Teasdale & Co., 7; John Wright, 1. February* 29, Aurora, N ew York, Rathbone & Benson, 165 ; Peel, Yates & Co., 1 ; Backhouse & Lowe, 7 ; order, 158. May 21, Alexander, Virginia, Thomas Moss, 4. July 2, L evan ty Philadelphia, E. & R. Bent, 7; John Jackson, 25. July 9, Grange, Philadelphia, John Jackson, 17. July 23, Manchester, Charleston, J. Coulbum, 6. October 1, L yd ia , N ew York, James Kenyon, 10; Robert Abbott-,16; J. R. Freme, 2. December 10, Spring Vale, Maryland, Kensington & Co., 71; Rathbone & Co., 30. December 24, Grange, Philadelphia, Golightly & Co., 2 ; James Ansdeil, 25 ; S. Brown, 4 ; Samuel Greg & Co.* 43 ; C. Wetherhead, 94 ; J. Jackson, 43; J. Micklethwaite, 100— Total, 812 bags. 1790. — January, L a d y Penrhyn, from Philadelphia, E . & R. Bent, 58. February 4* P olly, Charleston, John Teasdale & Co., 12; William Coulbourne, 7. July 29, M aryt Georgia, Andrew Aikin, 2 ; Polly, Charleston, John Teasdale & Co., 2— Total, 81. It will thus be perceived that the total import of cotton into Liverpool, during the six years, from 1785 to 1790 inclusive, was 1411 bags. Mercantile Miscellanies. 345 A M ERICAN PROVISIONS IN EN G LAND. W e copy the following statement of the receipt of American provisions at Liverpool from Wilmer and Smith’s Tim es of July 15th, 1848:— The following extensive supplies of provisions have just taken place from the United States of America, in the docks of the metropolis, in addition to the large arrivals of the kinds within these few days at the port of Liverpool. The packet ship Northumberland, from New York, has brought 470 packages of lard, 112 of general provisions, 758 of beef, 148 of pork, and 546 of bacon; the Franklin, of N ew Orleans, 2 ,1 2 4 casks of pork, 464 of lard, 36 of bacon, and other articles; the packet ship Independence, from New York, 229 packages of pork, 494 of beef, 224 of bacon, 841 of lard, and 148 casks, and 128,867 lbs. weight in bulk of oil cake for cattle feeding purposes; the Aconite, from Philadelphia, 300 boxes and 100 tierces of bacon, 114 barrels, 101 tierces, and 51 hogsheads of pork, and 150 barrels and 304 kegs of lard ; the Inca, from Baltimore, 1,686 packages of pork, 490 o f bacon, 106 of lard,.and other articles; the Horne, from Baltimore, 895 packages of pork, 51 of beef, 648 of bacon, 390 of lard, and several of hams and other articles; the Glenmore, from Philadelphia, 766 packages of pork, 746 of bacon, 799 of lard, 135 -of beef, 36 of hams, and 235 of oil cake ; and the packet ship Mediator, from N ew York, 263 casks of pork, 232 of lard, 100 of hams, 436 of beef, 82 of general provisions, 595 casks of linseed cake for cattle, and a large general cargo of articles, the production of the United States of America. A remarkable feature in these arrivals of provisions is, that they have all taken place in vessels belonging to the United States. M ERCANTILE ACQ UISITIVENESS. Nothing is more common in the mercantile experience of this country, says the Journal o f Commerce, than for men to start in life poor, but overcoming all obstacles to rise into high credit and affluence. It is unhappily quite common, also, for the same men, when arrived at this elevation, to put everything at hazard, in the hope of more rapid gains, and missing their object, to lose all. Strange that men should do so, the spectators say— and yet if they ever reach the same point of elevation, they will very likely pursue the same course. It is not very strange, perhaps, in such a community as this, that it should be so. Our merchants are pressed so severely with business that they have time for little else. Their thoughts are engrossed constantly with business and its gains, and in this way the desire of acquisition, which is implanted in every bosem for useful purposes, is nour ished into a passion, and breaks away from reason. For its improper action there is al ways at hand a ready gratification. Besides, a man who has by steady application ob tained property and credit, gets to feel as if it would always be so with him. He comes to think more of his own sagacity, and less of his steady plodding, than he ought; and having more credit, and perhaps more money, than his present business requires, spreads out his plans in a disproportionate enlargement. Men so situated do not really expect to be materially happier or better for the large increase of wealth which they strive for. It is the passion for acquisition which urges them on. Some may indeed hope to set up a carriage and enter the fashionable world, and so become the slaves of postillions and the bon ton. But in general, it i3 acquisition which fills and controls the mind. In 6ober seriousness, men ail know that they want but little here below, nor want that little long. They know that such an amount of property as makes them easy in their affairs, and leaves them to labor steadily for the maintenance of their families, and the performance o f other duties, is enough, and that more will but increase care and perplexity, without any compensating enjoyment. If their thoughts are accustomed to reach on to the end of life and beyond it, and to cherish the feeling that some heart-work is to be done by way o f preparation for the future, they confess to themselves that more property would rather be a hindrance than a help in that matter. Yet they love to make money. One says, I wish I had five hundred thousand dollars. What would you do with it? N o matter; I should like to have it. Most men believe that the possession of some property is very desirable, as a means of rational enjoyment and usefulness. They would think that the first thousand dollars which a man should acquire, would be worth more to him than the next two thousand ; and that all his additional gains sink proportionably in value. Some would run along by this rule until they would at no distant point pass by the summit of increase, and count farther gain nothing but loss. It is, anyhow, a remarkable fact, staring ns all in the face continually, that very rich men are seldom reputed happy; though others will continue t© think, if they could gain the wealth, they would contrive to avoid the anxiety. i 346 Mercantile Miscellanies. How shall business men protect themselves from the danger we are considering ? Cer tainly it is a great danger. The danger is evidently not to be avoided by simple reliance upon one’s own superior wisdom and prudence. It is among those who have been longest in the exercise of prudence, that the most conspicuous examples of imprudence are to be found. In the great disasters which attended the dissolution of the United States Bank, how often were the community pained with the news that a man long distinguished for honesty and prudence had not only speculated, but embezzled, and perhaps forged. If we may be allowed to suggest remedies for so great a danger, we would say that in the first place every business man should feel that he is in danger of acquisition. That will cultivate itself. Then he should set bounds to his desires, from the outset of his ac quisitions. Not by fixing a definite sum perhaps, beyond which he will not accumulate, but so far at least as not to allow the fact that he has reached the point to which he first aimed, to be merely a new starting point for new plans much larger than the first. Then dwell much upon the inestimable value of peace of mind. Think how dearly millions are earned at the expense of anxious days and restless nights. Think how short life is ; too short for its days to be eaten out by useless distress. Put in practice the adage,4<keep what you’ve got,” and only act upon the other part of it, “ get what you can,” in a way consistent with the first. Give away money freely if you are prosperous. This may not cure the passion of acquisitiveness, but it will counteract and tame i t ; and if done in true benevolence, will be a source of more true happiness than wealth can buy in any other way. Consider, that in truth the surest way of arriving at great wealth, is never to be in a hurry. Set it down as a fixed principle, that you will never depart from your regular business, unless it be by the mere use of surplus funds. Study the book of the Proverbs o f Solomon until your mind is full of those old truths; truths which live in constant youth and beauty, though they be six thousand years old. Go fully into the considerations drawn from morality and religion, and you may find more powerful motives than any we have presented. COMMERCIAL EDUCATIO N. It needs no essay or argument of ours to show that, in this day especially, those en gaged in mercantile pursuits should be men of large and versatile information, familiar with all those details of general knowledge the possession of which constitute a well read and well informed gentleman. It is not material to a merchant to have passed through a collegiate course of study, nor indeed will the engrossing nature of his pursuits leave much leisure for those studies which are the principal features in college classes; but a general acquaintance with history, geography, political economy, the laws of trade, the principles o f banking and currency, commercial statistics, international law, and the general princi ples of our own constitution and laws— in these and similar topics of thought and reading, the merchant of the present day should be perfectly at home. Such information, besides enlarging and elevating the mind, and adding to one’s re spectability and influence in society, is often of itself a fortune, as it enables him to take advantage of openings which the ignorant would overlook or not appreciate. The unre flecting, ignorant trader may float along with the tide, and if it lead to fortune may share in the general luck; but the man of thought and information, quick to perceive the bear ing of a new law, or tariff, or financial regulation, or prompt to appreciate the probable extent and value of some new opening to trade, will realize it, and gather a rich harvest, before his uninformed neighbor is aware that an opportunity existed. A s a matter of policy, merely, our young merchants cannot too highly estimate the value of a good stock of general knowledge, and cherish those institutions which aim to promote their advantage in this respect. TH E A M BER T R A D E. The amber trade, which was probably first directed to the West Cimbrian coasts, and only subsequently to the Baltic and the country of the Esthonians, owes its first origin to the boldness and perseverance of Phoenician coast navigators. In its subsequent exten sion, it offers, in the point of view of which we are treating, a remarkable instance of the influence which may be exerted by a predilection for even a single foreign production in opening an inland trade between nations, and in making known large tracts of country. In the same way that the Phocaean Massilians brought the British tin across France to the Rhone, the amber was conveyed from people to people through Germany, and by the Celts on either declivity of the Alps to the Padus, and through Pannonia to the Borysthenes. It was this inland traffic which first brought the coasts of the Northern Ocean into connection with the Euxine and the Adriatic.— Cosmos. The Book Trade . 347 THE BOOK TRADE. 1. —H istory of N ew Netherlands, or N ew York under the Butch. By E. B. O ’C al l a g h a n , M. D.j Corresponding Member of the N ew York Historical Society, and Hon orary Member of the Historical Society of Connecticut. Vol. II. 8vo., pp. 608. New York: Bartlett & Welford. The first volume of this work was published about two years ago, and duly noticed in this department of our Magazine. That volume is divided into three books, or periods; the first commencing with the discovery of America, and extending to the incorporation o f the Dutch W est India Company, (1492-1621;) the second, from the incorporation of that company to the opening of the fur, or Indian trade to the inhabitants of New Neth erlands, (1621-1638;) and the third, from that time to the end of Director Kieft’s admin istration, (1639-1647.) The second volume, which has at length made its appearance, is divided into three books, commencing with the appointment of Director Stuyvesant, reach ing to the incorporation of N ew Amsterdam, (1646-1652;) the fifth book, extending to the first war with the Esopus Indians, (1653-1659 ;) and the sixth and last book of the his tory, from that war to the surrender of N ew Netherlands to the English in 1664. To each volume is added an appendix, embracing copious notes and rare documents. The work everywhere evinces on the part of the author the most patient research, and a degree of industry rarely surpassed in the production of history. A s evidence of this, it may be stated that he analyzed between twenty and thirty volumes of manuscript records in the Secretary of State’s office at Albany, which, instead of finding, as had been predicted, “ tame, pacific, dry, and uninteresting,” teemed with every material which could render historical research, to a mind so admirably constituted for the undertaking, a work of pleasure and improvement. Mr. Broadhead, whose valuable labors, as historical agent, cannot be too highly appreciated, sent home sixteen volumes of Dutch documents, which he had collected in Holland. From these, the author collected whatever facts or connect ing links they supplied, which, together with private papers in old Dutch families, afforded rich and ample material for a complete and satisfactory history; and such a history, in our opinion, Dr. O’Callaghan has produced. It is written in an appropriate style, clearly and concisely; and, what is of far more importance, it possesses internal evidence of a truth ful fidelity. The volume is illustrated with several portraits, maps, etc., derived from au thentic sources, and executed in a style of elegance in perfect keeping with the entire “ getting up ” of the work, which is highly creditable to the taste and liberality of the enterprising publishers. A more valuable contribution has never, perhaps, before been made to the historical literature of Am erica; and we trust all concerned will be amply re warded by ail intelligent, liberal, and patriotic community* 2. —Jones and Newman’s Architectural Publications, first Series. The American A rchitect, comprising Original Designs of cheap Country and Village Besidences. W ith D etails, Specifications, P lans, and Directions, and an E stim ate of the Cost of each Design. The designs by J o h n W. R it c h , architect. 4to. N ew York: C. M. Saxton. The subject of architecture is beginning to attract, in a greater degree than ever before, residents in our principal commercial cities, owing in a great measure to the facilities af forded by the introduction and progress of the railroad system. Boston is enjoying the advantages of the season ticket system on her railroads in a manner that is populating the towns from five to twenty miles around, so that her merchants can do business in the city and live in the country without any loss of time. The same facilities will be enjoyed by the citizens of New York when the railroad to Albany is completed. The work, there fore, the design and plan of which is stated in the title-page quoted at the head of this notice, is particularly well-timed, and may be referred to with advantage by all who con template the erection of villas and cottages on the banks of the Hudson and the line of the railroad, where sites of unsurpassed beauty are to be obtained at moderate rates. Mr. Ritch, the author of the present work, has furnished in this first volume a great variety of designs, out of which the most fastidious taste can select a suitable design for a residence7 The elegance of many of the plans will comniend the work to the taste of the most high ly cultivated mind, and their economy to persons of limited means. The volume contains forty-eight plates, including drawings of cottages, &c., with front, rear, and ground views, with estimates of the cost, and specifications for building. The work is afforded at the low price of $ 3 50. 348 The Book Trade . 3. —An Universal H istory, in a Series of L etters; being a Complete and Im partial N arrative of the most Remarkable Events o f all Nations, from the E arliest to the Present Time. Forming a Complete H istory o f the World. By G. C. H e b b e , LL. D. Vol. 1, Ancient History. 8vo., pp. 562. N ew York: He Witt & Davenport. The first volume, commenced in numbers some months since, and referred to in this department of our Magazine, is completed. The present volume is devoted to ancient his* tory, beginning with the origin of society, the different forms of government, the founda tion of States, &c., and extending to the fall of the Roman Empire. The design of the author, who has devoted many years to the study of history, and to the selection and pre paration of the materials, is, to present to the world, in a new and attractive form, a com plete universal history, without prejudice and without partiality, that will be instructive pot only to the general reader, but worthy of the attention of philosophers, of statesmen* of lawgivers, and of warriors. He has labored, not to compile from the writings of others a mere compendium of facts, but to obtain from original sources authentic accounts of the condition and progress of the human race, and to reproduce anew an impartial view of tlje grand scenes of human history, written in a spirit of comprehensive and liberal philoso phy. He seems to have fulfilled that great historical requisite of Mr. Macauley’s remarks: “ That in history, the facts are given to find the principles, and the writer who does not explain the phenomena, as well as state them, performs only one half of his office.” In accordance with this requirement of history, the author not only arrays before the reader the great events of the human race, but also exhibits them in the light of those causes which called them into being. He contemplates man as a being of progress, advancing towards his high destiny, not by the accident of a blind chance, but in fulfilment of the wisely ordained plan of an overruling Providence. In his hands history is a powerful means of promoting moral and social culture, and of developing a love and adoration of the Great Creator, by whom all things exist. Thi9 work, Which is to be published both at Leipsic and at London, is brought out by the American publishers in advancer of the European editions, in accordance with an especial arrangement with the learned author, and, when completed, will embrace the history of the human race, from its infancy to the present time. It is written in an easy, popular style, and printed on fine paper, and a bold, handsome type, and offered at a price that cannot fail of placing it within the reach of “ the million.” 4. — Popular Objections to Unitarian Christianity Considered and Ansicered. In seven Discourses. By G e o r g e M. B u r n a f , Pastor of the First Independent Church of Bal timore. 18mo., pp. 166. Boston: William Crosby & H. P. Nichols. These sermons were delivered by Mr. Burnap in the ordinary course of his ministerial duty, for the purpose of answering “ some of the leading objections which are everywhere current against the faith” of Unitarian Christianity. Unitarianism, like every other ism } has undoubtedly been misapprehended and misrepresented. The preacher endeavors to meet and answer the objections of opponents, and whatever difference of opinion may exist as to the soundness of his arguments, it will, we think, be conceded that the whole subject is discussed with marked ability, and in a spirit of fairness and candor that must command the respect of Catholic minded men, irrespective of the sect to which they may be attached. In the first discourse he defines the position of Unitarianism ; in the second* answers the charge of infidelity which is urged against i t ; in the third, attempts to show that Unitarians desire to have a pure text, and that Trinitarians are obliged to explain the Bible aw ay; in the fourth, Unitarianism is vindicated from the charge of being mere mo rality ; and in the fifth, represented as Evangelical Christianity; in the sixth, he main tains that his faith does not tend to unbelief. The sixth and last discourse is devoted to the religious sentiments of Dr. Watts, who, although educated a Calvinist, at the close of his life became a Unitarian, so far, at least, as respects his belief in the distinguishing features of that creed. W e do not see that a change of opinion of imy one man, or num ber of men, proves either the orthodoxy or the heterodoxy of that opinion or creed. 5. — The M arriage O ffering: a Compilation o f Prose and P oetry. I8m o., pp. 204. Boston: Crosby & Nichols. This little volume consists of selections from many of the best and purest of writers in our own and other countries. Unlike works of a similar kind, which “ dwell with an almost nauseating repetition upon the romance and ardor of the master passion,” this is infused with “ well principled and judicious advice, kind and timely caution, practical wis dom, and Christian views of the most vital of all man’s relations.” The compiler has pre sented in “ a permanent form the gathered sweetness of literature and religion, the im mortal words of genius and inspiration, to sanction, and endear, and crown with ever en dearing affection and blessedness, the united destiny” of two hearts. It should find its way into the hands of every newly married pair in our land. The Booh Trade. 349 6. — The Battle o f Buena Vista, w ith the operations o f the “ Arm y o f Occupation” fo r one Month. By J a m e s H e n r y C a r l e t o n , Captain in the First Regiment of Dra. goons. 18mo., pp. 238. N ew York: Harper & Brothers. The “ Battle of Buena Vista,” an account o f which this volume purports to give, will probably be regarded as one of the most important events in the military history of the country ; and it must be acknowledged that the opportunities of the writer for obtaining an accurate1knowledge of the circumstances and events connected with it, were of such a nature as to leave little room to err in the narrative. For two months before the battle, as we learn, he was situated at or near the ground on which it was fought; and, during that time, he was led, with others, to remark its strength as a military position. H is po sition as commander of a company of dragoons, also afforded opportunities of deliberate observation in many different parts of the scene, which he improved at the time by taking notes of what was going on around him. With all that fell under his personal notice, or was derived from minute inquiries of other officers immediately after the battle, he has combined the substance of the official reports of both parties; and to avoid doing injustice to the Mexicans, their reports are generally quoted at the foot of the page. It is illus trated with a map of the surrounding country, sketched from notes made on the spot, and an appendix is given embracing all the documents pertinent to the general subject of the work. It certainly bears the marks of a reliable history, and is written in an easy and readable style. 7. — Story of the Peninsula W ar. By General C h a r l e s W il l ia m V a n e , Marquis of Londonderry, G. C. B., G. C. H., Colonel of the Second Regiment of Life Guards. N ew edition, revised, with considerable additions. 12mo., pp. 454. New York: Har per & Brothers. The work which forms the basis of the present volume has long enjoyed a wide popu larity in England, and is perhaps, in its present improved form, the most concise and com prehensive account of the Peninsula War that has been offered to the reading public. The distinguished noble, its author, took an active part in the great struggle, which, together with his near relationship to the minister of the day, afforded him opportunities which no other individual, if we except the commander of the forces, could enjoy. Besides, he possessed a natural quickness of observation, and was in the habit of recording his daily impressions as they occurred. It appears to be a complete history of the war in the small est possible compass, and at so moderate a cost as to be acceptable to a very numerous class of readers. It is brought down to the peace of 1814, and will be regarded as an in dispensable companion to the “ Story of the Battle of Waterloo,” recently republished in this country by the same enterprising house. 8. — The Peasant and his Landlord. By the B a r o n e s s K n o r r in o . Translated by M a r t H o w i t t . 12mo., pp. 352. N ew York: Harper & Brothers. It will be a sufficient recommendation to most readers, that this author is introduced to the English reader by Mary Howitt, the translator of the works of Frederika Bremer and Hans Christian Andersen. “ The Baroness Knorring,” says Mrs. Howitt, “ stands side by side with the author of *The Home ’ and ‘ The N e ig h b o rsa n d I feel sure,” she adds, “ that the peculiar excellence and originality of her writings will be equally acknowledged in this country when once they are made known to our readers.” The present story af fords “ one more of the many demonstrations which we every day meet with, of the highest and purest natures being driven from their proper course, and oppressed and per verted by the worst. It affords, also, a grand lesson on the subject of Temperance; and proves, that though one false step often leads to ruin, which is retrievable only by death, yet that uprightness and virtue, through suffering and through death, work out their own salvation.” 9. — Vanity Fair. A Novel without a Hero. By W il l ia m M a k e p e a c e T h a c k e r a y . With illustrations by the author. 8vo., pp. 382. N ew York: Harper & Brothers. T o those who have read the “ Yellowplush Correspondence,” by the same inimitable humorist, the mere announcement of this equally clever work will be all that is required of the journalist. It furnishes a broad but life like and well developed satire upon English society ; and, as human-nature is pretty much the same in America, it will be found not altogether inapplicable to society as it exists in our own country. The work comes to us in a really beautiful dress; and the numerous illustrations are capital, almost telling the story without one’s reading it. 10. — The H istory of Don Quixotte de la Mancha. From the Spanish of Cervantes. With illustrations by S c h o f f . 8 vo ., pp. 444. Boston: Charles H. Peirce. A new, cheap, and handsome library edition of this world-wide famous romance. 350 The Book Trade , 11. — Chemical Technology; o r , Chemistry applied to the A rts and to Manufactures, By Dr. F. K n a p p , Professor at the University o f Gressen. Translated and edited, w i t h numerous notes and additions, by Dr. E d m u n d R o n a l d s , Lecturer at the Middlesex Hospital, and Dr. T h o m a s R ic h a r d s o n , of Newcastle-upon-Tyne. First American Edition, with notes and additions, by Professor W a l t e r R . J o h n s o n , of Philadelphia. Volume I. Illustrated with two hundred and fourteen Engravings on Wood. 8vo., pp. 504. Philadelphia: Lea &, Blanchard. This work is divided into two parts, in groups of subjects. The first treats of those branches of manufacture depending upon the process of combustion, including peat, American coals, the relative value of fuel, }he application of heat, of illumination and lighting materials, modes of effecting illumination, and of the illuminating power of dif ferent materials. The second group of subjects pertains to the process of manufacture concerned in the production and application of the alkalies and earths, including common and sea salt, soda, potashes, borax and boracic acid, saltpetre and nitre, gunpowder, gun cotton, aqua fortis, nitric acid, manufacture of soap, oil varnish, &c. The illustrations consist of the apparatus for the various manufactures from sulphur, and the manufacture of salt, soda, saltpetre, gunpowder, soap, &c. &c. The importance of chemistry, in its application to the industrial and useful arts, was never more completely illustrated than in this really scientific and practical treatise. It is, we learn, to be followed by works on Pharmacy, Astronomy, Chemistry, Heat, Hydraulics, Metallurgy, Pathological Anatomy, and Rural Econom y; which, like the present work, will embody all the additional im provements and discoveries made in our own country. 12. — L iterary Sketches and L e tte r s : being the Final M emorials of Charles Lamb, never before published. By T h o m a s N o o n T a l f o u r d , one of his Executors. 1 8 m o ., p p . 306. N ew York: D. Appleton & Co. In the preface to the Letters and Life of Charles Lamb, published twelve years ago, reference was made to letters yet remaining unpublished, and “ to a period when a more complete estimate might be formed of the singular and delightful character of the writer than was there presented.” That period, says Mr. Talfourd, has arrived. The appre ciation which the letters already published, both in this country and America—perhaps even more remarkable in America than in England—have attained, (we quote from the compiler’s introduction,) and the interest which the lightest fragments of Lamb’s corre spondence, which have accidentally appeared in other quarters, have excited, convinced Mr. T . that some letters which he withheld, as doubting their worthiness of the public eye, will now be welcome. The collection which Mr. Talfourd has made, will, we think, awaken a fresh interest in that singular poet, essayist, and humorist. 13. — Painting. Its P ise and Progress from the E arliest A ges to the Present Time. Compiled from the best Authorities. 12mo., pp. 428. Boston: John P. Jewett & Co. The author of this work, although disclaiming all pretensions to originality of matter or of manner, has consulted, as we infer from the long list of authorities duly credited in the introduction, almost every writer of note upon the rise and progress of the art. The results of his research are given in a concise, but clear and comprehensive form. The design includes sketches of the lives and works of many of the eminent artists of ancient and modem times, with notices of the principal galleries of art in Europe. It-will serve as a sort of hand-book of facts for those who intend to visit the galleries of art in the Old World, and tend, perhaps, to refresh the memories of such as have already enjoyed that privilege. W e esteem it a valuable addition to our own private library. 14. — The Green Mountain Boys : an H istorical Tale o f the E arly Settlement o f Ver mont. By the author of “ Mary Morton, or the Money Diggers “ Lock Amsden, or the Schoolmaster,” &c. 2 vols. in one. 12mo., pp. 364. Boston : B. B. Mussey. The history of this country furnishes an abundance of incidents for the stirring tale, and the instructive narrative. To embody and illustrate a portion of the more romantic of these incidents, which actually occurred in the early settlement cf Vermont, with the use of but little more of fiction than was deemed sufficient to weave them together, and to impart to the tissue a connected interest, the author has succeeded in furnishing a very readable, and withal instructive book. He gives an apparently true delineation of the manners and feelings of those among whom the scene is laid, together with the deeds and characters of some of the leading actors in the event3 he so well describes, as gathered from the published histories of the times, from private papers to which he had access, and more particularly from “ the lips of the few aged relics of that period who actively parti cipated in the wild and stirring scenes which marked the settlement of that part of the country.” The Book Trade, 351 15. — The W orks o f Washington Irving. N ew edition, Revised. Vol. I. Knickerbock er’s New York. 12mo., pp. 452. N ew York: George P. Putnam. This is the first of a new, revised, and complete edition of the works of Washington Irving, to be completed in twelve volumes. It is elegantly printed, with a new and beau tiful type, on a “ lily-white ” superfine paper, and altogether forms one of the handsomest volumes that has been produced in this country. A criticism in our journal on the wri tings of Irving, would be about as ridiculous and uncalled for, as a review of Shakspeare and the Bible. This edition of Knickerbocker’s amusing history of N ew York is intro duced by a fresh “ apology ” from the author, from which we make a brief extract, as follows:— “ The main object of my work, in fact, had a bearing wide from the sober aim of his tory ; but one which, I trust, will meet with some indulgence from poetic minds. It was to embody the traditions of our city in an amusing form; to illustrate its local humors, customs, and peculiarities; to clothe home scenes and places and familiar names with those imaginative and whimsical associations so seldom met with in our new country, but which live like charms and spells about the cities of the old world, binding the heart of the na tive inhabitant to his home.” This work was first published in 1809, and its interest since that time has rather in creased than diminished. Time will only serve to enhance its value, and increase, if pos sible, its popularity. 16. — Study o f Modern Languages. P a rt First. French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, German, and English. Edited by Louis F. K l i p s t e i n , A. A., LL. M., and Ph. D. of the University of Giessen. 4to., pp. 68. New York: George P. Putnam. This volume, furnishing specimens of the several languages named in the title, pos sesses at the same time all the advantages of literal translations. The elementary phrases, conversations, cards, letters, proverbs, and idioms, will be found useful, and the notes appended are calculated to remove difficulties in the way of the learner. W e trust the work will receive an adequate patronage, as in that case the author promises to extend its scope, so as to render it a complete text-book of the most important languages of Europe. 17. — Travels in Peru, during the Years 1838-1842, on the Coast, in the Sierra, across the Cordilleras and the Andes, into the P rim eval Forests. B y Dr. J. J. V o n T s c h u d j . Translated from the German by T h o m a s in a Ross. N ew edition, complete in one vol ume. pp. 354. N ew York: George P. Putnam. W e noticed this work in terpis of high but deserved commendation when the first edition made its appearance, and our readers will probably recollect several interesting extracts of a commercial character which we gleaned from its instructive and deeply interesting pages. No previous writer has painted so ornamented a picture of the city of Lima and its inhabitants, and, indeed, of the whole country noted by the traveller, as is contained in this volume. It must take rank among the standard volumes of travel in every judi ciously selected library. 18. — The Water-Cure Journal and H erald of Reforms. By J o e l S h e w , M. D. Pub lished monthly, at one dollar a year, by Fowlers & Wells, Clinton Hall, New York. T w o numbers of this useful work have been published. Of the system of prevention and cure advocated and illustrated by Dr. Shew, a disciple of Priessnitz, the founder of it, we have long since expressed a favorable opinion, based on that greatest of human teachers, Experience. We therefore care not how widely this journal circulates, or rather we care much, as we believe it will be productive of the greatest possible amount of phys ical, if not moral good, and the two are, in our mind, inseparably connected. In the hands of the present enterprising and philanthropic publishers it must inevitably secure an ex tensive patronage. The more the system is understood, the more will it be appreciated and practised. 19. — The Playm ate, a Pleasant Companion fo r Spare Hours. N ew York: Berford & Go. Boston : Crosby & Nichols. The number for July completed the first year of the existence of this excellent juyenile periodical. This work comprises original tales, ballads, fables, historical anecdotes, poe try, new and old, and readings in natural history, every article being illustrated with care fully designed and well-executed wood engravings, from drawings by eminent artists. The volume just closed contains articles from Mary Howitt, Mrs. S. C. Hall, R. H. Horne, Hans Christian Andersen, and many more of England’s purest and best writers. It should be taken in every family where there are children from five to fifteen years of age j and even those of a larger growth will find it ** a pleasant companion for spare hours.” 352 The Book Trade . 20. — Two H undred Stories and Select Pieces fo r Children, adapted to lead them to Love and Obey their P arents, to be K in d and Obliging to their Companions, and M er cifu l to A n im a ls: also, to Remember their Creator. Compiled b y a M i n i s t e r of t h e Gospel. 18mo., pp. 234. Boston : John P. Jenett & Co. The design of this little volume is clearly stated in the title-page. It consists of selections from more than fifty different publications-both in Europe and America, which will be found to contain many salutary precepts, and instructive examples, designed alike to improve the mind— teach principles of love and obedience to parents—affection and ten derness to brothers, sisters, and associates—benevolence to the poor and afflicted—kind ness to animals, and duty to God, the Creator. 21. — The English P u lp it; a collection o f Sermons by the most Eminent livin g Divines o f England. 8vo., pp. 400. Boston: Charles H. Peirce. This volume contains thirty-two sermons from as many different living clergymen of the English pulpit, representing five or six of the sects popularly denominated evangelical or orthodox, including Episcopal, Baptist, Methodist, and Presbyterian preachers. The sub jects discussed are of a religious or theological character, not, however, enforcing the pe culiarities of either of the denominations, whose pulpit eloquence it is the design of this collection to represent. N o portion of the present volume has before been published in this country, and it contains sermons from several ministers whose productions are but comparatively little known to the American public. 22. — A lfred in India, or Scenes in Hindostan. Boston: Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. This little volume, the sixth of the series of “ Chambers’s Library for Young People,"' consist of a familiar account of the more interesting features of English life in India, pre pared with a view to the amusement and instruction of young people. It was written by a lady who has returned to England with her family from India. This series of books is unexceptionable, and cannot fail of securing a very general popularity. 23. — The Childhood o f M ary Leeson. By M a r y H o w i t t . Boston: Wm. Crosby & H . P. Nichols. It is unnecessary to say more of this little volume, than that it embodies Mary Howitt’s. idea of the spirit which ought to direct the education of a child, as illustrated in the story of Mary Leeson’s childhood. A t a future time, and in another story, we are promised the history of the next ten years of Mary Leeson’s life, in which “ it will be seen what was the superstructure which rose upon a foundation of truth, obedience, and love.” 24. —Lectures to Youth. Containing Instructions preparatory to their entrance upon the A ctive Duties o f L ife. By R o b e r t F. L a w r e n c e , Pastor of the Congregational Church, Claremont, N. H. Boston: James French. This little volume contains seven lectures, inculcating and delineating what the author conceives to be right principles, pointing out the evils to be avoided, and describing true greatness, and the pleasures of religion. 25. — The A rt of Conversing. W ritten for the Instruction o f Youth in the P olite M an ners and Language o f the Drawing-room. By a S o c ie t y o f G e n t l e m e n . Boston: James French. The design of this work is to demonstrate the refinement of conversation, to offer rules for its right use, and treat of certain particulars relative to practice, an ignorance of which frequently places the sensible man on a level with the simpleton. It clearly points out the means of appearing to advantage in the private circle, in public interviews, and in every situation in which an individual may be placed. W e commend the remarks on “ Business Visits ” to our mercantile readers. 26. —Floral Gems, or Songs o f the Flowers. By Mrs. S. T h a y e r , author of “ The Va cation,” “ Passion,” etc. Boston: James French. This beautiful miniature volume gives the classification, order, etc., of the gems of the floral world, with poetical illustrations selected from the best poets with rare discrimina tion. It is the best thing of the kind that we have seen in a long time. L i t t e l l ’s L iv in g A g e .—W e refer our readers to the prospectus of this deservedly pop ular work on the third page of the cover of this Magazine ; cheerfully and heartily en dorsing the unmistakeably high praise awarded to the work by the late John Quincy Adams, who has pronounced it to be “ the most useful of all the periodical journals de voted to literature and science which abound in Europe and in this country.”